<PAGE> 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
FORM 10-K
------------------------
(MARK ONE)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-13545
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
MARYLAND 94-3281941
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (IRS EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
505 MONTGOMERY ST., SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
</TABLE>
(415) 394-9000
(REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
8 1/2% SERIES A CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE (NAME OF EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED)
PREFERRED STOCK
(TITLE OF CLASS)
</TABLE>
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: NONE
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]
The aggregate market value of common shares held by non-affiliates of the
registrant (based upon the closing sale price on the New York Stock Exchange) on
March 12, 1999 was approximately $1,735,825,938.
As of March 12, 1999, there were 86,026,271 shares of the Registrant's
Common Stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III incorporates by reference the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its
Annual Meeting of Stockholders which the Registrant anticipates will be filed no
later than 120 days after the end of its fiscal year pursuant to Regulation 14A.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
GENERAL
AMB Property Corporation, a Maryland corporation ("AMB" or the "Company"),
as of December 31, 1998, owned and operated industrial buildings and retail
centers totaling 63.6 million square feet located in 30 markets nationwide,
including: Chicago, San Francisco Bay Area, Dallas/Ft. Worth, Los Angeles,
Minneapolis, Atlanta, Seattle, Miami, Boston, and Northern New Jersey. As of
December 31, 1998, the Company owned 582 industrial buildings, aggregating 56.6
million rentable square feet (the "Industrial Properties"), principally
warehouse distribution buildings, which were 96.0% leased, and 38 retail
centers, aggregating 7.0 million rentable square feet (the "Retail Properties"),
principally grocer-anchored community shopping centers, which were 94.6% leased.
The Industrial Properties and the Retail Properties collectively are referred to
as the "Properties."
On March 9, 1999, we signed a series of definitive agreements with BPP
Retail, LLC ("BPP Retail"), a co-investment entity between Burnham Pacific
Properties ("BPP") and the California Public Employees' Retirement System
("CalPERS"), pursuant to which BPP Retail will acquire 28 of our retail shopping
centers, totaling 5.1 million square feet, for an aggregate price of $663.4
million. BPP Retail will acquire the centers in separate transactions, which we
currently expect to close on or about April 30, 1999, July 31, 1999 and December
1, 1999. In addition, we have entered into a definitive agreement, subject to a
financing confirmation, with BPP, pursuant to which BPP will acquire six
additional retail centers, totaling 1.5 million square feet, for $284.4 million.
Assuming the receipt of the financing confirmation, we currently expect this
transaction to close by December 31, 1999. In connection with these
transactions, we have also granted CalPERS an option to purchase up to 2,000,000
original issue shares of AMB's Common Stock for an exercise price of $25 per
share that CalPERS may exercise on or before March 31, 2000. There can be no
assurance, however, that the transactions will close as scheduled or close at
all, and it is possible that the transactions may close with respect to just a
portion of the properties currently subject to the agreements. We currently
expect that the substantial majority of our acquisition activities going forward
will be in industrial properties. See "Item 7: Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Business
Risks -- Failure to Consummate the Transactions with BPP Retail and BPP."
INDUSTRIAL AND RETAIL PROPERTIES BY REGION
AT DECEMBER 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES RETAIL PROPERTIES TOTAL
--------------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------------------
NUMBER RENTABLE NUMBER RENTABLE NUMBER RENTABLE
OF SQUARE % OF OF SQUARE % OF OF SQUARE % OF
REGION BUILDINGS FEET TOTAL CENTERS FEET TOTAL BUILDINGS FEET TOTAL
------ --------- ---------- ------ ------- --------- ------ --------- ---------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Eastern.............. 100 12,181,830 21.5% 4 1,272,968 18.2% 104 13,454,798 21.2%
Midwestern........... 108 12,136,083 21.4% 4 710,833 10.2% 112 12,846,916 20.2%
Southern............. 192 17,264,646 30.5% 13 2,093,257 30.0% 205 19,357,903 30.4%
Western.............. 182 15,028,308 26.6% 17 2,907,986 41.6% 199 17,936,294 28.2%
--- ---------- ------ -- --------- ------ --- ---------- ------
Total................ 582 56,610,867 100.0% 38 6,985,044 100.0% 620 63,595,911 100.0%
=== ========== ====== == ========= ====== === ========== ======
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1998, we employed 138 individuals; 106 in our San
Francisco headquarters and 32 in our Boston office. We actively manage our
Properties through our experienced staff of regional managers. See "Business and
Operating Strategies."
We are self-administered and self-managed and expect that we have qualified
and will continue to qualify as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") for
federal income tax purposes beginning with the year ending December 31, 1997. As
a self-administered and self-managed REIT, our own employees perform our
administrative and management functions, rather than our relying on an outside
manager for these services. The principal executive office of the Company and
AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
1
<PAGE> 3
"Operating Partnership"), is located at 505 Montgomery Street, San Francisco,
California 94111, and our telephone number is (415) 394-9000. We also maintain a
regional office in Boston, Massachusetts. Unless the context otherwise requires,
the terms "we," "us," "our," "AMB" and the "Company" refer to AMB Property
Corporation, the Operating Partnership and the other controlled subsidiaries.
FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
The Company commenced operations as a fully integrated real estate company
in connection with the completion of its initial public offering (the "IPO") on
November 26, 1997, and elected to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through
860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), with its
initial tax return for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Company, through
its controlling sole general partnership interest in the Operating Partnership
and through certain other direct and indirect subsidiaries, is engaged in the
ownership, operation, management, acquisition, renovation, expansion, and
development of industrial buildings and community shopping centers in target
markets nationwide. As of December 31, 1998, the Company owned a 95.1% general
partnership interest in the Operating Partnership, excluding preferred units.
The Company and the Operating Partnership were formed shortly before
consummation of the IPO. AMB Institutional Realty Advisors, Inc., a California
corporation and registered investment advisor (the "Predecessor"), formed AMB
Property Corporation and merged with and into the Company (the "Merger")in
exchange for 4,746,616 shares of the Company's Common Stock. In addition, the
Company and the Operating Partnership acquired through a series of mergers and
other transactions 31.8 million rentable square feet of industrial property and
6.3 million rentable square feet of retail property in exchange for 65,022,185
shares of the Company's Common Stock, 2,542,163 limited partnership units in the
Operating Partnership, the assumption of debt, and to a limited extent, cash.
On November 26, 1997, the Company completed the IPO of 16,100,000 shares of
Common Stock for $21.00 per share, resulting in gross offering proceeds of
approximately $338.1 million. Net of underwriters' commission and offering costs
aggregating $38.1 million, the Company received approximately $300.0 million in
proceeds from the IPO. The Company contributed net proceeds of the IPO to the
Operating Partnership in exchange for general partnership units. The Operating
Partnership used these proceeds to repay indebtedness, to purchase interests
from certain investors who elected not to receive common stock or limited
partnership units, to fund property acquisitions, and to meet general corporate
working capital requirements.
For local law purposes, we own properties in certain states through limited
partnerships and limited liability companies owned 99% by the Operating
Partnership and 1% by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The ownership of
such Properties through such entities does not materially affect our overall
ownership of the interests in the Properties. As the sole general partner of the
Operating Partnership, the Company has the full, exclusive and complete
responsibility and discretion in the management and control of the Operating
Partnership. The purchase method of accounting was applied to the acquisition of
the properties. Collectively, the Merger and the other formation transactions
described above are referred to as the "Formation Transactions."
In connection with the Formation Transactions, the Operating Partnership
acquired all of the non-voting preferred stock of AMB Investment Management
Inc., a Maryland corporation ("AMB Investment Management") representing a 95%
economic interest therein. AMB Investment Management conducts its operations
through AMB Investment Management Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited
partnership ("AMB Investment Management Partnership"), of which it is the sole
general partner and owns the entire capital interest. AMB Investment Management
was formed to succeed to the Predecessor's investment management business of
providing real estate investment management services on a fee basis to clients
and intends to grow its business through the Company's co-investment program.
All of the common stock of AMB Investment Management, representing a 5% economic
interest therein, is owned by the Company's current or former executive
officers.
2
<PAGE> 4
BUSINESS AND OPERATING STRATEGIES
We focus on serving the needs of the supply chain through our ownership of
industrial and retail properties. As of December 31, 1998, our portfolio
consisted of 76% Industrial Properties and 24% Retail Properties, based on
annualized base rent for the properties. We believe that the rapid growth in the
air freight business, in the outsourcing of supply chain management to logistics
companies and of e-commerce are indicators of changes that are occurring in the
supply chain and the manner in which goods are distributed. We focus our
investment activities on properties which we believe will benefit by these
changes, such as high throughput distribution properties located in major hub
distribution markets and near major air cargo facilities, seaports or major
highway systems throughout the U.S. We are a full-service real estate company
with in-house expertise in acquisitions, development and redevelopment, asset
management and leasing, finance and accounting and market research. We have
long-standing relationships with many real estate management firms across the
country, which provide local property management and leasing services to us on a
fee basis. We believe that real estate is fundamentally a local business and
that the most effective way for a national company such as us to operate is by
forging alliances with the best available service providers in our markets.
STRATEGIC ALLIANCE PROGRAMS(TM)
We believe that our strategy of forming strategic alliances with local and
regional real estate experts improves our operating efficiency and flexibility,
strengthens customer satisfaction and retention and, most importantly, provides
us with growth opportunities. Additionally, our strategic alliances with
institutional investors enhance our access to private capital and our ability to
finance transactions.
Our six Strategic Alliance Programs(TM) can be grouped into two categories:
- Operating Alliances(TM), which allow us to form relationships with local
or regional real estate experts, thereby becoming their ally rather than
their competitor; and
- Investment Alliances(TM), which allow us to establish relationships with
a variety of capital sources.
OPERATING ALLIANCES(TM)
MANAGEMENT ALLIANCE PROGRAM(TM): Our strategy for the Management Alliance
Program(TM) is to develop close relationships with and outsource property
management to local property managers that we believe to be among the best in
their respective markets. Our alliances with local property managers increase
our flexibility, reduce our overhead expenses and improve our customer service.
In addition, these alliances provide us with local market information related to
tenant activity and acquisition opportunities.
CUSTOMER ALLIANCE PROGRAM(TM): Through our Customer Alliance Program(TM),
we seek to build long-term working relationships with major tenants. We are
committed to working with our tenants, particularly our larger tenants with
multi-site requirements, to make their property searches as efficient as
possible.
BROKER ALLIANCE PROGRAM(TM): Through our Broker Alliance Program(TM), we
work closely with top local leasing companies in each of our markets, which
brokers provide us with access to high quality tenants and local market
knowledge.
INVESTMENT ALLIANCES(TM)
DEVELOPMENT ALLIANCE PROGRAM(TM): Our strategy for the Development Alliance
Program(TM) is to enhance our development capability while reducing our overhead
expenses, by forming alliances with development firms with a strong local
presence and expertise, who have proven they have the insight to recognize
potential in an undervalued asset and the skill to realize that value.
UPREIT ALLIANCE PROGRAM(TM): Through our UPREIT Alliance Program(TM), we
issue limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership in exchange for
properties, thus providing additional growth for the portfolio.
3
<PAGE> 5
INSTITUTIONAL ALLIANCE PROGRAM(TM): Our strategy for the Institutional
Alliance Program(TM) is to form alliances with institutional investors through
the co-investment program of AMB Investment Management. Our alliances with
institutional investors provide us with access to private capital, including
during those times when the public markets are less attractive, as well as
providing us with a source of incremental fee income and investment returns.
NATIONAL PROPERTY COMPANY
We own properties in 30 markets throughout the U.S. We believe that our
national strategy enables us to:
- increase or decrease investments in certain regions to take advantage of
the relative strengths in different real estate markets,
- retain and accommodate tenants as they consolidate or expand and
- build brand awareness as well as customer loyalty through the delivery of
consistent service and quality product.
RESEARCH-DRIVEN, SELECT MARKET FOCUS
We focus on acquiring, redeveloping and operating Industrial Properties in
"in-fill locations," which are characterized by limited new construction
opportunities, near major air cargo facilities, seaports or major highway
systems. As the strength of these markets continues to grow and the demand for
well-located properties increases, we believe that we will benefit from an
upward pressure on rents resulting from the increased demand combined with the
relative lack of new available space. Our decisions regarding the deployment of
capital are experience- and research-driven, and are based on thorough
qualitative and quantitative research and analysis of local markets. We employ a
dedicated research department using proprietary analyses, databases and systems.
We intend to continue to focus our industrial property investment
activities in six hub markets which dominate national warehouse distribution
activities -- Atlanta, Chicago, Dallas/Fort Worth, Los Angeles, Northern New
Jersey and San Francisco Bay Area -- as well as properties located near major
air cargo facilities, seaports or convenient to major highway systems. We also
invest in selected regional distribution markets including Boston, Denver,
Houston, Miami, Minneapolis, San Diego, Seattle and Baltimore/ Washington, D.C.
We focus on these established industrial markets because we believe they offer
large and broadly diversified tenant bases which provide greater demand for
properties over market cycles than secondary markets. In-fill locations within
these markets also typically have significant barriers to new construction,
including geographic or regulatory supply constraints, and these markets
typically benefit from an access to large labor supplies and well-developed
transportation networks.
DISCIPLINED INVESTMENT PROCESS
Over our 15-year history prior to the consummation of the IPO, we have
established a disciplined approach to the investment process through operating
divisions that are subject to the overall policy direction of our management's
investment committee (the "Investment Committee"). The stages in the investment
process are highly integrated, with Investment Committee review at critical
points in the process.
Approval of each investment is the responsibility of the Investment
Committee with sponsorship from both an acquisitions officer and the regional
manager who will be responsible for managing the property. The initial
investment recommendation is thoroughly evaluated, with approval required in
order to proceed to contract and full due diligence. The terms of the
acquisition and its structure are determined as part of the initial approval and
are the responsibility of the acquisitions officer. The regional manager is
involved in providing and verifying underwriting assumptions and developing the
operating strategy. After the due diligence review and before removing
conditions to the contract, a final Investment Committee recommendation is
prepared by the acquisition and asset management team. The Investment Committee
conducts a complete review of the information developed during the due diligence
process and either rejects or gives final approval.
4
<PAGE> 6
We have also established proprietary systems and procedures to manage and
track a high volume of acquisition proposals, transactions and important market
data. This includes an on-line open issues database that provides us with
current information on the status of each transaction, highlighting the issues
that must be addressed prior to closing, and a database that includes and
compiles data on all transaction proposals and markets reviewed by us.
PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT
The multidisciplinary backgrounds of our employees provide us with the
skills and experience to capitalize on strategic renovation, expansion and
development opportunities. Several of our officers have extensive experience in
real estate development, both with us and with national development firms. We
generally pursue development projects in joint ventures with local developers.
In this way, we leverage the development skill, access to opportunities and
capital of such developers, transferring a significant amount of the development
risk to them and eliminating the need and expense of an in-house development
staff.
FINANCING STRATEGY
In order to maintain financial flexibility and facilitate the rapid
deployment of capital over market cycles, we intend to operate with a
debt-to-total market capitalization ratio of approximately 45% or less, although
our organizational documents do not limit the amount of indebtedness that we may
incur. Additionally, we intend to continue to structure our balance sheet in
order to maintain investment-grade ratings. We also intend to keep the majority
of our assets unencumbered to facilitate such ratings. As of December 31, 1998,
our debt-to-total market capitalization ratio was approximately 38%. We
calculate our debt-to-total market capitalization ratio by adding our
consolidated debt to our share of unconsolidated joint venture debt and dividing
by the total market capitalization, including preferred stock and preferred
units.
We have a $500 million unsecured revolving credit agreement (the "Credit
Facility") with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as agent, and a
syndicate of twelve other banks. The Credit Facility bears interest at a rate
equal to LIBOR plus 90 to 120 basis points, depending upon our then current debt
rating (currently LIBOR plus 90 basis points). We presently plan to use
available borrowings under the Credit Facility for property acquisitions and for
general corporate purposes. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources"
and Note 5 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included in this
report.
We currently expect that our principal sources of working capital and
funding for acquisitions, development, expansion and renovation of the
Properties will include cash flow from operations, borrowings under the Credit
Facility, other forms of secured or unsecured financing, proceeds from equity or
debt offerings by the Company or the Operating Partnership (including issuances
of units in the Operating Partnership or its subsidiaries), and proceeds from
divestitures of Properties. Additionally, our co-investment program will also
serve as a source of capital, particularly when more traditional sources of
capital may not be available on attractive terms.
THE PREFERRED STOCK SUBSIDIARIES
AMB Investment Management provides real estate investment management
services on a fee basis to certain of its clients which did not participate in
the Formation Transactions. We presently intend to co-invest with clients of AMB
Investment Management, to the extent such clients newly commit investment
capital, through partnerships, limited liability companies or joint ventures. We
use a co-investment formula with each client whereby we will own at least a 20%
interest in all ventures. As of December 31, 1998, we had consummated five
co-investments through one partnership. Headlands Realty Corporation invests in
properties and interests in entities that engage in the management, leasing and
development of properties and similar activities. The Operating Partnership owns
100% of the non-voting preferred stock of AMB Investment Management and
Headlands Realty Corporation (representing approximately 95% of the economic
interest in each entity) and certain of our current and former executive
officers and an officer of AMB Investment Management and certain of our current
and former executive officers and an officer of Headlands Realty
5
<PAGE> 7
Corporation own all of the outstanding voting common stock of AMB Investment
Management and Headlands Realty Corporation, respectively (representing
approximately 5% of the economic interest in each entity).
STRATEGIES FOR GROWTH
We intend to achieve our objectives of long-term sustainable growth in
Funds from Operations ("FFO") and maximization of long-term stockholder value
principally by growth through:
- operations, resulting from improved operating margins within the
portfolio while maintaining above-average occupancy,
- continued property acquisitions, including through our Strategic Alliance
Programs(TM), and
- renovation, expansion and development of selected properties, including
through our Development Alliance Program(TM).
GROWTH THROUGH OPERATIONS
We seek to improve operating margins by maintaining the high occupancy rate
of our Properties and by capitalizing on the economies of owning, operating and
growing a large national portfolio. As of December 31, 1998, our Industrial
Properties and Retail Properties owned as of that date were 96.0% leased and
94.6% leased, respectively. During the 12 months ended December 31, 1998, we
increased average base rental rates (on a cash basis) by 14.3% from the expiring
rent for that space, on leases entered into or renewed during such period,
representing 7.7 million rentable square feet. Annualized base rent represents
the monthly contractual amount under existing leases at the end of the year,
multiplied by 12. This amount excludes expense reimbursements, rental abatements
and percentage rents.
During the 12 months ending December 31, 1999, leases encompassing an
aggregate of 16.3 million rentable square feet (representing 25.6% of our
aggregate rentable square footage as of December 31, 1998) are subject to
contractual rent increases resulting in an average increase in the annualized
base rent on such leases of approximately 6.3%. Based on recent experience and
current market trends, we believe we will have an opportunity to increase the
average base rental rate on Property leases expiring during the 12 months ending
December 31, 1999 covering an aggregate of 9.3 million rentable square feet. We
seek to reduce the potential volatility of our portfolio's FFO by managing lease
expirations so that they occur within individual properties and across the
entire portfolio in a staggered fashion, and by monitoring the credit and mix of
tenants, particularly those in the Retail Properties.
GROWTH THROUGH ACQUISITIONS
We believe our significant acquisition experience, our alliance-based
operating strategy and our extensive network of property acquisition sources
will continue to provide opportunities for external growth. We have
relationships through our Institutional Alliance Program(TM) with a number of
the nation's leading pension funds and other institutional investors, many of
whom have large portfolios of industrial properties. We believe that our
relationship with third party local property managers through our Management
Alliance Program(TM) also will create acquisition opportunities as such managers
market properties on behalf of sellers. Our operating structure also enables us
to acquire properties through our UPREIT Alliance Program(TM) in exchange for
limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership, thereby enhancing our
attractiveness to owners and developers seeking to transfer properties on a
tax-deferred basis.
Between January 1, 1998 and December 31, 1998, we invested approximately
$837.5 million (including our share of co-investments) in:
- 228 industrial buildings aggregating 18.8 million square feet,
- two retail centers aggregating 0.4 million square feet and
6
<PAGE> 8
- an unconsolidated limited partnership interest in an existing real estate
joint venture which owns 36 industrial buildings aggregating 4.0 million
square feet.
Of the total investment during such period, we invested approximately $215.8
million through our UPREIT Alliance Program(TM), approximately $139.5 million
through our Institutional Alliance Program(TM), and $137.9 million through our
Management Alliance Program(TM).
We are generally in various stages of negotiations for a number of
acquisitions, which may include acquisitions of individual properties, large
multi-property portfolios and other real estate companies. There can be no
assurance that we will consummate any of these acquisitions. Such acquisitions,
if we consummate them, may be material individually or in the aggregate. Sources
of capital for acquisitions may include undistributed cash flow from operations,
borrowings under the Credit Facility, other forms of secured or unsecured
financing, issuances of debt or equity securities by the Company or the
Operating Partnership (including issuances of units in the Operating Partnership
or its subsidiaries), proceeds from divestitures of certain assets, and
assumption of debt related to the acquired assets.
GROWTH THROUGH PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT
We believe that renovation and expansion of value-added properties and
development of well-located, high-quality industrial properties and community
shopping centers should continue to provide us with attractive opportunities for
increased cash flow and a higher rate of return than we may obtain from the
purchase of fully leased, renovated properties. Value-added properties are
typically characterized as properties with available space or near-term leasing
exposure, properties that are well-located but require redevelopment or
renovation, and occasionally undeveloped land acquired in connection with
another property that provides an opportunity for development. Such properties
require significant management attention and/or capital investment to maximize
their return. We have developed the in-house expertise to create value through
acquiring and managing value-added properties and believe our national market
presence and expertise will enable us to continue to generate and capitalize on
such opportunities. Through our Development Alliance Program(TM), we have
established certain strategic alliances with national and regional developers to
enhance our development capabilities.
As of December 31, 1998, we had committed to invest approximately $349.9
million to develop approximately 5.8 million rentable square feet. Approximately
$301.5 million of this investment is through our Development Alliance
Program(TM). See "Development Projects in Progress."
BUSINESS RISKS
See: "Item 7: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Business Risks" for a complete discussion of the
various risks which could adversely affect us.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Properties that we owned as of December 31, 1998, are divided into two
operating divisions. We have broken down these two operating divisions into
thirty identifiable markets. We have provided this breakdown for external
reporting purposes only. It reflects the key markets of interest to our
stockholders and does not reflect how we are operationally managed. Segment
information related to our operations can be found in Note 13 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
As of December 31, 1998, we owned 582 industrial buildings, representing an
aggregate of 56.6 million rentable square feet, principally warehouse
distribution properties, which were 96.0% leased, and the 38 retail centers,
representing an aggregate of 7.0 million rentable square feet, principally
grocer-anchored community shopping centers, which were 94.6% leased. During the
year ended December 31, 1998, no individual industrial or retail tenant
accounted for greater than 2% of rental revenues or total square feet. As of
December 31, 1998, the largest industrial tenant accounted for only 1.0% and
0.7% of industrial base rent and total base rent, respectively. As of December
31, 1998, the largest retail tenant accounted for only 4.2% and 1.0% of retail
base rent and total base rent, respectively.
7
<PAGE> 9
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
At December 31, 1998, we owned 582 industrial buildings aggregating
approximately 56.6 million rentable square feet, located in 26 markets
nationwide. The Industrial Properties accounted for $247.2 million, or 75.7%, of
our annualized base rent derived from the Properties as of December 31, 1998.
The Industrial Properties were 96.0% leased to over 1600 tenants as of the same
date, the largest of which accounted for no more than 1.0% of our annualized
base rent from the Industrial Properties.
Property Characteristics. The Industrial Properties, which consist
primarily of warehouse distribution facilities suitable for single or multiple
tenants, are typically comprised of multiple buildings (an average of five) and
generally range between 300,000 and 600,000 rentable square feet, averaging
475,000 rentable square feet per Property. The following table identifies
characteristics of our typical industrial buildings:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TYPICAL BUILDING RANGE
-------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Rentable square feet...................................... 100,000 70,000 - 150,000
Clear height.............................................. 24 ft. 18 - 32 ft.
Building depth............................................ 200 ft. 150 - 300 ft.
Truck court depth......................................... 110 ft. 90 - 130 ft.
Loading dock & grade...................................... Dock or Dock & Grade
Parking spaces per 1,000 square feet...................... 1.0 0.5 - 2.0
Square footage per tenant................................. 35,000 5,000 - 100,000
Office finish............................................. 8% 3% - 15%
Site coverage............................................. 40% 35% - 55%
</TABLE>
Lease Terms. The Industrial Properties are typically subject to lease on a
"triple net basis," defined as leases in which tenants pay their proportionate
share of real estate taxes, insurance and operating costs, or subject to leases
on a "modified gross basis," defined as leases in which tenants pay expenses
over certain threshold levels. Lease terms typically range from three to ten
years, with an average of seven years, excluding renewal options. The majority
of the industrial leases do not include renewal options.
Overview of Major Target Markets. The Industrial Properties are
concentrated in national hub distribution markets, such as Atlanta, Chicago,
Dallas/Fort Worth, Los Angeles, Northern New Jersey, and the San Francisco Bay
Area, because we believe their strategic location, transportation network and
infrastructure, and large consumer and manufacturing bases support strong demand
for industrial space. According to statistics published by CB Commercial/Torto
Wheaton Research, the six national hub markets listed above are the nation's
largest warehouse markets and, as of December 31, 1998, comprised 38.8% of the
warehouse inventory of the 53 industrial markets tracked by them. According to
statistics published by CB Commercial/Torto Wheaton Research, as of December 31,
1998, the combined population of these markets was approximately 40.3 million,
and the amount of per capita warehouse space was 19.2% above the average for
those 53 industrial markets.
Within these metropolitan areas, the Industrial Properties are concentrated
in in-fill locations (which are characterized by limited new construction
opportunities due to high population densities and low levels of available land
that could be developed into competitive industrial or retail properties) within
established, relatively large submarkets (markets within a metropolitan area in
which the competitive environment for one or more property types is largely
dependent upon the supply of such property type in such market rather than the
supply of such property type in other portions of such metropolitan area) which
we believe should provide a higher rate of occupancy and rent growth than
properties located elsewhere. These in-fill locations are typically near major
air cargo facilities, seaports and convenient to major highways and rail lines,
are proximate to a diverse labor pool, and have limited land available for new
construction. There is typically broad demand for industrial space in these
centrally located submarkets due to a diverse mix of industries and types of
industrial uses, including warehouse distribution, light assembly and
manufacturing. We generally avoid locations at the periphery of metropolitan
areas where there are fewer supply constraints. Small metropolitan areas or
cities without a heavy concentration of warehouse activity typically have few,
if any, supply-constrained locations (those areas typified by significant
population densities, a limited number of
8
<PAGE> 10
existing industrial tenants and a low availability of land which could be
developed into competitive space for additional industrial tenants).
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY SUMMARY
As of December 31, 1998, the 582 industrial buildings were diversified
across 26 markets nationwide. The average age of the Industrial Properties is 12
years (since the Property was built or substantially renovated), which we
believe should result in lower operating costs over the long term. The following
table represents Properties in which we own a fee simple interest or a
controlling interest (consolidated), and excludes Properties in which we only
own a non-controlling interest (unconsolidated).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
TOTAL OF TOTAL ANNUALIZED OF TOTAL
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES NUMBER OF RENTABLE RENTABLE PERCENTAGE BASE RENT ANNUALIZED NUMBER
(MARKET/SUBMARKET) BUILDINGS SQUARE FEET SQUARE FEET LEASED (000'S)(1) BASE RENT OF LEASES
--------------------- --------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EASTERN
Baltimore/Washington,
D.C....................... 14 1,997,682 3.5% 87.0% $ 7,732 3.1% 34
Boston...................... 38 4,508,244 7.9% 97.3% 18,651 7.5% 59
Charlotte................... 12 831,974 1.5% 97.7% 3,609 1.5% 31
Cincinnati.................. 6 812,134 1.4% 93.7% 2,566 1.0% 11
No. New Jersey.............. 14 2,986,061 5.3% 98.8% 15,114 6.1% 22
Philadelphia................ 13 779,594 1.4% 98.0% 2,918 1.2% 26
Wilmington.................. 3 266,141 0.5% 100.0% 1,057 0.4% 5
--- ---------- ------ ------ -------- ------ -----
Total/Weighted Average.... 100 12,181,830 21.5% 95.9% 51,647 20.9% 188
MIDWESTERN
Chicago..................... 63 7,116,168 12.6% 93.5% 25,937 10.5% 111
Columbus.................... 2 468,433 0.8% 100.0% 1,363 0.6% 2
Minneapolis................. 43 4,551,482 8.0% 95.5% 16,756 6.8% 211
--- ---------- ------ ------ -------- ------ -----
Total/Weighted Average.... 108 12,136,083 21.4% 94.5% 44,056 17.8% 324
SOUTHERN
Atlanta..................... 39 3,184,953 5.6% 93.3% $ 13,392 5.4% 138
Austin...................... 6 735,240 1.3% 100.0% 4,964 2.0% 22
Dallas/Ft. Worth............ 58 4,869,424 8.6% 97.7% 16,508 6.7% 172
Houston..................... 22 1,951,787 3.5% 95.0% 6,552 2.7% 109
Memphis..................... 19 2,259,162 4.0% 94.7% 9,107 3.7% 50
Miami....................... 25 2,173,481 3.8% 98.1% 12,746 5.2% 80
New Orleans................. 5 411,689 0.7% 99.3% 1,810 0.7% 49
Orlando..................... 18 1,678,910 3.0% 87.4% 5,709 2.3% 69
--- ---------- ------ ------ -------- ------ -----
Total/Weighted Average.... 192 17,264,646 30.5% 95.4% 70,788 28.6% 689
WESTERN
Denver...................... 2 63,080 0.1% 89.9% 279 0.1% 15
Los Angeles................. 50 4,983,228 8.8% 97.4% 20,431 8.3% 97
Orange County............... 12 563,437 1.0% 99.5% 3,476 1.4% 33
Portland.................... 5 676,104 1.2% 97.5% 2,657 1.1% 9
Sacramento.................. 1 182,437 0.3% 100.0% 630 0.3% 1
San Diego................... 5 276,167 0.5% 100.0% 1,918 0.8% 16
San Francisco Bay Area...... 86 6,157,976 10.9% 98.0% 43,453 17.6% 226
Seattle..................... 21 2,125,879 3.8% 98.8% 7,894 3.2% 57
--- ---------- ------ ------ -------- ------ -----
Total/Weighted Average.... 182 15,028,308 26.6% 98.0% 80,738 32.7% 454
TOTAL/WEIGHTED
AVERAGE............. 582 56,610,867 100.0% 96.0% $247,229 100.0% 1,655
=== ========== ====== ====== ======== ====== =====
<CAPTION>
ANNUALIZED
BASE RENT
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES PER LEASED
(MARKET/SUBMARKET) SQUARE FOOT
--------------------- -----------
<S> <C>
EASTERN
Baltimore/Washington,
D.C....................... $4.45
Boston...................... 4.25
Charlotte................... 4.44
Cincinnati.................. 3.37
No. New Jersey.............. 5.12
Philadelphia................ 3.82
Wilmington.................. 3.97
-----
Total/Weighted Average.... 4.42
MIDWESTERN
Chicago..................... 3.90
Columbus.................... 2.91
Minneapolis................. 3.85
-----
Total/Weighted Average.... 3.84
SOUTHERN
Atlanta..................... $4.51
Austin...................... 6.75
Dallas/Ft. Worth............ 3.47
Houston..................... 3.53
Memphis..................... 4.26
Miami....................... 5.98
New Orleans................. 4.43
Orlando..................... 3.89
-----
Total/Weighted Average.... 4.30
WESTERN
Denver...................... 4.92
Los Angeles................. 4.21
Orange County............... 6.20
Portland.................... 4.03
Sacramento.................. 3.45
San Diego................... 6.95
San Francisco Bay Area...... 7.20
Seattle..................... 3.76
-----
Total/Weighted Average.... 5.48
TOTAL/WEIGHTED
AVERAGE............. $4.55
=====
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Annualized base rent represents the monthly contractual amount under
existing leases at December 31, 1998, multiplied by 12. This amount excludes
expense reimbursements and rental abatements.
9
<PAGE> 11
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY TENANT INFORMATION
Largest Industrial Property Tenants. Our 25 largest Industrial Property
tenants by annualized base rent are set forth in the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE OF
AGGREGATE AGGREGATE AGGREGATE
NUMBER OF RENTABLE LEASED ANNUALIZED ANNUALIZED
INDUSTRIAL TENANT NAME(1) PROPERTIES SQUARE FEET SQUARE FEET(2) BASE RENT BASE RENT(3)
------------------------- ---------- ----------- -------------- ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Wakefern Food Corporation......................... 1 419,900 0.8% $ 2,356 1.0%
Air Express International......................... 2 284,635 0.5% 2,033 0.8%
Exel Logistics.................................... 3 581,246 1.1% 2,029 0.8%
Dell USA, L.P..................................... 1 290,400 0.5% 1,724 0.7%
Federal Express Corporation....................... 3 189,168 0.3% 1,676 0.7%
Sequus Pharmaceuticals............................ 1 140,609 0.3% 1,667 0.7%
Sage Enterprises.................................. 3 245,289 0.5% 1,641 0.7%
Sanmina Corporation............................... 2 134,989 0.2% 1,639 0.7%
Home Depot USA, Inc............................... 3 449,813 0.8% 1,584 0.6%
Acer America...................................... 2 271,487 0.5% 1,574 0.6%
Office Depot...................................... 3 402,298 0.7% 1,567 0.6%
Rite Aid.......................................... 1 516,693 1.0% 1,550 0.6%
AM Cosmetics...................................... 1 326,500 0.6% 1,469 0.6%
Bradlees Stores, Inc.............................. 1 600,000 1.1% 1,453 0.6%
Boise Cascade Corporation......................... 2 400,655 0.7% 1,436 0.6%
United States Postal Service...................... 2 433,359 0.8% 1,334 0.5%
General Electric Company.......................... 4 318,055 0.6% 1,311 0.5%
Cosmair, Inc...................................... 1 303,843 0.6% 1,291 0.5%
Fujitsu........................................... 2 179,628 0.3% 1,271 0.5%
Schmalbach-Lubeca................................. 2 339,104 0.6% 1,265 0.5%
Avery Denison..................................... 1 410,428 0.8% 1,231 0.5%
United Liquors, Ltd............................... 1 315,000 0.6% 1,229 0.5%
Disney............................................ 1 336,143 0.6% 1,216 0.5%
Mylex............................................. 1 133,182 0.2% 1,205 0.5%
Rolf C. Hagen (USA) Corp.......................... 1 204,151 0.4% 1,133 0.5%
--------- ----- ------- -----
TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE.................... 8,226,575 15.1% $37,884 15.3%
========= ===== ======= =====
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Tenant(s) may be a subsidiary of or an entity affiliated with the named
tenant.
(2) Computed as aggregate rentable square feet divided by the aggregate leased
square feet of the Industrial Properties.
(3) Computed as annualized base rent divided by the aggregate annualized base
rent of the Industrial Properties.
10
<PAGE> 12
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY LEASE EXPIRATIONS
The following table summarizes the lease expirations for the Industrial
Properties for leases in place as of December 31, 1998, without giving effect to
the exercise of renewal options or termination rights, if any, at or prior to
the scheduled expirations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RENTABLE PERCENTAGE ANNUALIZED PERCENTAGE OF ANNUALIZED
SQUARE OF TOTAL BASE RENT OF ANNUALIZED BASE RENT OF
NUMBER OF FOOTAGE OF RENTABLE EXPIRING BASE RENT EXPIRING
YEAR OF LEASES EXPIRING SQUARE LEASES OF EXPIRING LEASES
LEASE EXPIRATION EXPIRING(1) LEASES(1) FOOTAGE(5) ($000S)(1)(2) LEASES PER SQUARE FOOT(3)
---------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------- ------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999(4)........................ 375 8,921,425 16.4% $ 40,370 15.2% $4.53
2000........................... 381 10,253,191 18.9% 44,626 16.9% 4.35
2001........................... 344 8,766,856 16.1% 44,525 16.8% 5.08
2002........................... 225 8,165,045 15.0% 39,341 14.9% 4.82
2003........................... 181 6,701,162 12.3% 34,909 13.2% 5.21
2004........................... 45 3,009,447 5.5% 15,942 6.0% 5.30
2005........................... 39 2,978,049 5.5% 14,031 5.3% 4.71
2006........................... 19 1,214,803 2.2% 7,934 3.0% 6.53
2007........................... 13 1,495,177 2.7% 7,755 2.9% 5.19
2008........................... 21 1,355,779 2.5% 7,565 2.9% 5.58
2009 and beyond................ 11 1,514,097 2.8% 7,806 2.9% 5.16
----- ---------- ------ -------- ------ -----
TOTAL/WEIGHTED
AVERAGE.............. 1,654 54,375,031 100.0% $264,804 100.0% $4.87
===== ========== ====== ======== ====== =====
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Schedule includes executed leases that commence after December 31, 1998.
Schedule excludes leases expiring prior to January 1, 1999.
(2) Calculated as monthly rent at expiration multiplied by 12.
(3) Rent per square foot is calculated by dividing the annualized base rent of
expiring leases by the square footage expiring in any given year.
(4) Includes leases encompassing 606,275 square feet which are on a
month-to-month basis.
(5) Represents percentage of total square footage of expiring leases.
RETAIL PROPERTIES
At December 31, 1998, we owned 38 retail centers aggregating approximately
7.0 million rentable square feet, 34 of which are grocer-anchored. The Retail
Properties accounted for $79.2 million, or 24.3%, of annualized base rent
derived from the Properties as of December 31, 1998. The Retail Properties were
94.6% leased to over 900 tenants, the largest of which accounted for 4.2% of
annualized base rent from the Retail Properties as of such date. The Retail
Properties have an average age of six years since built, expanded or renovated.
On March 9, 1999, we signed a series of definitive agreements with BPP
Retail, a co-investment entity between BPP and CalPERS, pursuant to which BPP
Retail will acquire 28 of our retail shopping centers, totaling 5.1 million
square feet, for an aggregate price of $663.4 million. BPP Retail will acquire
the centers in separate transactions, which we currently expect to close on or
about April 30, 1999, July 31, 1999 and December 1, 1999. In addition, we have
entered into a definitive agreement, subject to a financing confirmation, with
BPP, pursuant to which BPP will acquire six additional retail centers, totaling
1.5 million square feet, for $284.4 million. Assuming the receipt of the
financing confirmation, we currently expect this transaction to close by
December 31, 1999. In connection with these transactions, we have also granted
CalPERS an option to purchase up to 2,000,000 original issue shares of AMB's
Common Stock for an exercise price of $25 per share that CalPERS may exercise on
or before March 31, 2000. There can be no
11
<PAGE> 13
assurance, however, that the transactions will close as scheduled or close at
all. We currently expect that the substantial majority of our acquisition
activities going forward will be in industrial properties. See "Item 7:
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Business Risks -- Failure to Consummate the Transactions with BPP
Retail and BPP."
The Retail Properties generally are located in supply-constrained trade
areas (those trade areas typified by significant population densities, a limited
number of existing retailers, such as grocers, and a low availability of land
which could be developed into competitive space for additional competitive
retailers) of 16 major metropolitan areas. Our national operating strategy for
the community shopping center business is based on detailed research regarding
target trade areas which typically have high population densities and above-
average income levels. We believe that the characteristics of our trade areas
tend to result in Retail Properties with above-average retail sales.
Property Characteristics. The Retail Properties generally contain between
80,000 and 400,000 rentable square feet. On average, 67% of the rentable square
feet for each of the Retail Properties is leased to one or more anchor tenants
(such as all grocery stores, drugstores and any other retail tenant occupying
more than 10,000 rentable square feet). The following table identifies
characteristics of our typical Retail Property.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TYPICAL BUILDING RANGE
---------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Rentable square feet........................................ 190,000 80,000 - 400,000
Percentage of square feet leased by anchor tenants.......... 67% 60% - 85%
Number of tenants........................................... 25 10 - 50
Parking spaces per 1,000 square feet........................ 5.0 4.0 - 6.0
Square footage per anchor tenant............................ 25,000 10,000 - 100,000
Average square footage per non-anchor tenant................ 1,500 750 - 5,000
</TABLE>
Lease Terms. The Retail Properties are typically leased on a triple net
basis, defined as leases in which tenants pay their proportionate share of real
estate taxes, insurance and operating costs. In addition, some leases, including
some anchor tenant leases, require tenants to pay percentage rents based on
gross retail sales above predetermined thresholds. Typical anchor tenant leases
also provide for payment of a percentage administrative fee in lieu of a
management fee (calculated as a percentage of common area maintenance) which
ranges between 5% and 15%. Lease terms typical for anchor tenants range from 10
to 20 years, with a weighted average of 19 years, with renewal options for an
additional 10 to 20 years at fixed rents. Tenant improvement allowances are
standard and the amounts vary by submarket. Typical non-anchor tenants have
lease terms ranging from three to ten years with a weighted average of seven
years and they typically receive options for an additional five-year term at
market rents.
RETAIL PROPERTY SUMMARY
Rentable square footage occupied by anchor tenants accounted for 67.3% of
the aggregate square footage of the Retail Properties as of December 31, 1998.
Annualized base rent as of such date for our 25 largest tenants was
approximately $31.9 million, representing approximately 40.3% of annualized base
rent for all of our Retail Properties. Annualized base rent for the remaining
retail tenants was approximately $47.3 million as of the same date, representing
approximately 59.7% of the annualized base rent for all of our Retail
Properties.
12
<PAGE> 14
The following table sets forth, on a market basis, the rentable square footage
leased to anchor tenants and non-anchor tenants as of December 31, 1998, and
represents Properties in which we own a fee simple interest or a controlling
interest (consolidated), and excludes Properties in which we only own a
non-controlling interest (unconsolidated).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE
ANCHOR TOTAL ANNUALIZED BASE RENT
RETAIL PROPERTIES NUMBER NUMBER RENTABLE RENTABLE PERCENTAGE BASE RENT PER SQUARE
(MARKET/SUBMARKET) OF CENTERS OF LEASES SQUARE FEET SQUARE FEET LEASED (000'S)(1) FEET LEASED(2)
------------------ ---------- --------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EASTERN
Albany.......................... 1 29 513,985 602,477 98.1% $ 6,179 $10.45
Baltimore/Washington, DC........ 1 12 390,288 404,755 100.0% 4,639 11.46
Boston.......................... 1 1 88,420 88,420 100.0% 690 7.80
Hartford........................ 1 24 116,960 177,316 99.9% 3,185 17.98
-- --- --------- --------- ------ ------- ------
Total/Weighted Average...... 4 66 1,109,653 1,272,968 99.1% 14,693 11.65
MIDWESTERN
Chicago......................... 3 47 413,883 504,916 96.3% 4,695 9.66
Minneapolis..................... 1 30 151,757 205,917 100.0% 2,216 10.76
-- --- --------- --------- ------ ------- ------
Total/Weighted Average...... 4 77 565,640 710,833 97.4% 6,911 9.99
SOUTHERN
Atlanta......................... 2 31 142,754 218,790 93.6% 2,856 13.95
Houston......................... 5 91 563,677 824,744 91.9% 8,053 10.62
Miami........................... 6 145 678,251 1,049,723 86.9% 10,515 11.53
-- --- --------- --------- ------ ------- ------
Total/Weighted Average...... 13 267 1,384,682 2,093,257 89.6% 21,424 11.43
WESTERN
Denver.......................... 2 64 351,193 512,460 98.6% 4,697 9.30
Los Angeles..................... 3 151 408,904 751,132 97.0% 10,528 14.45
Reno............................ 1 15 47,140 76,757 97.7% 762 10.16
San Diego....................... 2 78 107,015 276,404 95.9% 4,402 16.61
San Francisco Bay Area.......... 5 110 408,217 673,031 96.5% 8,949 13.78
Santa Barbara................... 1 25 97,189 144,484 100.0% 2,435 16.85
Seattle......................... 3 70 287,411 473,718 87.3% 4,393 10.62
-- --- --------- --------- ------ ------- ------
Total/Weighted Average...... 17 513 1,707,069 2,907,986 95.7% 36,166 13.00
TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE.... 38 923 4,767,044 6,985,044 94.6% $79,194 $11.98
== === ========= ========= ====== ======= ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Annualized base rent represents the monthly contractual amount under
existing leases at December 31, 1998, multiplied by 12. This amount excludes
expense reimbursements, rental abatements and percentage rents.
(2) Calculated as total annualized base rent divided by total rentable square
feet actually leased as of December 31, 1998.
13
<PAGE> 15
RETAIL PROPERTY TENANT INFORMATION
Largest Retail Property Tenants. Our 25 largest Retail Property tenants by
annualized base rent are set forth in the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE OF
NUMBER AGGREGATE AGGREGATE ANNUALIZED AGGREGATE
OF RENTABLE LEASED BASE RENT ANNUALIZED
RETAIL TENANT NAME(1) CENTERS SQUARE FEET SQUARE FEET(3) (000S) BASE RENT(4)
--------------------- ------- ----------- -------------- ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Safeway Stores, Inc.(2)...................... 7 362,563 5.5% $ 3,290 4.2%
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and Sam's Club......... 2 388,866 5.9% 2,891 3.7%
Randall's Food & Drugs, Inc.(2).............. 5 298,549 4.5% 2,369 3.0%
Dayton Hudson................................ 3 320,670 4.9% 1,784 2.3%
Leonard Green & Partners..................... 5 138,998 2.1% 1,608 2.0%
Home Place................................... 2 109,323 1.7% 1,450 1.8%
Kroger(2).................................... 4 177,825 2.7% 1,414 1.8%
Viacom....................................... 10 58,785 0.9% 1,264 1.6%
Toys 'R Us, Inc.............................. 3 135,332 2.0% 1,247 1.6%
Publix(2).................................... 5 199,764 3.0% 1,180 1.5%
J.C. Penney.................................. 4 74,612 1.1% 1,161 1.5%
Comp USA, Inc................................ 4 95,213 1.4% 1,143 1.4%
Gap, Inc..................................... 4 57,591 0.9% 1,016 1.3%
Home Depot................................... 1 116,095 1.8% 1,015 1.3%
Barnes & Noble Super Stores, Inc............. 3 50,600 0.8% 1,004 1.3%
Great Atlantic............................... 1 86,889 1.3% 949 1.2%
Hallmark..................................... 13 51,643 0.8% 889 1.1%
Hannaford Bros. Co.(2)....................... 1 63,664 1.0% 875 1.1%
PETSMART, Inc................................ 4 102,100 1.5% 875 1.1%
Ross Stores, Inc............................. 2 61,120 0.9% 861 1.1%
Albertson's, Inc.(2)......................... 5 145,648 2.2% 854 1.1%
TJX, Inc..................................... 4 117,200 1.8% 769 1.0%
Randolph Bob's, Inc.......................... 1 88,420 1.3% 690 0.9%
Fry's Electronics............................ 1 46,200 0.7% 677 0.9%
Rite Aid..................................... 6 124,110 1.9% 644 0.8%
--------- ----- ------- -----
TOTAL/WEIGHTED AVERAGE............... 3,471,780 52.5% $31,919 40.3%
========= ===== ======= =====
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Tenant(s) may be a subsidiary of or an entity affiliated with the named
tenant.
(2) Of the top 25 Retail Property tenants, six are grocers. Of the 38 Retail
Properties, 34 are grocer-anchored.
(3) Computed as aggregate rentable square feet divided by the aggregate leased
square feet of the Retail Properties.
(4) Computed as annualized base rent divided by the aggregate annualized base
rent of the Retail Properties.
14
<PAGE> 16
RETAIL PROPERTY LEASE EXPIRATIONS
The following table sets forth a summary schedule of the Retail Property
lease expirations for leases in place as of December 31, 1998 without giving
effect to the exercise of renewal options or termination rights, if any, at or
prior to the scheduled expirations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RENTABLE PERCENTAGE ANNUALIZED
SQUARE OF TOTAL BASE RENT PERCENTAGE OF ANNUALIZED
NUMBER OF FOOTAGE OF RENTABLE OF EXPIRING ANNUALIZED RENT
YEAR OF LEASES LEASES SQUARE LEASES BASE RENT OF OF EXPIRING LEASES
LEASE EXPIRATION EXPIRING(1) EXPIRING(1) FOOTAGE(5) ($000S)(1)(2) EXPIRING LEASES PER SQUARE FOOT(3)
- ---------------------------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ------------- --------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999(4)..................... 151 357,631 5.4% $ 5,410 6.3% $15.13
2000........................ 126 509,888 7.7% 6,363 7.4% 12.48
2001........................ 128 560,719 8.5% 7,223 8.3% 12.88
2002........................ 128 473,806 7.1% 8,041 9.3% 16.97
2003........................ 109 609,345 9.2% 7,637 8.8% 12.53
2004........................ 55 253,971 3.8% 4,271 4.9% 16.82
2005........................ 37 135,828 2.0% 3,193 3.7% 23.51
2006........................ 46 280,453 4.2% 5,594 6.5% 19.95
2007........................ 36 442,848 6.7% 4,683 5.4% 10.57
2008........................ 22 303,350 4.6% 3,244 3.7% 10.69
2009 and beyond............. 90 2,707,184 40.8% 30,896 35.7% 11.41
--- --------- ------ ------- ------ ------
TOTAL/WEIGHTED
AVERAGE........... 928 6,635,023 100.0% $86,555 100% $13.05
=== ========= ====== ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Schedule includes executed leases that commence after December 31, 1998.
Schedule excludes leases expiring prior to January 1, 1999.
(2) Calculated as monthly rent at expiration multiplied by 12.
(3) Rent per square foot is calculated by dividing the annualized base rent of
expiring leases by the square footage expiring in any given year.
(4) Includes leases encompassing 70,346 square feet which are on a
month-to-month basis.
(5) Represents percentage of total rentable square footage of expiring leases.
15
<PAGE> 17
OPERATING AND LEASING STATISTICS SUMMARY
The following summarizes key operating and leasing statistics for the
Industrial and Retail Properties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDUSTRIAL RETAIL TOTAL
---------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Square feet owned at December 31, 1998(1)......................................... 56,610,867 6,985,044 63,595,911
Occupancy percentage at December 31, 1998......................................... 96.0% 94.6% 95.8%
Lease expirations as percentage of total sq. ft. (next 12 months)................. 15.8% 5.1% 14.6%
Weighted average lease term....................................................... 7 years 15 years 8 years
Tenant retention: -- Year................................. 74.8% 84.1% 75.4%
-- Trailing average (1/01/95 to
12/31/98)............................... 73.4% 83.4% 73.9%
Rent increases on renewals and
rollovers: -- Year................................. 14.6% 13.3% 14.3%
Same store cash basis NOI growth(2):) -- Year................................. 7.4% 6.5% 7.1%
Second generation tenant improvements
and leasing commissions per sq. ft.: -- Year:
Renewals................................ $0.92 $1.34 $0.95
Re-tenanted............................. 2.08 9.99 2.47
---------- ---------- -----------
Weighted average........................ $1.10 $2.64 $1.18
========== ========== ===========
-- Trailing average (1/01/95 to
12/31/98)............................... $1.22 $4.75 $1.42
========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) In addition to owned square feet, we manage, through its subsidiary, AMB
Investment Management, 3.5 million, 0.6 million, and 0.4 million additional
square feet of industrial, retail, and other properties, respectively. We
also have an investment in 4.0 million square feet of Industrial Properties
through our investment in an unconsolidated joint venture.
(2) Consists of industrial buildings and retail centers aggregating 25.6 million
and 4.8 million square feet, respectively, that have been owned by us since
January 1, 1997, and excludes development properties prior to stabilization.
See "Item 14: Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" for
total property net operating income by segment.
HISTORICAL TENANT RETENTION RATES AND RENT INCREASES
The following table sets forth information relating to tenant retention
rates and average rent increases (cash basis) on renewal and re-tenanted space
for the Industrial Properties and the Retail Properties for the periods
presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------ WEIGHTED
1996 1997 1998 AVERAGE
---- ---- ---- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES:
Retention rate.......................................... 79.2% 69.5% 74.8% 74.1%
Rental increases........................................ 4.7% 13.0% 14.6%
RETAIL PROPERTIES:
Retention rate.......................................... 88.4% 87.8% 84.1% 86.0%
Rental increases........................................ 5.4% 10.1% 13.3%
TOTAL PROPERTIES:
Retention Rate.......................................... 79.8% 70.3% 75.4% 74.7%
Rental increases........................................ 5.0% 11.0% 14.3%
</TABLE>
16
<PAGE> 18
RECURRING TENANT IMPROVEMENTS AND LEASING COMMISSIONS PER SQUARE FOOT LEASED
The table below summarizes for the Industrial Properties and the Retail
Properties, separately, the recurring tenant improvements and leasing
commissions per square feet leased for the periods presented. The recurring
tenant improvements and leasing commissions represent costs incurred to lease
space after the initial lease term of the initial tenant, excluding costs
incurred to relocate tenants as part of a re-tenanting strategy. The tenant
improvements and leasing commissions set forth below are not necessarily
indicative of future tenant improvements and leasing commissions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------- WEIGHTED
1996 1997 1998 AVERAGE
----- ----- ----- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES:
Expenditures per renewed square foot leased............... $0.93 $1.05 $0.92 $0.95
Expenditures per re-tenanted square foot leased........... $1.97 $1.62 $2.08 $1.84
Weighted average.......................................... $1.29 $1.30 $1.10 $1.20
RETAIL PROPERTIES:
Expenditures per renewed square foot leased............... $4.72 $4.25 $1.34 $2.63
Expenditures per re-tenanted square foot leased........... $6.53 $7.92 $9.99 $7.93
Weighted average.......................................... $5.61 $6.41 $2.64 $4.66
</TABLE>
OCCUPANCY AND AVERAGE BASE RENT
The table below sets forth weighted average occupancy rates and average
base rent based on square feet leased of the Industrial Properties and the
Retail Properties as of and for the periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------
1996 1997 1998
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES:
Occupancy rate at period end.............................. 97.2% 95.7% 96.0%
Average base rent per square foot(1)...................... $ 3.81 $ 4.26 $ 4.55
RETAIL PROPERTIES:
Occupancy rate at period end.............................. 92.4% 96.1% 94.6%
Average base rent per square foot(1)...................... $11.32 $11.98 $11.98
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Average base rent per square foot represents the total annualized
contractual base rental revenue for the period divided by the average
occupied square feet leased for the period.
17
<PAGE> 19
DEVELOPMENT PIPELINE
The following table sets forth the Properties owned by us as of December
31, 1998 which were undergoing renovation, expansion or new development. No
assurance can be given that any of such projects will be completed on schedule
or within budgeted amounts.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED
DEVELOPMENT STABILIZATION
PROPERTIES LOCATION TYPE ALLIANCE PARTNER(TM) DATE(1)
---------- -------- ---- -------------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INDUSTRIAL(3)
1. Fairway Drive Phase III........ San Leandro, CA Development n/a April 1999
2. South Dallas Industrial........ Dallas, TX Expansion n/a May 1999
3. Dock's Corner (Phase II)....... South Brunswick, NJ Expansion n/a July 1999
4. North Great SW Industrial Dallas, TX Development July 1999
Park............................. Trammell Crow Company
5. Pennsy Drive................... Landover, MD Renovation n/a August 1999
6. Hempstead Highway Distribution Houston, TX Development August 1999
Center........................... Cypress Realty
7. Richardson Tech Center......... Richardson, TX Development n/a March 2000
8. Northwest Crossing Distribution Houston, TX Development May 2000
Center........................... Trammell Crow Company
9. Orlando Central Park Orlando, FL Development July 2000
Development...................... Trammell Crow Company
10. LA Media Tech Center.......... Los Angeles, CA Development Legacy Partners February 2001
11. Suwanee Creek Distribution.... Atlanta, GA Development Seefried Properties February 2001
12. South River Park Cranbury, NJ Development March 2001
Development...................... Trammell Crow Company
13. Cabot Business Park Land...... Mansfield, MA Development National Development of NE August 2001
14. Wilsonville................... Wilsonville, OR Development Trammell Crow Company January 2002
Subtotal.......................
RETAIL(3)
15. Around Lenox.................. Atlanta, GA Renovation Alpine Partners September 1999
16. Palm Aire..................... Miami, FL Renovation Lefmark December 1999
17. Springs Gate.................. Coral Springs, FL Development Lefmark December 2000
18. Northridge.................... Fort Lauderdale, FL Renovation Lefmark April 2001
Subtotal.......................
Total......................
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED ESTIMATED
SQUARE FEET AT TOTAL
PROPERTIES COMPLETION INVESTMENT(2)
---------- -------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
INDUSTRIAL(3)
1. Fairway Drive Phase III........ 116,000 $ 5,400
2. South Dallas Industrial........ 95,000 2,400
3. Dock's Corner (Phase II)....... 659,000 23,900
4. North Great SW Industrial 215,000 10,500
Park.............................
5. Pennsy Drive................... 359,000 14,800
6. Hempstead Highway Distribution 292,000 11,500
Center...........................
7. Richardson Tech Center......... 26,000 1,900
8. Northwest Crossing Distribution 178,000 6,900
Center...........................
9. Orlando Central Park 443,000 17,700
Development......................
10. LA Media Tech Center.......... 386,000 39,200
11. Suwanee Creek Distribution.... 1,095,000 34,600
12. South River Park 626,000 27,900
Development......................
13. Cabot Business Park Land...... 415,000 29,400
14. Wilsonville................... 155,000 7,300
--------- --------
Subtotal....................... 5,060,000(4) 233,400(5)
--------- --------
RETAIL(3)
15. Around Lenox.................. 120,000 23,300
16. Palm Aire..................... 143,000 17,700
17. Springs Gate.................. 236,000 38,000
18. Northridge.................... 259,000 37,500
--------- --------
Subtotal....................... 758,000(4) 116,500(5)
--------- --------
Total...................... 5,818,000 $349,900
========= ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Estimated stabilization date means our estimate of when capital improvements
for repositioning, development and redevelopment programs will have been
completed and in effect for a period of time sufficient to achieve market
occupancy. The estimates are based on our current estimates and forecasts
and are therefore subject to change.
(2) Represents total estimated cost of renovation, expansion or development,
including initial acquisition costs, debt and equity carry, and partner
earnouts. The estimates are based on our current estimates and forecasts and
are therefore subject to change.
(3) Excludes approximately 129 acres of land available for expansion of existing
industrial buildings or development of new industrial buildings and
approximately six acres of land available for expansion of existing retail
centers.
(4) Construction has begun on approximately 2.7 million square feet of
industrial space and 0.5 million of retail space which was 37% and 75%
leased, respectively, as of December 31, 1998.
(5) As of December 31, 1998, we have spent approximately $94.5 million and $61.5
million for the renovation, expansion or development of Industrial and
Retail Properties, respectively.
18
<PAGE> 20
PROPERTIES HELD THROUGH JOINT VENTURES, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES AND
PARTNERSHIPS
As of December 31, 1998, we held interests in 21 joint ventures, limited
liability companies and partnerships with certain unaffiliated third parties
(the "Joint Venture Participants") that are consolidated in our consolidated
financial statements. Pursuant to the existing agreements with respect to each
joint venture, we hold a greater than 50% interest in 16 of the joint ventures
and a 50% interest in the remaining joint ventures, but in certain cases such
agreements provide that we are a limited partner or that the Joint Venture
Participant is principally responsible for day-to-day management of the Property
(though in all such cases, we have approval rights with respect to significant
decisions involving the underlying properties). Under the agreements governing
the joint ventures, we and the Joint Venture Participant may be required to make
additional capital contributions, and subject to certain limitations, the joint
ventures may incur additional debt. Such agreements also impose certain
restrictions on the transfer of joint venture interests by us or the Joint
Venture Participant, and provide certain rights to us and/or the Joint Venture
Participant to sell its interest to the joint venture or to the other venturer
on terms specified in the agreement. All of the joint ventures terminate in 2024
or later, but may end earlier if a joint venture ceases to hold any interest in
or have any obligations relating to the property held by such joint venture.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Properties
owned through consolidated joint ventures as of December 31, 1998 (dollars in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BOOK VALUE OF BOOK VALUE OF JV PARTNERS'
GROSS BOOK MORTGAGE PARTNERS' COMPANY'S SHARE
PROPERTIES VALUE(1) DEBT INVESTMENT INVESTMENT OF FFO
---------- ---------- --------- ------------- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INDUSTRIAL
1. Chancellor.................................... $ 6,451 $ (2,925) $ (569) $ 2,957 10%
2. Nippon Express(2)............................. 6,358 -- (491) 5,867 27%
3. Metric Center................................. 44,357 -- (5,392) 38,965 13%
4. Jamesburg(3).................................. 47,293 (23,500) (11,737) 12,056 50%
5. Corporate Park/Hickory Hill(3)................ 27,390 (16,400) (5,461) 5,529 50%
6. Garland Industrial(3)......................... 33,347 -- (16,976) 16,371 50%
7. Minnetonka Industrial(3)...................... 28,047 (13,025) (7,430) 7,592 50%
8. South Point Business Park(3).................. 21,634 -- (10,776) 10,858 50%
9. Orlando Central Park Development(4)........... 7,026 -- (345) 6,681 5%
10. South River Park Development(4)............... 9,366 -- (343) 9,023 5%
11. Cabot Business Park Land(4)................... 3,991 -- (382) 3,609 10%
12. North Great SW Industrial Park(4)............. 2,333 -- (113) 2,220 5%
13. Northwest Crossing Distribution Center(4)..... 1,520 -- (76) 1,444 5%
14. LA Media Tech Center(4)....................... 25,341 -- (507) 24,834 2%
-------- --------- -------- --------
Subtotal....................................... 264,454 (55,850) (60,598) 148,006
-------- --------- -------- --------
RETAIL
15. Kendall Mall(4)............................... 36,078 (24,757) 187 11,508 29%
16. Manhattan Village............................. 83,484 -- (7,759) 75,725 10%
17. Palm Aire(4).................................. 15,708 (5,755) (1,107) 8,846 0%
18. Plaza at Delray(4)............................ 35,579 (23,142) 18 12,455 2%
19. Springs Gate(4)............................... 12,978 -- -- 12,978 0%
20. Northridge(4)................................. 15,718 -- -- 15,718 0%
21. Around Lenox(4)............................... 18,085 (11,114) (683) 6,288 0%
-------- --------- -------- --------
Subtotal....................................... 217,630 (64,768) (9,344) 143,518
-------- --------- -------- --------
Total..................................... $482,084 $(120,618) $(69,942) $291,524
======== ========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
19
<PAGE> 21
- ---------------
(1) Represents the book value of the property (before accumulated depreciation)
owned by the joint venture entity and excludes net other assets.
(2) Represents a building which is part of the Lake Michigan Industrial
Portfolio.
(3) These properties are owned by a joint venture with an Institutional Alliance
Partner which is a client of AMB Investment Management.
(4) Represents a development, renovation or expansion project with a Development
Alliance Partner (TM).
We account for all of the above investments on a consolidated basis for
financial reporting purposes because of our ability to exercise control over
significant aspects of the investment as well as our significant economic
interest in such investments. See "Item 14, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements." We also have a noncontrolling limited partnership
interest in one unconsolidated real estate joint venture with a net investment
value of $57.7 million as of December 31, 1998.
SECURED DEBT
As of December 31, 1998, the Operating Partnership had $719.0 million of
indebtedness secured by deeds of trust on certain properties. As of December 31,
1998, the total gross investment value of those properties secured by debt was
$1,458,652. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Note 5 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. We believe that as of
December 31, 1998, the value of the Properties securing the respective
obligations in each case exceeded the principal amount of the outstanding
obligations.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Neither we nor any of the Properties is subject to any material litigation.
To our knowledge, there is no material litigation threatened against any of
them, other than routine litigation arising in the ordinary course of business,
which we generally expect to be covered by liability insurance, or to have an
immaterial effect on our financial results.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
None.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
The Company's Common Stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange
("NYSE") on November 21, 1997, under the symbol "AMB." As of March 12, 1999,
there were 160 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock (excluding shares
held through The Deposit Trust Company, as nominee). Set forth below are the
high and low sales prices per share of the Company's Common Stock, as reported
on the NYSE composite tape, and the distribution per share paid by the Company
during the period from November 26, 1997 through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR HIGH LOW DISTRIBUTION
---- ---- ---- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1997
4th Quarter (from 11/21/97)............................... $25 1/8 $22 1/4 $0.134
1998
1st Quarter............................................... 24 15/16 23 3/8 0.3425
2nd Quarter............................................... 25 22 3/8 0.3425
3rd Quarter............................................... 25 13/16 22 11/16 0.3425
4th Quarter............................................... 25 20 15/16 0.3425
</TABLE>
20
<PAGE> 22
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
SELECTED COMPANY AND PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth selected consolidated historical financial
and other data for the Company and its Predecessor on an historical basis for
the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998. Prior to November
26, 1997 (the IPO date), the Company's Predecessor provided real estate
investment management services to institutional investors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANY
PREDECESSOR(1) -----------------------------------------
--------------------------- HISTORICAL(2) PRO FORMA(3)
1994 1995 1996 1997 1997 1998
------- ------- ------- ------------- ------------ ----------
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA, PERCENTAGES AND NUMBER OF PROPERTIES)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Total revenues.................................. $12,865 $16,865 $23,991 $ 56,062 $284,674 $ 358,887
Income from operations before minority
interests..................................... 2,925 3,296 7,140 18,885 103,903 123,750
Net income available to common stockholders..... 2,925 3,262 7,003 18,228 99,508 108,954
Net income common per share:
Basic(4)...................................... 0.59 0.64 1.38 1.39 1.16 1.27
Diluted(4).................................... 0.59 0.64 1.38 1.38 1.15 1.26
Dividends per common share...................... 1.37 1.37
Dividends per preferred share(5)................ -- 0.99
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(6)....................................... $195,218 $ 252,353
Funds from Operations(7)........................ 147,409 170,407
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities.......................... 131,621 177,180
Investing activities.......................... (607,768) (796,213)
Financing activities.......................... 553,199 604,202
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Investments in real estate at cost.............. $ -- $ -- $ -- $2,442,999 $3,369,060
Total assets.................................... 4,092 4,948 7,085 2,506,255 3,562,885
Total consolidated debt(8)...................... -- -- -- 685,652 1,368,196
Stockholders' equity............................ 3,848 4,241 6,300 1,668,030 1,765,360
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Represents the Predecessor's historical financial and other data for the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. The Predecessor operated as an
investment manager prior to November 26, 1997.
(2) The historical 1997 results represent the Predecessor's historical financial
and other data for the period January 1, 1997 through November 25, 1997. The
financial and other data of the Company, and the Properties acquired in the
Formation Transactions, have been included subsequent to November 26, 1997
to December 31, 1997.
(3) Pro forma 1997 financial and other data has been prepared as if the
Formation Transactions, the IPO (as described in "Item 14. Note 1 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements") and certain property acquisitions and
divestitures in 1997 had occurred on January 1, 1997.
(4) Basic and diluted net income per share equals the pro forma net income
divided by 85,874,513 and 86,156,556 shares, respectively, for 1997, and net
income available to common stockholders divided by 85,876,383 and 86,235,176
shares, respectively, for 1998.
(5) Dividends for the period commencing on July 27, 1998, the date of Series A
Preferred Stock issuance.
(6) EBITDA is computed as income from operations before divestiture of
Properties and minority interests plus interest expense, income taxes,
depreciation and amortization. We believe that in addition to cash flows and
net income, EBITDA is a useful financial performance measure for assessing
the operating performance of an equity REIT because, together with net
income and cash flows, EBITDA provides investors with an additional basis to
evaluate the ability of a REIT to incur and service debt and to fund
21
<PAGE> 23
acquisitions and other capital expenditures. Includes an adjustment to reflect
the Company's pro rata share of EBITDA in an unconsolidated joint venture.
EBITDA is not a measurement of operating performance calculated in accordance
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered
as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operations
or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. EBITDA may not be
indicative of our historical operating results, nor be predictive of
potential future results. While EBITDA is frequently used as a measure of
operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, it is not
necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other REITs.
(7) FFO is defined as income from operations before minority interest, gains or
losses from sale of real estate and extraordinary losses plus real estate
depreciation and adjustment to derive the Company's pro rata share of the
FFO of unconsolidated joint ventures, less minority interests' pro rata
share of the FFO of consolidated joint ventures and perpetual preferred
stock dividends. In accordance with the National Association of Real Estate
Investment Trust ("NAREIT") White Paper on FFO, the Company includes the
effects of straight-line rents in FFO. We believe that FFO is an appropriate
measure of performance for an equity REIT. While FFO is a relevant and
widely used measure of operating performance of REITs, it does not represent
cash flow from operations or net income as defined by U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles, and it should not be considered as an
alternative to these indicators in evaluating liquidity or operating
performance. Further, FFO as disclosed by other REITs may not be comparable.
(8) Secured debt includes unamortized debt premiums of approximately $18,286,
and $15,217 as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. See "Item 14.
Notes 2 and 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."
22
<PAGE> 24
SELECTED PROPERTY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
For comparative purposes, the table that follows provides selected
historical financial and other data of the Properties. The historical results of
the Properties for 1997 include the results achieved by the Company for the
period from November 26, 1997 to December 31, 1997 and the results achieved by
the prior owners of the Properties for the period from January 1, 1997 to
November 25, 1997. The historical results of operations of the Properties for
periods prior to November 26, 1997 include Properties that were managed by the
Predecessor and exclude the results of four Properties that were contributed to
the Company in the Formation Transactions that were not previously managed by
the Predecessor. In addition, the historical results of operations include the
results of Properties acquired after November 26, 1997, from the date of
acquisition of such Properties to December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANY
-----------------------------------------
PROPERTIES COMBINED(1) HISTORICAL(2) PRO FORMA(3)
---------------------------------- ------------- ------------
1994 1995 1996 1997 1997 1998
-------- ---------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ----------
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PERCENTAGES AND NUMBER OF PROPERTIES)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Rental revenues.............................. $ 50,893 $ 106,180 $ 166,415 $ 233,856 $282,665 $ 354,658
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Investment in real estate at cost............ 666,672 1,018,681 1,616,091 2,442,999 3,369,060
Secured debt(4).............................. 201,959 254,067 522,634 535,652 734,196
PROPERTY DATA:
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES
Property net operating income(5)........... 137,955 181,832
Total rentable square footage at end of
period................................... 13,364 21,598 29,609 37,329 56,611
Occupancy rate at end of period............ 96.9% 97.3% 97.2% 95.7% 96.0%
RETAIL PROPERTIES
Property net operating income(5)........... 64,716 76,752
Total rentable square footage at end of
period................................... 2,422 3,299 5,282 6,216 6,985
Occupancy rate at end of period............ 93.7% 92.4% 92.4% 96.1% 94.6%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Represents the Properties' combined historical financial and other data for
the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. The historical results of
operations of the Properties for periods prior to November 26, 1997 include
Properties that were managed by the Predecessor and exclude the results of
four properties that were contributed to the Company in the Formation
Transactions that were not previously managed by the Predecessor.
(2) The historical results of the Properties for 1997 include the results of the
Company for the period from November 26, 1997 (acquisition date) to December
31, 1997 and the results achieved by the prior owners of the Properties for
the period from January 1, 1997 to November 25, 1997.
(3) The pro forma financial and other data has been prepared as if the Formation
Transactions, the IPO (See "Item 14. Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements"), and certain 1997 property acquisitions and
divestitures had occurred on January 1, 1997.
(4) Secured debt as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 includes unamortized debt
premiums of approximately $18,286 and $15,217, respectively. See "Item 14.
Notes 2 and 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."
(5) Property net operating income (NOI) is defined as rental revenue, including
reimbursements and straight-line rents, less operating expenses. See "Item
14, Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."
23
<PAGE> 25
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of the consolidated
financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. Statements contained in this discussion which
are not historical facts may be forward looking statements. You can identify
forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as
"believes," "expects," "may," "will," "should," "seeks," "approximately,"
"intends," "plans," "pro forma," "estimates" or "anticipates" or the negative of
these words and phrases or similar words or phrases. You can also identify
forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions.
Forward-looking statements involve numerous risks and uncertainties and you
should not rely upon them as predictions of future events. There is no assurance
that the events or circumstances reflected in forward-looking statements will be
achieved or occur. Forward-looking statements are necessarily dependent on
assumptions, data or methods that may be incorrect or imprecise and we may not
be able to realize them. The following factors, among others, could cause actual
results and future events to differ materially from those set forth or
contemplated in the forward-looking statements: defaults or non-renewal of
leases by tenants, increased interest rates and operating costs, our failure to
obtain necessary outside financing, difficulties in identifying properties to
acquire and in effecting acquisitions, our failure to successfully integrate
acquired properties and operations, risks and uncertainties affecting property
development and construction (including construction delays, cost overruns, our
inability to obtain necessary permits and public opposition to these
activities), our failure to qualify and maintain our status as a real estate
investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
environmental uncertainties, risks related to natural disasters, financial
market fluctuations, changes in real estate and zoning laws and increases in
real property tax rates. Our success also depends upon economic trends
generally, including interest rates, income tax laws, governmental regulation,
legislation, population changes and certain other risk factors discussed in the
section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Business Risk" in this report. We caution you not
to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect our
analysis only and speak only as of the date of this report or the dates
indicated in the statements.
GENERAL
Because of the significant impact of the Formation Transactions and the IPO
on our results of operations, the discussion below is presented as follows:
- results of the Company and its Predecessor for the years ended December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996; and
- results of the Properties for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996.
See "Item 1: Business -- General -- Formation of the Company" and Note 1 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the Formation
Transactions.
COMPANY AND PREDECESSOR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The year ended December 31, 1998 was the Company's first full year
operating as a real estate operating company. The historical results of the
Company for 1997 include its results, including property operations, for the
period from November 26, 1997 (the commencement of operations as a fully
integrated real estate company) to December 31, 1997 and the results of the
Company's Predecessor, an investment manager, for the period from January 1,
1997 to November 25, 1997, and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996. As an
investment manager, the Predecessor's revenues consisted primarily of fees
earned in connection with real estate management services. Management's
discussion and analysis of the Company and Predecessor for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 is limited to investment management and other income
and general and administrative expenses, and excludes a discussion of rental
revenues, operating expenses, interest expense and depreciation and amortization
because such analysis is not comparable or meaningful given the differences in
lines of business between the Company and the Predecessor.
24
<PAGE> 26
COMPANY AND PREDECESSOR -- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
Total revenues. Total revenues, including straight-line rents, tenant
reimbursements and other income, totaled $358.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998. The Predecessor's revenues consisted primarily of fees earned
in connection with real estate management services. As such, no such rental
revenues existed for the Predecessor for the years ended December 31, 1997
Property operating expenses and real estate taxes. Property operating
expenses, including asset management costs and real estate taxes, totaled $96.1
million for the year ended December 31, 1998. The Predecessor's expenses
consisted primarily of salaries and other general administrative costs. As such,
no such property operating expenses existed for the year ended December 31,
1997.
General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative
expenses were $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, as compared to
the Predecessor's investment management expenses of $19.4 million for the period
from January 1, 1997 to November 25, 1997. Investment management expenses of the
Predecessor consisted primarily of salaries and other general and administrative
expenses. The 46.1% decrease on an annualized basis in general and
administrative expenses is attributable to the change in our operations from an
investment manager to a fully integrated real estate company, and the formation
of AMB Investment Management. In connection with the Formation Transactions, AMB
Investment Management assumed employment and other related costs of certain
employees who transferred from the Predecessor to AMB Investment Management for
the purpose of carrying on the investment management business.
COMPANY AND PREDECESSOR -- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996
Investment management and other income. Investment management and other
income for the period from January 1, 1997 to November 25, 1997 was $29.0
million, which on an annualized basis represents a 34.1% increase over the year
ended December 31, 1996. The increase reflects the growth in the portfolio under
management. Investment management and other income for the period from November
26, 1997 to December 31, 1997 was $0.6 million.
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses
for the period from January 1, 1997 to November 25, 1997 were $19.4 million,
which represents a 27.7% increase on an annualized basis over the year ended
December 31, 1996. The increase was attributable to an increase in staffing that
resulted from the growth in the portfolio under management.
PROPERTIES RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The historical results of operations of the Properties for periods prior to
November 26, 1997 include Properties that were managed by the Predecessor and
exclude the results of four properties that were contributed to the Company in
the Formation Transactions that the Predecessor did not previously manage. The
discussion below for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 is limited to a
discussion of rental revenues, property operating expense and real estate taxes
and excludes an analysis of other income, interest expense and depreciation and
amortization because such analysis is not comparable or meaningful given the
differences in capital structures between the Company and the prior owners of
the Properties and the impact of the Formation Transactions and the IPO on the
Properties.
The historical property financial data presented in this report show
significant increases in revenues and expenses principally attributable to the
substantial portfolio growth. As a result, we do not believe the year-to-year
financial data are comparable. Therefore, the analysis below shows changes
resulting from Properties that the Predecessor owned as of January 1, 1997,
excluding development projects (the "Same Store Properties"), and changes
attributable to acquisition and development activity during 1997 and 1998. For
the comparison between the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Same
Store Properties consist of properties aggregating 31.1 million square feet. For
the comparison between the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Same
Store Properties consist of the 59 Properties acquired prior to January 1, 1996.
Our future financial condition and results of operations, including rental
revenues, may be impacted by the acquisition and divestiture of properties. Our
future revenues and expenses may vary materially from their historical rates.
25
<PAGE> 27
PROPERTIES -- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
Rental revenues. Rental revenues, including straight-line rents, tenant
reimbursements and other property related income, increased by $72.0 million, or
25.5%, for the year ended December 31, 1998, to $354.7 million, as compared with
the same period in 1997. Approximately $9.6 million, or 13.3%, of this increase
was attributable to Same Store Properties, with the remaining $62.4 million
attributable to Properties acquired in 1998. The growth in rental revenues in
Same Store Properties resulted primarily from the incremental effect of rental
rate increases and changes in occupancy and reimbursement of expenses. During
the year ended December 31, 1998, the increase in average base rents (cash
basis) was 14.3% on 7.7 million square feet leased.
Property operating expenses and real estate taxes. Property operating
expenses, including asset management costs, increased by $14.6 million, or
17.9%, for the year ended December 31, 1998, to $96.1 million, as compared with
the same period in 1997. Same Store Properties operating expenses decreased by
approximately $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, while operating
expenses attributable to Properties acquired in 1998 amounted to $15.3 million.
The change in Same Store Properties operating expenses and real estate taxes
relates to increases in Same Store Properties real estate taxes of approximately
$1.0 million, offset by decreases in Same Store Properties other property
operating expenses, including insurance expenses and property management fees of
approximately $1.7 million. The remaining decrease in property operating
expenses is primarily attributable to lower asset management costs in 1998 as
compared to 1997 resulting from the change in ownership structure.
PROPERTIES -- YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996
Rental revenues. Rental income, including tenant reimbursements and other
property related income, increased by $67.5 million, or 40.6%, for the year
ended December 31, 1997, to $233.9 million as compared to $166.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996. Approximately $8.8 million, or 13.0% of this
increase was attributable to the Same Store Properties, with the remaining $58.7
million attributable to Properties acquired in 1997 and 1996. The 6.3% growth in
rental income in the Same Store Properties resulted primarily from the
incremental effect of rental rate increases and reimbursement of expenses. In
1997, we increased average contractual or base rental rates on the Properties by
12% on 393 new and renewing leases totaling 7.5 million rentable square feet
(representing 17.2% of the Properties' aggregate rentable square footage).
Property operating expenses and real estate taxes. Property operating
expenses and real estate taxes increased by $25.6 million, or 46.3%, for the
year ended December 31, 1997, to $80.9 million as compared to $55.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996. Approximately $3.4 million of this increase
was attributable to the Same Store Properties, with the remaining $22.2 million
attributable to Properties acquired in 1997 and 1996. Same Store Properties real
estate taxes and insurance expense increased by approximately $1.4 million from
1996 to 1997. Same Store Properties other property operating expenses (excluding
real estate taxes and insurance) increased by $2.0 million from 1996 to 1997.
The increases in expenses are primarily due to increases in property tax
assessment values and incentive management fees expense.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We currently expect that our principal sources of working capital and
funding for acquisitions, development, expansion and renovation of the
Properties will include cash flow from operations, borrowings under the Credit
Facility, other forms of secured and unsecured financing, proceeds from equity
or debt offerings by the Company or the Operating Partnership (including
issuances of units in the Operating Partnership or its subsidiaries) and net
proceeds from divestiture of properties. We presently believe that our sources
of working capital and our ability to access private and public debt and equity
capital are adequate for us to continue to meet liquidity requirements for the
foreseeable future.
CAPITAL RESOURCES
Property divestitures. On March 9, 1999, we signed a series of definitive
agreements with BPP Retail, a co-investment entity between BPP and CalPERS,
pursuant to which BPP Retail will acquire 28 of our retail
26
<PAGE> 28
shopping centers, totaling 5.1 million square feet, for an aggregate price of
$663.4 million. BPP Retail will acquire the centers in separate transactions,
which we currently expect to close on or about April 30, 1999, July 31, 1999 and
December 1, 1999. In addition, we have entered into a definitive agreement,
subject to a financing confirmation, with BPP, pursuant to which BPP will
acquire six additional retail centers, totaling 1.5 million square feet, for
$284.4 million. Assuming satisfaction or waiver of this condition, we currently
expect this transaction to close by December 31, 1999. Assuming that the
transactions with BPP Retail close as scheduled, the Company currently expects
to reinvest approximately $520 million in industrial properties and to reduce
our secured indebtedness by approximately $100 million. There can be no
assurance, however, that the transactions will close as scheduled or close at
all, and it is possible that the transactions may not close with respect to just
one or more properties. In the event that one or more transactions fail to
close, or a closing is significantly delayed, net proceeds from divestitures of
properties will not be available to the same extent to fund our acquisitions and
developments. Any such failure or delay in any of the closings may also make us
unable to repay certain of our indebtedness with the net proceeds as we
currently intend, and could require us to borrow additional funds or seek other
forms of financing.
Credit facility. We have a $500 million unsecured revolving credit
agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as agent, and a
syndicate of twelve other banks. The Credit Facility has a term of three years
and is subject to a fee that accrues on the daily average undrawn funds, which
varies between 15 and 25 basis points (currently 15 basis points) of the undrawn
funds based on our credit rating. We use the Credit Facility principally for
acquisitions and for general working capital requirements. Borrowings under the
Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 90 to 120 basis points (currently
LIBOR plus 90 basis points), depending on our debt rating at the time of the
borrowings. As of December 31, 1998, the outstanding balance on the Credit
Facility was $234 million and bore interest at 6.10%. Monthly debt service
payments on the Credit Facility are interest only. The Credit Facility matures
in November 2000. The total amount available under the Credit Facility
fluctuates based upon the borrowing base, as defined in the agreement governing
the Credit Facility. At December 31, 1998, the remaining amount available under
the Credit Facility was approximately $266 million. We currently expect that the
property divestitures will not materially affect the terms and conditions of the
Credit Facility.
Debt and equity financing. In June 1998, the Operating Partnership issued
$400,000 aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes ("Senior Debt
Securities") in an underwritten public offering, the net proceeds of which the
Operating Partnership used to repay amounts outstanding under the Credit
Facility. The Senior Debt Securities mature in June 2008, June 2015 and June
2018 and bear interest at a weighted average rate of 7.18%, which is payable in
June and December of each year, commencing in December 1998. The 2015 notes are
putable and callable in June 2005. We received credit ratings for the Senior
Debt Securities of Baa1 from Moody's Investors Service, BBB from Standard &
Poor's Corporation and BBB+ from Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. As a result of
the receipt of these investment-grade credit ratings, the interest rate on the
Credit Facility was reduced by 20 basis points to the current rate of LIBOR plus
90 basis points.
In July 1998, the Company sold 4,000,000 shares of 8 1/2% Series A
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock at a price of $25.00 per share in an
underwritten public offering. These shares are redeemable solely at the option
of the Company on or after July 27, 2003, subject to certain conditions. The
Company contributed the net proceeds of $96.1 million to the Operating
Partnership in exchange for 4,000,000 Series A Preferred Units with terms
identical to the Series A Preferred Stock. The Operating Partnership used the
proceeds to repay borrowings under the Credit Facility incurred in connection
with property acquisitions and for general purposes.
In November 1998, the Operating Partnership issued and sold 1,300,000
8.625% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units at a price of $50.00 per
unit in a private placement. Distributions are cumulative from the date of
original issuance and are payable quarterly in arrears at a rate per unit equal
to $4.3125 per annum. The Series B Preferred Units are redeemable by the
Operating Partnership on or after November 12, 2003, subject to certain
conditions, for cash at a redemption price equal to $50.00 per unit, plus
accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon, if any, to the redemption date.
The Series B Preferred Units are exchangeable, at specified times and subject to
certain conditions, on a one-for-one basis, for shares of the
27
<PAGE> 29
Company's Series B Preferred Stock. The Operating Partnership used the proceeds
to repay borrowings under the Credit Facility, for property acquisitions and for
general purposes.
In November 1998, a subsidiary of the Operating Partnership issued and sold
2,200,000 units of 8.75% Series C Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units at a
price of $50.00 per unit in a private placement. Distributions are cumulative
from the date of original issuance and are payable quarterly in arrears at a
rate per unit equal to $4.375 per annum. The Series C Preferred Units are
redeemable by the subsidiary of the Operating Partnership on or after November
24, 2003, subject to certain conditions, for cash at a redemption price equal to
$50.00 per unit, plus accumulated and unpaid distributions thereon, if any, to
the redemption date. The Series C Preferred Units are exchangeable, at specified
times and subject to certain conditions, on a one-for-one basis, for shares of
the Company's Series C Preferred Stock. The subsidiary of the Operating
Partnership used the proceeds to make a loan to the Operating Partnership, which
used the funds to repay borrowings under the Credit Facility.
Market capitalization. In connection with the Formation Transactions and
property acquisitions consummated after the Formation Transactions, we have
assumed various mortgages and other secured debt. As of December 31, 1998, the
aggregate principal amount of this secured debt was $719 million, excluding
unamortized debt premiums of $15.2 million. The secured debt bears interest at
rates varying from 4.0% to 10.4% per annum (with a weighted average of 7.9%) and
final maturity dates ranging from April 1999 to April 2014. We believe that the
carrying value of the debt approximates its fair value on December 31, 1998.
In order to maintain financial flexibility and facilitate the rapid
deployment of capital through market cycles, we presently intend to operate with
a debt-to-total market capitalization ratio of approximately 45% or less.
Additionally, we presently intend to continue to structure our balance sheet in
order to maintain an investment grade rating on our senior unsecured debt.
The tables below summarizes our debt maturities and capitalization as of
December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEBT
--------------------------------------------------
UNSECURED UNSECURED
SECURED SENIOR DEBT CREDIT TOTAL
YEAR DEBT SECURITIES FACILITY DEBT
---- -------- ----------- --------- ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999..................................... $ 14,061 $ -- $ -- $ 14,061
2000..................................... 19,833 -- 234,000 253,833
2001..................................... 42,560 -- -- 42,560
2002..................................... 68,849 -- -- 68,849
2003..................................... 136,798 -- -- 136,798
2004..................................... 67,396 -- -- 67,396
2005..................................... 67,446 100,000 -- 167,446
2006..................................... 131,759 -- -- 131,759
2007..................................... 35,320 -- -- 35,320
2008..................................... 114,425 175,000 -- 289,425
Thereafter............................... 20,532 125,000 -- 145,532
-------- -------- -------- ----------
Sub-total.............................. 718,979 400,000 234,000 1,352,979
Unamortized premiums................... 15,217 -- -- 15,217
-------- -------- -------- ----------
Total consolidated debt.............. $734,196 $400,000 $234,000 1,368,196
======== ======== ========
Our share of unconsolidated JV debt...... 20,186
----------
Total debt........................... 1,388,382
JV Partner's share of consolidated JV
debt................................... (40,275)
----------
Our share of total debt.............. $1,348,107
==========
</TABLE>
28
<PAGE> 30
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET EQUITY AT 12/31/98
---------------------------------------------
SECURITY OUTSTANDING MARKET PRICE MARKET VALUE
-------- ----------- ------------- -------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common Stock................................. 85,917,520 $22.00 $1,890,185
LP Units..................................... 4,447,839 22.00 97,853
----------- -------------
Total................................ 90,365,359 $1,988,038
=========== =============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREFERRED STOCK AND UNITS
---------------------------------------------
DIVIDEND LIQUIDATION REDEMPTION
SECURITY RATE PREFERENCE PROVISIONS
-------- ----------- ------------- -------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGES)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Series A Preferred Stock..................... 8.50% $100,000 July 2003
Series B Preferred Units..................... 8.63% 65,000 November 2003
Series C Preferred Units..................... 8.75% 110,000 November 2003
----------- -------------
Total/Weighted Average............... 8.66% $275,000
=========== =============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITALIZATION RATIOS
<S> <C>
Consolidated debt plus our share of unconsolidated JV
debt-to-total market capitalization....................... 38.0%
Consolidated debt plus our share of unconsolidated debt less
JV partners' share of consolidated debt-to-total market
capitalization............................................ 36.9%
Consolidated debt plus our share of unconsolidated JV debt
plus preferred-to-total market capitalization............. 45.6%
</TABLE>
LIQUIDITY
As of December 31, 1998, we had approximately $25.1 million in cash and
cash equivalents and $266 million of additional available borrowings under the
Credit Facility. We intend to use cash flow from operations, borrowings under
the Credit Facility, other forms of secured and unsecured financing, proceeds
from equity or debt offerings by the Company or the Operating Partnership
(including issuances of Units in the Operating Partnership or its subsidiaries),
and proceeds from divestiture of properties to fund acquisitions, development
activities and capital expenditures and to provide for general working capital
requirements.
On December 4, 1998, the Company and the Operating Partnership declared a
quarterly cash distribution of $0.3425 per common share and operating
partnership unit, payable January 15, 1999 to stockholders and unitholders of
record on December 31, 1998. The annual distribution per common share and unit
for 1998 was $1.37. On December 4, 1998, the Company declared a cash dividend of
$0.53125 per share on its Series A Preferred Stock, and the Operating
Partnership declared a cash distribution of $0.53125 per unit on its Series A
Preferred Units, for the three month period ended January 14, 1999, payable on
January 15, 1999 to stockholders and unitholders of record as of December 31,
1998. The 1998 dividend for Series A Preferred Stock and Units was $0.9917, for
the partial year commencing on July 27, 1998, which was the issuance date.
On March 5, 1999, the Company and the Operating Partnership declared a
quarterly cash distribution of $0.35 per common share and operating partnership
unit, for the quarter ending March 31, 1999, payable April 15, 1999 to
stockholders and unitholders of record as of March 31, 1999. This dividend (with
an annualized rate of $1.40 per share) represents a 2.2% increase from the
dividend for the fourth quarter and is consistent with our philosophy of
retaining as much cash flow as allowed under the REIT tax rules while providing
stockholders with dividend growth. On March 5, 1999, the Company declared a cash
dividend of $0.53125 per share on its Series A Preferred Stock, and the
Operating Partnership declared a cash distribution of $0.53125 per unit on its
Series A Preferred Units, for the three month period ending April 14, 1999,
payable on April 15, 1999 to stockholders and unitholders of record as of March
31, 1999.
29
<PAGE> 31
The anticipated size of our distributions, using only cash from operations,
will not allow us to retire all of our debt as it comes due. Therefore, we
intend to also repay maturing debt with net proceeds from future debt and/or
equity financings. However, we may not be able to obtain future financings on
favorable terms or at all.
CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
In addition to recurring capital expenditures and costs to renew or
re-tenant space, as of December 31, 1998, our development pipeline included 18
projects representing a total estimated investment of $349.9 million upon
completion. Of this total, approximately $156.0 million had been funded as of
December 31, 1998, approximately $66.2 million is estimated to be required to
complete projects under construction as of December 31, 1998, and the remainder
represents estimated investments in either projects where construction has not
yet begun or future phases of projects under construction. We presently expect
to fund these expenditures with cash flow from operations, borrowings under the
Credit Facility, debt or equity issuances, and net proceeds from property
divestiture. Other than these capital items, we have no material capital
commitments.
During the period from January 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998, we invested:
- $738.6 million in 228 industrial buildings, aggregating 18.8 million
rentable square feet,
- $31.8 million in 2 retail centers, aggregating 0.4 million rentable
square feet,
- $67.1 million in an unconsolidated limited partnership interest in an
existing joint venture that owns 36 industrial buildings aggregating 4.0
million square feet.
We funded these acquisitions through borrowings under the Credit Facility,
cash, debt assumption and the issuance of units in the Operating Partnership.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
Our state of readiness. We utilize a number of computer software programs
and operating systems across our entire organization, including applications
used in financial business systems and various administrative functions. To the
extent that our software applications contain source code that is unable to
appropriately interpret the upcoming calendar year "2000" and beyond, some level
of modification or replacement of such applications will be necessary.
We are currently conducting a company-wide test of our financial and
non-financial systems to ensure that our systems will adequately handle the year
2000 issue. Our current financial system generally provides for a four-digit
year; however, the current system is not fully year 2000 compliant. We expect
that our financial system will be fully year 2000 compliant once we complete a
software upgrade in 1999. We are also currently surveying our property managers
to determine if our non-financial systems (HVAC, security, lighting, and other
building systems) at our Properties are year 2000 compliant and to determine the
state of readiness of our tenants regarding their year 2000 compliance.
Costs of addressing our year 2000 issues. Given the information known at
this time about our systems, coupled with our ongoing, normal course-of-business
efforts to upgrade or replace critical systems, as necessary, we do not expect
year 2000 compliance costs to have any material adverse impact on our liquidity
or ongoing results of operations. The costs of such assessment and remediation
will be included in our general and administrative expenses. Although we can
make no assurance, we currently do not expect that the year 2000 issue will
materially affect our operations due to problems encountered by our suppliers,
customers and lenders.
Risks of our year 2000 issues. In light of our assessment and remediation
efforts to date, we believe that any residual year 2000 risk is limited to
non-critical business applications and support hardware. No assurance can be
given, however, that all of our systems will be year 2000 compliant or that
compliance will not have a material adverse effect on our future liquidity,
results of operations or ability to service debt.
30
<PAGE> 32
Our contingency plans. We are currently developing our contingency plan for
all operations to address the most reasonably likely worst case scenarios
regarding year 2000 compliance. We expect such contingency plan to be completed
by the end of the year.
FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS
We believe that Funds from Operations ("FFO"), as defined by the National
Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts ("NAREIT"), is an appropriate
measure of performance for an equity REIT. While FFO is a relevant and widely
used measure of operating performance of REITs, it does not represent cash flow
from operations or net income as defined by GAAP, and it should not be
considered as an alternative to those indicators in evaluating liquidity or
operating performance. Further, FFO as disclosed by other REITs may not be
comparable.
The following table reflects the calculation of our FFO for the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998. The 1997 FFO was prepared on a pro forma
basis (giving effect to the completion of the Formation Transactions, the IPO
and certain 1997 property acquisitions and divestitures) as if they had occurred
on January 1, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
------------ ------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARES)
<S> <C> <C>
Income from operations before minority interests............ $ 103,903 $ 123,750
Real estate depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization....................... 45,886 57,464
Furniture, fixtures and equipment depreciation............ (173) (463)
FFO attributable to minority interests(1)(2)................ (2,207) (5,899)
Adjustments to derive FFO in unconsolidated joint
venture(3):
Company's share of net income............................. -- (1,750)
Company's share of FFO.................................... -- 2,739
Series A preferred stock dividends.......................... -- (3,639)
Series B & C preferred unit distributions................... -- (1,795)
----------- -----------
FFO(1)...................................................... $ 147,409 $ 170,407
=========== ===========
Weighted average shares and units outstanding (diluted)..... 88,698,719 89,852,187
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Funds from Operations ("FFO") is defined as income from operations before
minority interest, gains or losses from sale of real estate and
extraordinary losses plus real estate depreciation and adjustment to derive
our pro rata share of the FFO of unconsolidated joint ventures, less
minority interests' pro rata share of the FFO of consolidated joint ventures
and perpetual preferred stock dividends. In accordance with NAREIT White
Paper on FFO, we include the effects of straight-line rents in FFO.
(2) Represents FFO attributable to minority interests in consolidated joint
ventures for the periods presented, which has been computed as minority
interests' share of net income before disposal of properties plus minority
interests' share of real estate-related depreciation and amortization of the
consolidated joint ventures for such periods. Such minority interests are
not exchangeable into shares of Common Stock.
(3) Represents our pro rata share of FFO in unconsolidated joint ventures for
the periods presented, which has been computed as our share of net income
plus our share of real estate-related depreciation and amortization of the
unconsolidated joint venture for such periods.
BUSINESS RISKS
Our operations involve various risks which could have adverse consequences
to the Company. Such risks include, among others:
GENERAL REAL ESTATE RISKS
THERE ARE FACTORS OUTSIDE OF OUR CONTROL THAT AFFECT THE PERFORMANCE AND VALUE
OF OUR PROPERTIES
Real property investments are subject to varying degrees of risk. The
yields available from equity investments in real estate depend on the amount of
income earned and capital appreciation generated by the
31
<PAGE> 33
related properties as well as the expenses incurred in connection with the
properties. If our properties do not generate income sufficient to meet
operating expenses, including debt service and capital expenditures, our ability
to pay distributions to holders of our common stock could be adversely affected.
Income from, and the value of, our properties may be adversely affected by the
general economic climate, local conditions such as oversupply of industrial or
retail space or a reduction in demand for industrial or retail space, the
attractiveness of our properties to potential tenants, competition from other
properties, our ability to provide adequate maintenance and insurance and an
increase in operating costs. In addition, revenues from properties and real
estate values are also affected by factors such as the cost of compliance with
regulations, the potential for liability under applicable laws (including
changes in tax laws), interest rate levels and the availability of financing.
Our income would be adversely affected if a significant number of tenants were
unable to pay rent or if we were unable to rent our industrial or retail space
on favorable terms. Certain significant expenditures associated with an
investment in real estate (such as mortgage payments, real estate taxes and
maintenance costs) generally do not decline when circumstances cause a reduction
in income from the property.
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO RENEW LEASES OR RELET SPACE AS LEASES EXPIRE
We are subject to the risks that leases may not be renewed, space may not
be relet, or the terms of renewal or reletting (including the cost of required
renovations) may be less favorable than current lease terms. Leases on a total
of approximately 32.9% of the leased square footage of our properties as of
December 31, 1998 will expire on or prior to December 31, 2000, with leases on
13.0% of the leased square footage of our properties as of December 31, 1998
expiring during the 12 months ending December 31, 1999. In addition, numerous
properties compete with our properties in attracting tenants to lease space,
particularly with respect to retail centers. The number of competitive
commercial properties in a particular area could have a material adverse effect
on our ability to lease space in our properties and on the rents that we are
able to charge. Our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and
ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock could
be adversely affected if we are unable to promptly relet or renew the leases for
all or a substantial portion of expiring leases, if the rental rates upon
renewal or reletting is significantly lower than expected, or if our reserves
for these purposes prove inadequate.
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS ARE ILLIQUID
Because real estate investments are relatively illiquid, our ability to
vary our portfolio promptly in response to economic or other conditions is
limited. The limitations in the Code and related regulations on a REIT holding
property for sale may affect our ability to sell properties without adversely
affecting distributions to our stockholders. The relative illiquidity of our
holdings, Code prohibitions and related regulations could impede our ability to
respond to adverse changes in the performance of our investments and could
adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and
ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.
A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF OUR PROPERTIES ARE LOCATED IN CALIFORNIA
Our properties located in California as of December 31, 1998 represented
approximately 22.0% of the aggregate square footage of our properties as of
December 31, 1998 and approximately 29.5% of our Annualized Base Rent.
Annualized Base Rent means the monthly contractual amount under existing leases
at December 31, 1998, multiplied by 12. This amount excludes expense
reimbursements and rental abatements. Our revenue from, and the value of, our
properties located in California may be affected by a number of factors,
including local real estate conditions (such as oversupply of or reduced demand
for commercial properties) and the local economic climate. Business layoffs,
downsizing, industry slowdowns, changing demographics and other factors may
adversely impact the local economic climate. A downturn in either the California
economy or in California real estate conditions could adversely affect our
financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay
distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock. Certain of our
properties are also subject to possible loss from seismic activity. In the event
that the transactions with BPP Retail and BPP are consummated, we will dispose
of all our retail centers located in California.
32
<PAGE> 34
OUR PROPERTIES ARE CURRENTLY CONCENTRATED IN THE INDUSTRIAL AND RETAIL SECTORS
Our properties currently are concentrated predominantly in the industrial
and retail commercial real estate sectors. However, in the event that the
transactions with BPP Retail and BPP are consummated as planned, our properties
will be concentrated predominately in the industrial real estate sector. Our
concentration in certain property types may expose us to the risk of economic
downturns in these sectors to a greater extent than if our portfolio also
included other property types. In the event that the transactions with BPP
Retail and BPP are consummated, our exposure to the risk of economic downturns
in the industrial real estate sector will be greater. As a result of such
concentration, economic downturns in these sectors could have an adverse effect
on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay
distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.
SOME POTENTIAL LOSSES ARE NOT COVERED BY INSURANCE
We carry comprehensive liability, fire, extended coverage and rental loss
insurance covering all of our properties, with policy specifications and insured
limits which we believe are adequate and appropriate under the circumstances
given relative risk of loss, the cost of such coverage and industry practice.
There are, however, certain losses that are not generally insured because it is
not economically feasible to insure against them, including losses due to riots
or acts of war. Certain losses such as losses due to floods or seismic activity
may be insured subject to certain limitations including large deductibles or
co-payments and policy limits. If an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of
insured limits occurs with respect to one or more of our properties, we could
lose the capital we invested in the properties, as well as the anticipated
future revenue from the properties and, in the case of debt which is with
recourse to us, we would remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other
financial obligations related to the properties. Moreover, as the general
partner of the Operating Partnership, we will generally be liable for all of the
Operating Partnership's unsatisfied obligations other than non-recourse
obligations. Any such liability could adversely affect our financial condition,
results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay distributions on, and the
market price of, our common stock.
A number of our properties are located in areas that are known to be
subject to earthquake activity, including California where, as of December 31,
1998, 154 industrial buildings aggregating 12.2 million rentable square feet
(representing 19.1% of our properties based on aggregate square footage) and 11
retail centers aggregating 1.8 million rentable square feet (representing 2.9%
of our properties based on aggregate square footage) are located. In the event
that the transactions with BPP Retail and BPP are consummated, we will dispose
of all our retail centers located in California. We carry replacement cost
earthquake insurance on all of our properties located in areas historically
subject to seismic activity, subject to coverage limitations and deductibles
which we believe are commercially reasonable. This insurance coverage also
applies to the properties managed by AMB Investment Management, with a single
aggregate policy limit and deductible applicable to those properties and our
properties. The Operating Partnership owns 100% of the non-voting preferred
stock of AMB Investment Management. See "Business -- Business and Operating
Strategies -- The Preferred Stock Subsidiaries." Through an annual analysis
prepared by outside consultants, we evaluate our earthquake insurance coverage
in light of current industry practice and determine the appropriate amount of
earthquake insurance to carry. We may incur material losses in excess of
insurance proceeds and we may not be able to continue to obtain insurance at
commercially reasonable rates.
WE ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND LIABILITIES IN CONNECTION WITH PROPERTIES OWNED
THROUGH JOINT VENTURES, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES AND PARTNERSHIPS
As of December 31, 1998, we have ownership interests in 21 joint ventures,
limited liability companies or partnerships with third parties, as well as an
interest in one unconsolidated entity. Assuming that the transactions currently
contemplated with BPP Retail and BPP are consummated, we will have ownership
interests in 16 joint ventures, limited liability companies or partnerships with
third parties. We may make additional investments through these ventures in the
future and presently plan to do so with clients of AMB Investment Management and
certain Development Alliance Partners, who share certain approval rights over
33
<PAGE> 35
major decisions. Partnership, limited liability company or joint venture
investments may involve risks such as the following:
- our partners, co-members or joint venturers might become bankrupt (in
which event we and any other remaining general partners, members or joint
venturers would generally remain liable for the liabilities of the
partnership, limited liability company or joint venture);
- our partners, co-members or joint venturers might at any time have
economic or other business interests or goals which are inconsistent with
our business interests or goals;
- our partners, co-members or joint venturers may be in a position to take
action contrary to our instructions, requests, policies or objectives,
including our policy with respect to maintaining our qualification as a
REIT; and
- agreements governing joint ventures, limited liability companies and
partnerships often contain restrictions on the transfer of a joint
venturer's, member's or partner's interest or "buy-sell" or other
provisions which may result in a purchase or sale of the interest at a
disadvantageous time or on disadvantageous terms.
We will, however, generally seek to maintain sufficient control of our
partnerships, limited liability companies and joint ventures to permit us to
achieve our business objectives. Our organizational documents do not limit the
amount of available funds that we may invest in partnerships, limited liability
companies or joint ventures. The occurrence of one or more of the events
described above could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results
of operations, cash flow and ability to pay distributions on, and the market
price of, our common stock.
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO CONSUMMATE ACQUISITIONS ON ADVANTAGEOUS TERMS
We intend to continue to acquire industrial and, to a lesser extent,
certain value-added retail properties. Acquisitions of industrial and retail
properties entail risks that investments will fail to perform in accordance with
expectations. Estimates of the costs of improvements necessary for us to bring
an acquired property up to market standards may prove inaccurate. In addition,
there are general investment risks associated with any new real estate
investment. Further, we anticipate significant competition for attractive
investment opportunities from other major real estate investors with significant
capital including both publicly traded REITs and private institutional
investment funds. We expect that future acquisitions will be financed through a
combination of borrowings under the Credit Facility, proceeds from equity or
debt offerings by us or the Operating Partnership (including issuances of
limited partnership units) and proceeds from the transactions pending with BPP
Retail and BPP, which could have an adverse effect on our cash flow. We may not
be able to acquire additional properties. Our inability to finance any future
acquisitions on favorable terms, the failure of acquisitions to conform with our
expectations or investment criteria, or our failure to timely reinvest the
proceeds from the transactions with BPP Retail and BPP could adversely affect
our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay
distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO COMPLETE RENOVATION AND DEVELOPMENT ON ADVANTAGEOUS TERMS
The real estate development business, including the renovation and
rehabilitation of existing properties, involves significant risks. These risks
include the following:
- we may not be able to obtain financing on favorable terms for development
projects and we may not complete construction on schedule or within
budget, resulting in increased debt service expense and construction
costs and delays in leasing such properties and generating cash flow;
- we may not be able to obtain, or we may experience delays in obtaining,
all necessary zoning, land-use, building, occupancy and other required
governmental permits and authorizations;
- new or renovated properties may perform below anticipated levels,
producing cash flow below budgeted amounts;
34
<PAGE> 36
- substantial renovation as well as new development activities, regardless
of whether or not they are ultimately successful, typically require a
substantial portion of management's time and attention which could divert
management's time from our day-to-day operations; and
- activities that we finance through construction loans involve the risk
that, upon completion of construction, we may not be able to obtain
permanent financing or we may not be able to obtain permanent financing
on advantageous terms.
These risks could have an adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay distributions on, and the
market price of, our common stock.
DEBT FINANCING
WE COULD INCUR MORE DEBT
We operate with a policy of incurring debt, either directly or through our
subsidiaries, only if upon such incurrence our debt-to-total market
capitalization ratio would be approximately 45% or less. The aggregate amount of
indebtedness that we may incur under our policy varies directly with the
valuation of our capital stock and the number of shares of capital stock
outstanding. Accordingly, we would be able to incur additional indebtedness
under our policy as a result of increases in the market price per share of our
common stock or other outstanding classes of capital stock, and future issuance
of shares of capital stock. In spite of the foregoing policy, our organizational
documents do not contain any limitation on the amount of indebtedness that we
may incur. Accordingly, our Board of Directors could alter or eliminate this
policy and would do so, for example, if it were necessary for us to continue to
qualify as a REIT. If we change this policy, we could become more highly
leveraged, resulting in an increase in debt service that could adversely affect
our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay
distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.
SCHEDULED DEBT PAYMENTS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION
We are subject to risks normally associated with debt financing, including
the risks that our cash flow will be insufficient to make distributions to our
stockholders, that we will be unable to refinance existing indebtedness on our
properties (which in all cases will not have been fully amortized at maturity)
and that the terms of refinancing will not be as favorable as the terms of
existing indebtedness.
As of December 31, 1998, we had total debt outstanding of approximately
$1.4 billion including:
- approximately $734.2 million of secured indebtedness (including
unamortized debt premiums of approximately $15.2 million) with an average
maturity of seven years and a weighted average interest rate of 7.9%;
- approximately $234.0 million outstanding under our unsecured $500.0
million credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with a maturity date of
November 2000 and a weighted average interest rate of 6.53%; and
- $400 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior debt
securities with maturities in June 2008, 2015 and 2018 and a weighted
average interest rate of 7.18%.
In the event that the transactions with BPP Retail and BPP are consummated,
we currently anticipate the repayment of approximately $240.0 million of debt,
including $178.7 million of secured indebtedness (including premiums of $5.9
million).
We are a guarantor of the Operating Partnership's obligations with respect
to the senior debt securities referenced above. If we are unable to refinance or
extend principal payments due at maturity or pay them with proceeds of other
capital transactions, we expect that our cash flow will not be sufficient in all
years to pay distributions to our stockholders and to repay all such maturing
debt. Furthermore, if prevailing interest rates or other factors at the time of
refinancing (such as the reluctance of lenders to make commercial real estate
loans) result in higher interest rates upon refinancing, the interest expense
relating to that refinanced
35
<PAGE> 37
indebtedness would increase. This increased interest expense would adversely
affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to
pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock. In addition, if
we mortgage one or more of our properties to secure payment of indebtedness and
we are unable to meet mortgage payments, the property could be foreclosed upon
or transferred to the mortgagee with a consequent loss of income and asset
value. A foreclosure on one or more of our properties could adversely affect our
financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay
distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.
RISING INTEREST RATES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR CASH FLOW
As of December 31, 1998, we had $234.0 million outstanding under the Credit
Facility. In addition, we may incur other variable rate indebtedness in the
future. Increases in interest rates on this indebtedness could increase our
interest expense, which would adversely affect our financial condition, results
of operations, cash flow and ability to pay distributions on, and the market
price of, our common stock. Accordingly, we may in the future engage in
transactions to limit our exposure to rising interest rates.
WE ARE DEPENDENT ON EXTERNAL SOURCES OF CAPITAL
In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, we are required each year to
distribute to our stockholders at least 95% of our REIT taxable income
(determined without regard to the dividends-paid deduction and by excluding any
net capital gain). Because of this distribution requirement, we may not be able
to fund all future capital needs, including capital needs in connection with
acquisitions, from cash retained from operations. As a result, to fund capital
needs, we rely on third-party sources of capital, which we may not be able to
obtain on favorable terms or at all. Our access to third-party sources of
capital depends upon a number of factors, including general market conditions
and the market's perception of our growth potential and our current and
potential future earnings and cash distributions and the market price of the
shares of our capital stock. Additional debt financing may substantially
increase our leverage.
WE COULD DEFAULT ON CROSS-COLLATERALIZED AND CROSS-DEFAULTED DEBT
As of December 31, 1998, we had 19 non-recourse secured loans which are
cross-collateralized by 22 properties. As of December 31, 1998, we had $249.8
million outstanding on these loans. In the event that all the transactions with
BPP Retail and BPP are consummated, we currently anticipate the repayment of 10
loans aggregating $178.7 million, which are secured by 13 properties. If we
default on any of these loans, we will be required to repay the aggregate of all
indebtedness, together with applicable prepayment charges, to avoid foreclosure
on all the cross-collateralized properties within the applicable pool.
Foreclosure on our properties, or our inability to refinance our loans on
favorable terms, could adversely impact our financial condition, results of
operations, cash flow and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price
of, our common stock. In addition, our credit facilities and the senior debt
securities of the Operating Partnership contain certain cross-default provisions
which are triggered in the event that our other material indebtedness is in
default. These cross-default provisions may require us to repay or restructure
the credit facilities and the senior debt securities in addition to any mortgage
or other debt which is in default, which could adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay distributions on,
and the market price of, our common stock.
CONTINGENT OR UNKNOWN LIABILITIES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION
Our predecessors have been in existence for varying lengths of time up to
15 years. At the time of our formation, we acquired the assets of these entities
subject to all of their potential existing liabilities. There may be current
liabilities or future liabilities arising from prior activities that we are not
aware of and therefore are not disclosed in this prospectus. We assumed these
liabilities as the surviving entity in the various merger and contribution
transactions that occurred at the time of our formation. Existing liabilities
for indebtedness generally were taken into account (directly or indirectly) in
connection with the allocation of the Units and/or shares of our common stock in
the formation transactions, but no other liabilities were taken into account for
these purposes. We do not have recourse against our predecessors or any of their
respective stockholders or
36
<PAGE> 38
partners or against any individual account investors, with respect to any
unknown liabilities. Unknown liabilities might include the following:
- liabilities for clean-up or remediation of undisclosed environmental
conditions;
- claims of tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with our predecessors
prior to the formation transactions that had not been asserted prior to
the formation transactions;
- accrued but unpaid liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of
business;
- tax liabilities; and
- claims for indemnification by the officers and directors of our
predecessors and others indemnified by these entities.
Certain tenants may claim that the formation transactions gave rise to a
right to purchase the premises that they occupy. We do not believe any such
claims would be material. See "-- Government Regulations -- We Could Encounter
Costly Environmental Problems" below regarding the possibility of undisclosed
environmental conditions potentially affecting the value of our properties.
Undisclosed material liabilities which are not covered by the indemnity escrow
agreement that we entered into with our predecessors in connection with the
formation transactions or undisclosed material liabilities in connection with
the acquisition of properties, entities and interests in properties or entities
could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow
and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.
FAILURE TO CONSUMMATE THE TRANSACTIONS WITH BPP RETAIL AND BPP
On March 9, 1999, we signed a series of definitive agreements with BPP
Retail, a co-investment entity between BPP and CalPERS, pursuant to which BPP
Retail will acquire 28 of our retail shopping centers, totaling 5.1 million
square feet, for an aggregate price of $663.4 million. BPP Retail will acquire
the centers in separate transactions, which we currently expect to close on or
about April 30, 1999, July 31, 1999 and December 1, 1999. In addition, we have
entered into a definitive agreement, subject to a financing condition, with BPP,
pursuant to which BPP will acquire six additional retail centers, totaling 1.5
million square feet, for $284.4 million. Assuming satisfaction or waiver of this
condition we currently expect this transaction to close by December 31, 1999.
Although none of the transactions has a discretionary due diligence period
(other than the transaction with BPP to the extent of the financing condition),
all of the transactions are subject to certain customary closing conditions,
which are generally applied on a property-by-property basis. Additionally, while
BPP Retail has posted certain initial deposits aggregating $25 million on the
transactions, BPP Retail's liability in the event of its default under a
definitive agreement is limited to its deposit. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that the transactions will close as scheduled or close at all, and it
is possible that the transactions may close with respect to just a portion of
the properties currently subject to the agreements. In the event that one or
more of the transactions fail to close, or a closing is significantly delayed,
net proceeds from divestitures of properties will not be available to the same
extent to fund our acquisitions and developments. Any such failure or delay in
any of the closings may also make us unable to repay certain of our indebtedness
with the net proceeds as we currently intend and could require us to borrow
additional funds or seek other forms of financing.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
SOME OF OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ARE INVOLVED IN OTHER REAL ESTATE ACTIVITIES
AND INVESTMENTS
Some of our executive officers own interests in real estate-related
businesses and investments. These interests include minority ownership of
Institutional Housing Partners, a residential housing finance company, and
ownership of AMB Development, Inc. and AMB Development, L.P., developers which
own property that we believe is not suitable for ownership by us. AMB
Development, Inc. and AMB Development, L.P. have agreed not to initiate any new
development projects following our initial public offering in November, 1997.
37
<PAGE> 39
These entities have also agreed that they will not make any further investments
in industrial or retail properties other than those currently under development
at the time of our initial public offering. AMB Institutional Housing Partners,
AMB Development, Inc. and AMB Development, L.P. continue to use the name "AMB"
pursuant to royalty-free license arrangements with us. The continued involvement
in other real estate-related activities by some of our executive officers and
directors could divert management's attention from our day-to-day operations.
Most of our executive officers have entered into non-competition agreements with
us pursuant to which they have agreed not to engage in any activities, directly
or indirectly, in respect of commercial real estate, and not to make any
investment in respect of industrial or retail real estate, other than through
ownership of not more than 5% of the outstanding shares of a public company
engaged in such activities or through the existing investments referred to in
this prospectus. State law may limit our ability to enforce these agreements.
We could also, in the future, subject to the unanimous approval of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors with respect to such
transaction, acquire property from executive officers, enter into leases with
executive officers, and/or engage in other related activities in which the
interests pursued by the executive officers may not be in the best interests of
our stockholders.
CERTAIN OF OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS MAY HAVE CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
WITH US IN CONNECTION WITH OTHER PROPERTIES THAT THEY OWN OR CONTROL
AMB Development, L.P. owns interests in 11 retail development projects in
the U.S., each of which consists of a single free-standing Walgreens drugstore.
In addition, Messrs. Abbey, Moghadam and Burke, each a founder and director, own
less than 1% interests in two partnerships which own office buildings in various
markets; these interests have negligible value. Luis A. Belmonte, an executive
officer, owns less than a 10% interest, representing an estimated value of
$75,000, in a limited partnership which owns an office building located in
Oakland, California.
In addition, several of our executive officers individually own:
- less than 1% interests in the stocks of certain publicly-traded REITs;
- certain interests in and rights to developed and undeveloped real
property located outside the United States;
- certain passive interests, that we do not believe are material, in real
estate businesses in which such persons were previously employed; and
- certain other de minimis holdings in equity securities of real estate
companies.
Thomas W. Tusher, a member of our Board of Directors, is a limited partner
in a partnership in which Messrs. Abbey, Moghadam and Burke are general partners
and which owns a 75% interest in an office building. Mr. Tusher owns a 20%
interest in the partnership, valued as of December 31, 1998 at approximately
$1.2 million. Messrs. Abbey, Moghadam and Burke each have an approximately 26.7%
interest in the partnership, each valued as of December 31, 1998 at
approximately $1.6 million.
We believe that the properties and activities set forth above generally do
not directly compete with any of our properties. However, it is possible that a
property in which an executive officer or director, or an affiliate of such
person, has an interest may compete with us in the future if we were to invest
in a property similar in type and in close proximity to that property. In
addition, the continued involvement by our executive officers and directors in
such properties could divert management's attention from our day-to-day
operations. Our policy prohibits us from acquiring any properties from our
executive officers or their affiliates without the approval of the disinterested
members of the Board of Directors with respect to that transaction.
OUR ROLE AS GENERAL PARTNER OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP MAY CONFLICT WITH THE
INTERESTS OF OUR STOCKHOLDERS
As the general partner of the Operating Partnership, we have fiduciary
obligations to the Operating Partnership's limited partners, the discharge of
which may conflict with the interests of our stockholders. In
38
<PAGE> 40
addition, those persons holding limited partnership Units will have the right to
vote as a class on certain amendments to the Third Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership (as amended, the
"Partnership Agreement") and individually to approve certain amendments that
would adversely affect their rights. The limited partners may exercise these
voting rights in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our stockholders.
In addition, under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, holders of limited
partnership Units will have certain approval rights with respect to certain
transactions that affect all stockholders but which they may not exercise in a
manner which reflects the interests of all stockholders.
OUR DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT STOCKHOLDERS COULD ACT IN A
MANNER THAT IS NOT IN THE BEST INTEREST OF ALL STOCKHOLDERS
As of March 12, 1999, our three largest stockholders, Ameritech Pension
Trust, the City and County of San Francisco Employees' Retirement System and
Southern Company Services, Inc., beneficially owned approximately 31.1% of our
outstanding common stock. In addition, our executive officers and directors
beneficially owned 5.6% of our outstanding common stock as of the same date, and
will have influence on our management and operation and, as stockholders, will
have influence on the outcome of any matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders. This influence might be exercised in a manner that is inconsistent
with the interests of other stockholders. Although there is no understanding or
arrangement for these directors, officers and stockholders and their affiliates
to act in concert, these parties would be in a position to exercise significant
influence over our affairs if they choose to do so.
WE COULD SUFFER LOSSES IF WE FAIL TO ENFORCE THE TERMS OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
As holders of shares of our common stock and, potentially, Performance
Units, certain of our directors and officers could have a conflict of interest
with respect to their obligations as directors and officers to vigorously
enforce the terms of certain of the agreements relating to our formation
transactions. The potential failure to enforce the material terms of those
agreements could result in a monetary loss to us, which loss could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash
flow and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common
stock.
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
LIMITATIONS IN OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS COULD PREVENT A CHANGE IN CONTROL
Certain provisions of our Charter and Bylaws may delay, defer or prevent a
change in control or other transaction that could provide the holders of our
common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing
market price for our common stock. To maintain our qualification as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes, not more than 50% in value of our outstanding stock
may be owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals (as
defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a
taxable year after the first taxable year for which a REIT election is made.
Furthermore, after the first taxable year for which a REIT election is made, our
common stock must be held by a minimum of 100 persons for at least 335 days of a
12-month taxable year (or a proportionate part of a short tax year). In
addition, if we, or an owner of 10% or more of our stock, actually or
constructively owns 10% or more of one of our tenants (or a tenant of any
partnership in which we are a partner), the rent received by us (either directly
or through any such partnership) from that tenant will not be qualifying income
for purposes of the REIT gross income tests of the Code. To facilitate
maintenance of our qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we
will prohibit the ownership, actually or by virtue of the constructive ownership
provisions of the Code, by any single person of more than 9.8% (by value or
number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the issued and outstanding
shares of our common stock and more than 9.8% (by value or number of shares,
whichever is more restrictive) of the issued and outstanding shares of our
Series A Preferred Stock, and we will also prohibit the ownership, actually or
constructively, of any shares of our Series B Preferred Stock and any shares of
our Series C Preferred Stock by any single person so that no such person, taking
into account all of our stock so owned by such person, may own in excess of 9.8%
of our issued and outstanding capital stock. We refer to this limitation as the
"ownership limit." Shares acquired or held in violation of the ownership limit
39
<PAGE> 41
will be transferred to a trust for the benefit of a designated charitable
beneficiary. Any person who acquires shares in violation of the ownership limit
will not be entitled to any distributions on the shares or be entitled to vote
the shares or receive any proceeds from the subsequent sale of the shares in
excess of the lesser of the price paid for the shares or the amount realized
from the sale. A transfer of shares in violation of the above limits may be void
under certain circumstances. The ownership limit may have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control and, therefore, could
adversely affect our stockholders' ability to realize a premium over the
then-prevailing market price for the shares of our common stock in connection
with such transaction. The Board of Directors has waived the ownership limit
applicable to our common stock with respect to Ameritech Pension Trust, allowing
it to own up to 14.9% of our common stock and, under some circumstances,
allowing it to own up to 19.6%. However, we conditioned this waiver upon the
receipt of undertakings and representations from Ameritech Pension Trust which
we believed were reasonably necessary in order for us to conclude that the
waiver would not cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT.
Our Charter authorizes us to issue additional shares of common stock and
Series A Preferred Stock and to issue Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock and one or more other series of preferred stock and to establish
the preferences, rights and other terms of any series of preferred stock that we
issue. Although our Board of Directors has no intention to do so at the present
time, it could establish a series of preferred stock that could delay, defer or
prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price
for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.
Our Charter, our Bylaws and Maryland law also contain other provisions that
may delay, defer or prevent a transaction, including a change in control, that
might involve payment of a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in
the best interests of our stockholders. Those provisions include the following:
- the provision in the Charter that directors may be removed only for cause
and only upon a two-thirds vote of stockholders, together with Bylaw
provisions authorizing the Board of Directors to fill vacant
directorships;
- the provision in the Charter requiring a two-thirds vote of stockholders
for any amendment of the Charter;
- the requirement in the Bylaws that the request of the holders of 50% or
more of our common stock is necessary for stockholders to call a special
meeting;
- the requirement of Maryland law that stockholders may only take action by
written consent with the unanimous approval of all stockholders entitled
to vote on the matter in question; and
- the requirement in the Bylaws of advance notice by stockholders for the
nomination of directors or proposal of business to be considered at a
meeting of stockholders.
These provisions may impede various actions by stockholders without
approval of our Board of Directors, which in turn may delay, defer or prevent a
transaction involving a change of control.
WE COULD CHANGE OUR INVESTMENT AND FINANCING POLICIES WITHOUT A VOTE OF
STOCKHOLDERS
Subject to our fundamental investment policy to maintain our qualification
as a REIT (unless a change is approved by the Board of Directors under certain
circumstances), the Board of Directors will determine our investment and
financing policies, our growth strategy and our debt, capitalization,
distribution and operating policies. Although the Board of Directors has no
present intention to revise or amend these strategies and policies, the Board of
Directors may do so at any time without a vote of stockholders. Accordingly,
stockholders will have no control over changes in our strategies and policies
(other than through the election of directors), and any such changes may not
serve the interests of all stockholders and could adversely affect our financial
condition or results of operations, including our ability to distribute cash to
stockholders.
40
<PAGE> 42
VARIOUS MARKET CONDITIONS AFFECT THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
As with other publicly-traded equity securities, the market price of our
common stock will depend upon various market conditions, which may change from
time to time. Among the market conditions that may affect the market price of
our common stock are the following:
- the extent of investor interest in us;
- the general reputation of REITs and the attractiveness of their equity
securities in comparison to other equity securities (including securities
issued by other real estate-based companies);
- our financial performance; and
- general stock and bond market conditions, including changes in interest
rates on fixed income securities which may lead prospective purchasers of
our common stock to demand a higher annual yield from future
distributions. Such an increase in the required yield from distributions
may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Other factors such as governmental regulatory action and changes in tax laws
could also have a significant impact on the future market price of our common
stock.
EARNINGS AND CASH DISTRIBUTIONS, ASSET VALUE AND MARKET INTEREST RATES AFFECT
THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The market value of the equity securities of a REIT generally is based
primarily upon the market's perception of the REIT's growth potential and its
current and potential future earnings and cash distributions, and is based
secondarily upon the real estate market value of the underlying assets. For that
reason, shares of our common stock may trade at prices that are higher or lower
than the net asset value per share. To the extent we retain operating cash flow
for investment purposes, working capital reserves or other purposes, these
retained funds, while increasing the value of our underlying assets, may not
correspondingly increase the market price of our common stock. Our failure to
meet the market's expectation with regard to future earnings and cash
distributions likely would adversely affect the market price of our common
stock. Another factor that may influence the price of our common stock will be
the distribution yield on our common stock (as a percentage of the price of our
common stock) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest
rates might lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to expect a higher
distribution yield, which would adversely affect the market price of our common
stock. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, we might
breach certain covenants with respect to debt obligations, which might adversely
affect our liquidity and our ability to make future acquisitions and pay
distributions to our stockholders.
WE COULD INVEST IN REAL ESTATE MORTGAGES
We may invest in mortgages, and may do so as a strategy for ultimately
acquiring the underlying property. In general, investments in mortgages include
the risks that borrowers may not be able to make debt service payments or pay
principal when due, that the value of the mortgaged property may be less than
the principal amount of the mortgage note secured by the property and that
interest rates payable on the mortgages may be lower than our cost of funds to
acquire these mortgages. In any of these events, our funds from operations and
our ability to make distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock
could be adversely affected. "Funds from operations" means income (loss) from
operations before disposal of real estate properties, minority interests and
extraordinary items plus depreciation and amortization, excluding depreciation
of furniture, fixtures and equipment less funds from operations attributable to
minority interests in consolidated joint ventures which are not convertible into
shares of common stock.
GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
Many laws and governmental regulations are applicable to our properties and
changes in these laws and regulations, or their interpretation by agencies and
the courts, occur frequently.
41
<PAGE> 43
COSTS OF COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT
Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "Americans with
Disabilities Act"), places of public accommodation must meet certain federal
requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Compliance with the
Americans with Disabilities Act might require us to remove structural barriers
to handicapped access in certain public areas where such removal is "readily
achievable." If we fail to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act, we
might be required to pay fines to the government or damages to private
litigants. The impact of application of the Americans with Disabilities Act to
our properties, including the extent and timing of required renovations, is
uncertain. If we are required to make unanticipated expenditures to comply with
the Americans with Disabilities Act, our cash flow and the amounts available for
distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected.
WE COULD ENCOUNTER COSTLY ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS
Federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of
the environment impose liability on a current or previous owner or operator of
real estate for contamination resulting from the presence or discharge of
hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products at the property. A current
or previous owner may be required to investigate and clean up contamination at
or migrating from a site. These laws typically impose liability and clean-up
responsibility without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of or caused
the presence of the contaminants. Even if more than one person may have been
responsible for the contamination, each person covered by the environmental laws
may be held responsible for all of the clean-up costs incurred. In addition,
third parties may sue the owner or operator of a site for damages based on
personal injury, property damage and/or other costs, including investigation and
clean-up costs, resulting from environmental contamination present at or
emanating from that site.
Environmental Laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of
asbestos. These laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing
asbestos properly manage and maintain the asbestos, that they adequately inform
or train those who may come into contact with asbestos and that they undertake
special precautions, including removal or other abatement in the event that
asbestos is disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. These laws
may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators for failure to
comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery from
owners or operators for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos
fibers. Some of our properties may contain asbestos-containing building
materials.
Some of our properties are leased or have been leased, in part, to owners
and operators of dry cleaners that operate on-site dry cleaning plants, to
owners and operators of gas stations or to owners or operators of other
businesses that use, store or otherwise handle petroleum products or other
hazardous or toxic substances. Some of these properties contain, or may have
contained, underground storage tanks for the storage of petroleum products and
other hazardous or toxic substances. These operations create a potential for the
release of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. Some of
our properties are adjacent to or near other properties that have contained or
currently contain underground storage tanks used to store petroleum products or
other hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, certain of our properties are
on, or are adjacent to or near other properties upon which others, including
former owners or tenants of the properties, have engaged or may in the future
engage in activities that may release petroleum products or other hazardous or
toxic substances. From time to time, we may acquire properties, or interests
therein, with known adverse environmental conditions where we believe that the
environmental liabilities associated with these conditions are quantifiable and
the acquisition will yield a superior risk-adjusted return. In connection with
certain of the properties to be acquired by BPP Retail and BPP, we have agreed
to remain responsible for, and to bear the cost of, remediating or monitoring
certain environmental conditions on such properties following the applicable
closing dates.
All of our properties were subject to a Phase I or similar environmental
assessments by independent environmental consultants at the time of acquisition
or shortly after acquisition. Phase I assessments are intended to discover and
evaluate information regarding the environmental condition of the surveyed
property and surrounding properties. Phase I assessments generally include an
historical review, a public records review, an investigation of the surveyed
site and surrounding properties, and preparation and issuance of a
42
<PAGE> 44
written report, but do not include soil sampling or subsurface investigations
and typically do not include an asbestos survey. We may perform additional Phase
II testing if recommended by the independent environmental consultant. Phase II
testing may include the collection and laboratory analysis of soil and
groundwater samples, completion of surveys for asbestos-containing building
materials, and any other testing that the consultant considers prudent in order
to test for the presence of hazardous materials. Some of the environmental
assessments of our properties do not contain a comprehensive review of the past
uses of the properties and/or the surrounding properties.
None of the environmental assessments of our properties has revealed any
environmental liability that we believe would have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition or results of operations taken as a whole, and we are
not aware of any such material environmental liability. Nonetheless, it is
possible that the assessments do not reveal all environmental liabilities and
that there are material environmental liabilities of which we are unaware or
that known environmental conditions may give rise to liabilities that are
materially greater than anticipated. Moreover, future laws, ordinances or
regulations may impose material environmental liability and the current
environmental condition of our properties may be affected by tenants, by the
condition of land, by operations in the vicinity of the properties (such as
releases from underground storage tanks), or by third parties unrelated to us.
If the costs of compliance with environmental laws and regulations now existing
or adopted in the future exceed our budgets for these items, our financial
condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay distributions on,
and the market price of, our common stock could be adversely affected.
OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF WE FAIL TO COMPLY WITH
OTHER REGULATIONS
Our properties are also subject to various federal, state and local
regulatory requirements such as state and local fire and life safety
requirements. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we might incur fines
by governmental authorities or be required to pay awards of damages to private
litigants. We believe that our properties are currently in substantial
compliance with all such regulatory requirements. However, these requirements
may change or new requirements may be imposed which could require significant
unanticipated expenditures by us. Any such unanticipated expenditures could have
an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow
and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX RISKS
OUR FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A REIT WOULD HAVE SERIOUS ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES TO
OUR STOCKHOLDERS
We intend to operate so as to qualify as a REIT under the Code. We believe
that we have been organized and have operated in a manner which would allow us
to qualify as a REIT under the Code beginning with our taxable year ended
December 31, 1997. However, it is possible that we have been organized or have
operated in a manner which would not allow us to qualify as a REIT, or that our
future operations could cause us to fail to qualify. Qualification as a REIT
requires us to satisfy numerous requirements (some on an annual and quarterly
basis) established under highly technical and complex Code provisions for which
there are only limited judicial and administrative interpretations, and involves
the determination of various factual matters and circumstances not entirely
within our control. For example, in order to qualify as a REIT, at least 95% of
our gross income in any year must be derived from qualifying sources, and we
must pay dividends to stockholders aggregating annually at least 95% of our REIT
taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and by
excluding capital gains). These provisions and the applicable treasury
regulations are more complicated in our case because we hold our assets in
partnership form. Legislation, new regulations, administrative interpretations
or court decisions could significantly change the tax laws with respect to
qualification as a REIT or the federal income tax consequences of such
qualification. However, we are not aware of any pending tax legislation that
would adversely affect our ability to operate as a REIT.
If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to
federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on our
taxable income at regular corporate rates. Unless we are entitled to relief
under certain statutory provisions, we would be disqualified from treatment as a
REIT for the four
43
<PAGE> 45
taxable years following the year during which we lost qualification. If we lose
our REIT status, our net earnings available for investment or distribution to
stockholders would be significantly reduced for each of the years involved. In
addition, we would no longer be required to make distributions to stockholders.
WE PAY SOME TAXES
Even if we qualify as a REIT, we will be subject to certain federal, state
and local taxes on our income and property. In addition, the net taxable income,
if any, from the activities conducted through the Preferred Stock Subsidiaries
will be subject to federal and state income tax.
CERTAIN PROPERTY TRANSFERS MAY GENERATE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION INCOME
From time to time, we may transfer or otherwise dispose of some of our
properties. Under the Code, any gain resulting from transfers of properties that
are held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course
of business is treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject
to a 100% penalty tax. Since we acquire properties for investment purposes, we
believe that any transfer or disposal of property by us would not be deemed by
the Internal Revenue Service to be a prohibited transaction with any resulting
gain subject to a 100% penalty tax. However, whether property is held for
investment purposes is a question of fact that depends on all the facts and
circumstances surrounding the particular transaction and the Internal Revenue
Service may contend that certain transfers or disposals of properties by us
(including, possibly, some or all of the properties that are subject to the
agreements with BPP Retail and BPP) are prohibited transactions. While we
believe that the Internal Revenue Service would not prevail in any such dispute,
any adverse finding by the Internal Revenue Service that a transfer or
disposition of property constituted a prohibited transaction would subject us to
a 100% penalty tax on any gain from such prohibited transaction. In addition,
any income from a prohibited transaction may adversely affect our ability to
satisfy the income tests for qualification as a REIT for federal income tax
purposes.
WE ARE DEPENDENT ON OUR KEY PERSONNEL
We depend on the efforts of our executive officers, particularly Messrs.
Abbey, Moghadam and Burke, the Chairman of our Investment Committee, our Chief
Executive Officer and the Chairman of our Board of Directors, respectively.
While we believe that we could find suitable replacements for these key
personnel, the loss of their services or the limitation of their availability
could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow
and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.
We do not have employment agreements with any of our executive officers.
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO MANAGE OUR GROWTH
Our business has grown rapidly and continues to grow through property
acquisitions. If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our financial
condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay distributions on,
and the market price of, our common stock could be adversely affected.
THE PREFERRED STOCK SUBSIDIARIES
WE DO NOT CONTROL THE ACTIVITIES OF THE PREFERRED STOCK SUBSIDIARIES
The Operating Partnership owns 100% of the non-voting preferred stock of
AMB Investment Management and Headlands Realty Corporation (representing
approximately 95% of the economic interest in each entity). We refer to these
entities as the "Preferred Stock Subsidiaries." Certain of our current and
former executive officers and an officer of AMB Investment Management own all of
the outstanding voting common stock of AMB Investment Management (representing
approximately 5% of the economic interest in AMB Investment Management). Certain
of our current and former executive officers and an officer of Headlands Realty
Corporation own all of the outstanding voting common stock of Headlands Realty
Corporation (representing approximately 5% of the economic interest in Headlands
Realty Corporation). The ownership structure of the Preferred Stock Subsidiaries
permits us to share in the income of the Preferred Stock Subsidiaries while
maintaining our status as a REIT. We receive substantially all of the economic
benefit of
44
<PAGE> 46
the businesses carried on by the Preferred Stock Subsidiaries through our right
to receive dividends through the Operating Partnership. However, we are not able
to elect the Preferred Stock Subsidiaries' directors or officers and, as a
result, we do not have the ability to influence the operation of the Preferred
Stock Subsidiaries or to require that the Preferred Stock Subsidiaries' boards
of directors declare and pay cash dividends on the non-voting stock of the
Preferred Stock Subsidiaries held by the Operating Partnership. The boards of
directors and management of the Preferred Stock Subsidiaries might implement
business policies or decisions that would not have been implemented by persons
controlled by us and that may be adverse to the interests of our stockholders or
that may adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash
flow and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common
stock. In addition, the Preferred Stock Subsidiaries are subject to tax on their
income, reducing their cash available for distribution to the Operating
Partnership.
AMB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO GENERATE SUFFICIENT FEES
Fees earned by AMB Investment Management depend on various factors
affecting the ability to attract and retain investment management clients and
the overall returns achieved on managed assets. These factors are beyond our
control. AMB Investment Management's failure to attract investment management
clients or achieve sufficient overall returns on managed assets could reduce its
ability to make distributions on the stock owned by the Operating Partnership
and could also limit co-investment opportunities to the Operating Partnership.
This would limit the Operating Partnership's ability to generate rental revenues
from such co-investments and use the co-investment program as a source to
finance property acquisitions and leverage acquisition opportunities.
ITEM 7A. QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company's exposure to market risk includes the rising interest rates in
connection with the Company's unsecured credit facility and other variable rate
borrowings and the ability of the Company to incur more debt without stockholder
approval, thereby increasing our debt service obligations, which could adversely
affect the Company's cash flows. See "Item 7: Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources -- Capital Resources -- Market Capitalization."
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
See "Item 14: Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports of Form
8-K."
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
PART III
ITEMS 10, 11, 12, AND 13.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT, EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION,
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT, AND CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The information required by Item 10, Item 11, Item 12 and Item 13 will be
contained in a definitive proxy statement for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders
which we anticipate will be filed no later than 120 days after the end of our
fiscal year pursuant to Regulation 14A and accordingly these items have been
omitted in accordance with General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K.
45
<PAGE> 47
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
(a) (1) and (2) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES:
The following consolidated financial information is included as a separate
section of this report on Form 10-K.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................... F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and
1998...................................................... F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998.......................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998.......................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998.............. F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................. F-6
Schedule III -- Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation.... S-1
</TABLE>
All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not
present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule or because
the information required is included in the financial statements and notes
thereto.
(3) EXHIBITS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------- -----------
<C> <S>
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Statement on
Form S-11 (No. 333-35915)).
3.2 Certificate of Correction of the Registrant's Articles
Supplementary establishing and fixing the rights and
preferences of the 8 1/2% Series A Cumulative Redeemable
Preferred Stock.
3.3 Articles Supplementary establishing and fixing the rights
and preferences of the 8 5/8% Series B Cumulative Redeemable
Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January
7, 1999).
3.4 Articles of Supplementary establishing and fixing the rights
and preferences of the 8.75% Series C Cumulative Redeemable
Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January
7, 1999).
3.5 First Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
4.1 Form of Certificate for Common Stock of the Registrant
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No.
333-35915)).
4.2 Form of Certificate for the Registrant's 8 1/2% Series A
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-58107)).
4.3 Indenture dated as of June 30, 1998 by and among the
Operating Partnership, the Company and State Street Bank and
Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-49163)).
4.4 First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 30, 1998 by
and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and State
Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Company's Registration Statement Form S-11 (No. 333-49163)).
4.5 Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 30, 1998 by
and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and State
Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No.
333-49163)).
</TABLE>
46
<PAGE> 48
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------- -----------
<C> <S>
4.6 Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 30, 1998 by
and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and State
Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No.
333-49163)).
4.7 Specimen of 7.10% Notes due 2008 (included in the First
Supplemental Indenture incorporated by reference as Exhibit
4.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11
(No. 333-49163)).
4.8 Specimen of 7.50% Notes due 2018 (included in the Second
Supplemental Indenture incorporated by reference as Exhibit
4.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11
(No. 333-49163)).
4.9 Specimen of 6.90% Reset Put Securities due 2015 (included in
the Third Supplemental Indenture incorporated by reference
as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-11 (No. 333-49163)).
10.1 Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership
of AMB Property, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 of the Registrant's Registration Statement of Form S-3
(No. 333-68291)).
10.2 Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant
and the persons named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-11 (No. 333-35915)).
10.3 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November
26, 1997.
10.4 Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit
Agreement made as of May 29, 1998.
10.5 Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Revolving
Credit Agreement made as of September 30, 1998.
10.6 Form of Change in Control and Noncompetition Agreement
between the Registrant and Executive Officers.
10.7 The First Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan of the Registrant.
10.8 The First Amendment to the First Amended Restated Stock
Option and Incentive Plan of the Registrant.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
24.1 Powers of Attorney (included in Part IV of this Form 10-K).
27.1 Financial Data Schedule -- AMB Property Corporation.
</TABLE>
(b) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K:
On December 2, 1998 the Registrant filed a Form 8-K, dated December 2,
1998, filing financial statements with respect to property acquisitions.
On January 7, 1999 the Registrant filed a Form 8-K, dated November 12,
1998, reporting the private placement of the Series B Units and the Series C
Units.
(c) EXHIBITS:
See Item 14(a)(3) above.
(d) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:
See Item 14(a)(1) and (2) above.
47
<PAGE> 49
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 23, 1999.
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
By: /s/ HAMID R. MOGHADAM
------------------------------------
Hamid R. Moghadam
President and Chief Executive
Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned officers and
directors of AMB Property Corporation, hereby severally constitute Hamid R.
Moghadam, David S. Fries, John T. Roberts, Jr., and Michael A. Coke, and each of
them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them, and each of
them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below,
the Form 10-K filed herewith and any and all amendments to said Form 10-K, and
generally to do all such things in our names and in our capacities as officers
and directors to enable AMB Property Corporation to comply with the provisions
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and all requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they
may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said Form 10-K and any
and all amendments thereto.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME TITLE DATE
---- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ HAMID R. MOGHADAM President and Chief Executive March 23, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------- Officer, Director (Principal
Hamid R. Moghadam Executive Officer)
/s/ T. ROBERT BURKE Chairman of the Board March 23, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
T. Robert Burke
/s/ DOUGLAS D. ABBEY Chairman of the Investment March 23, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------- Committee, Director
Douglas D. Abbey
Director
- ---------------------------------------------------
Daniel H. Case, III
/s/ ROBERT H. EDELSTEIN, PH.D Director March 23, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
Robert H. Edelstein, Ph.D
/s/ LYNN M. SEDWAY Director March 23, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
Lynn M. Sedway
/s/ JEFFREY L. SKELTON, PH.D Director March 23, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
Jeffrey L. Skelton, Ph.D
Director
- ---------------------------------------------------
Thomas W. Tusher
/s/ CARYL B. WELBORN, ESQ. Director March 23, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
Caryl B. Welborn, Esq.
/s/ MICHAEL A. COKE Chief Financial Officer and March 23, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------- Senior Vice President (Principal
Michael A. Coke Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
48
<PAGE> 50
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors of
AMB Property Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AMB
Property Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements and the schedule referred to below are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements and the schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of AMB Property Corporation and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index to the
financial statements is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities
and Exchange Commission's rules and is not a required part of the basic
financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our
opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to
be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a
whole.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
San Francisco, California
February 2, 1999
F-1
<PAGE> 51
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Investments in real estate:
Land and improvements..................................... $ 550,635 $ 740,680
Buildings and improvements................................ 1,822,516 2,445,104
Construction in progress.................................. 69,848 183,276
---------- ----------
Total investments in properties......................... 2,442,999 3,369,060
Accumulated depreciation and amortization................. (4,153) (58,404)
---------- ----------
Net investments in properties........................... 2,438,846 3,310,656
Investment in unconsolidated joint venture.................. -- 57,655
Properties held for divestiture, net........................ -- 115,050
---------- ----------
Net investments in real estate.......................... 2,438,846 3,483,361
Cash and cash equivalents................................... 39,968 25,137
Other assets................................................ 27,441 54,387
---------- ----------
Total assets............................................ $2,506,255 $3,562,885
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Debt:
Secured debt.............................................. $ 535,652 $ 734,196
Unsecured senior debt securities.......................... -- 400,000
Unsecured credit facility................................. 150,000 234,000
---------- ----------
Total debt.............................................. 685,652 1,368,196
Other liabilities........................................... 49,350 104,305
Payable to affiliates....................................... 38,071 --
---------- ----------
Total liabilities....................................... 773,073 1,472,501
Commitments and contingencies (note 11)..................... -- --
Minority interests.......................................... 65,152 325,024
Stockholders' equity:
Series A preferred stock, cumulative, redeemable, $.01 par
value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 4,000,000 issued
and outstanding, $100,000 liquidation preference........ -- 96,100
Common stock $.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares
authorized, 85,917,520 issued and outstanding........... 859 859
Additional paid-in capital................................ 1,667,171 1,668,401
Retained earnings......................................... -- --
---------- ----------
Total stockholders' equity.............................. 1,668,030 1,765,360
---------- ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.............. $2,506,255 $3,562,885
========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-2
<PAGE> 52
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997 1998
---------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Rental revenues........................................... $ -- $ 26,465 $ 354,658
Investment management and other income.................... 23,991 29,597 4,229
---------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues...................................... 23,991 56,062 358,887
OPERATING EXPENSES
Property operating expenses............................... -- 5,312 47,856
Real estate taxes......................................... -- 3,587 48,218
General and administrative................................ -- 1,197 11,929
Interest, including amortization.......................... -- 3,528 69,670
Depreciation and amortization............................. -- 4,195 57,464
Investment management expenses............................ 16,851 19,358 --
---------- ----------- -----------
Total operating expenses............................ 16,851 37,177 235,137
---------- ----------- -----------
Income from operations before minority interests.... 7,140 18,885 123,750
Minority interests' share of net income................... (137) (657) (11,157)
---------- ----------- -----------
Net income.......................................... $ 7,003 $ 18,228 $ 112,593
Series A preferred stock dividends........................ -- -- (3,639)
---------- ----------- -----------
Net income available to common stockholders......... $ 7,003 $ 18,228 $ 108,954
========== =========== ===========
INCOME PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
Basic..................................................... $ 1.38 $ 1.39 $ 1.27
========== =========== ===========
Diluted................................................... $ 1.38 $ 1.38 $ 1.26
========== =========== ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
Basic..................................................... 5,079,855 13,140,218 85,876,383
========== =========== ===========
Diluted................................................... 5,079,855 13,168,036 86,235,176
========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
<PAGE> 53
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997 1998
------ --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income.................................................. $7,003 $ 18,228 $112,593
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization............................. -- 4,195 57,464
Straight-line rents....................................... -- (901) (10,921)
Amortization of debt premiums and financing costs......... -- (266) (2,730)
Minority interests' share of net income................... 137 657 11,157
Equity in (income) loss of AMB Investment Management...... -- (61) 313
Equity earnings of unconsolidated joint venture........... -- -- (1,730)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Other assets............................................ (249) (11,873) (9,377)
Other liabilities....................................... (25) 2,301 20,411
------ --------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities........... 6,866 12,280 177,180
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Cash paid for property acquisitions......................... -- -- (564,304)
Additions to properties..................................... -- (228,432) --
Additions to buildings, development costs, and
improvements.............................................. -- (4,375) (137,913)
Acquisition of interest in unconsolidated joint venture..... -- -- (67,376)
Distribution received from unconsolidated joint venture..... -- -- 11,451
Reduction of payable to affiliates in connection with
Formation Transactions.................................... -- -- (38,071)
------ --------- --------
Net cash used for investing activities.............. -- (232,807) (796,213)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of common stock.................................... -- 317,009 --
Borrowings on unsecured credit facility..................... -- 150,000 745,000
Borrowings on secured debt.................................. -- 850 58,725
Payment of unsecured credit facility........................ -- (182,000) (661,000)
Payments on secured debt.................................... -- (516) (79,380)
Payment of financing fees................................... -- (900) (7,704)
Net proceeds from issuance of senior debt securities........ -- -- 399,166
Net proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock...... -- -- 96,100
Net proceeds from issuance of Series B & C preferred
units..................................................... -- -- 167,993
Dividends paid to common stockholders and preferred
stockholders.............................................. -- (11,506) (88,236)
Dividends paid to Predecessor stockholders.................. (5,262) (16,404) --
Distributions to minority interests......................... (34) -- (26,462)
Principal payment of notes receivable from stockholders of
Predecessor............................................... 318 869 --
------ --------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.......................................... (4,978) 257,402 604,202
------ --------- --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........ 1,888 36,875 (14,831)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............ 1,205 3,093 39,968
------ --------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.................. $3,093 $ 39,968 $ 25,137
====== ========= ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
<PAGE> 54
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK NOTES
SERIES A ---------------------- ADDITIONAL RECEIVABLE
PREFERRED NUMBER PAID-IN RETAINED FROM
STOCK OF SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL EARNINGS STOCKHOLDERS TOTAL
--------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PREDECESSOR
Balance at December 31, 1995.... $ -- 5,079,855 $1,042 $ 1,298 $ 2,781 $(880) $ 4,241
Net Income.................... -- -- -- -- 7,003 -- 7,003
Dividends declared and paid... -- -- -- -- (5,262) -- (5,262)
Principal payment of notes
Receivable from
stockholders................ -- -- -- -- -- 318 318
Issuance of common stock for
notes....................... -- 101,595 307 -- -- (307) --
------- ---------- ------ ---------- --------- ----- ----------
Balance at December 31, 1996.... -- 5,181,450 1,349 1,298 4,522 (869) 6,300
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
Net Income.................... -- -- -- -- 18,228 -- 18,228
Dividends declared and paid to
Predecessor stockholders.... -- -- (990) (1,298) (14,116) -- (16,404)
Principal payment of notes
Receivable from
stockholders................ -- -- -- -- -- 869 869
Exchange of Predecessor Shares
for shares of AMB Property
Corporation, net............ -- (434,834) (312) 312 -- -- --
Issuance of common stock for
Properties.................. -- 65,022,185 651 1,369,740 -- -- 1,370,391
Issuance of common stock, net
of Offering costs of
$38,068..................... -- 16,100,000 161 299,871 -- -- 300,032
Issuance of restricted
stock....................... -- 5,712 -- 120 -- -- 120
Distributions paid to AMB
Property Corporation
stockholders................ -- -- -- (2,872) (8,634) -- (11,506)
------- ---------- ------ ---------- --------- ----- ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997.... -- 85,874,513 859 1,667,171 -- -- 1,668,030
Net Income.................... 3,639 -- -- -- 108,954 -- 112,593
Issuance of preferred stock,
net of offering costs....... 96,100 -- -- -- -- -- 96,100
Issuance of restricted
stock....................... -- 43,007 -- 930 -- -- 930
Reallocation of Limited
Partners' interests in
Operating Partnership....... -- -- -- 7,215 -- -- 7,215
Dividends declared............ (3,639) -- -- (6,915) (108,954) -- (119,508)
------- ---------- ------ ---------- --------- ----- ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998.... $96,100 85,917,520 $ 859 $1,668,401 $ -- $ -- $1,765,360
======= ========== ====== ========== ========= ===== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 55
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND SQUARE FEET DATA)
1. ORGANIZATION AND FORMATION OF COMPANY
AMB Property Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), commenced
operations as a fully integrated real estate company effective with the
completion of its initial public offering (the "IPO") on November 26, 1997. The
Company elected to be taxed as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") under
Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"),
commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 1997, and believes its
current organization and method of operation will enable it to maintain its
status as a REIT. The Company, through its controlling interest in its
subsidiary, AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Operating
Partnership"), is engaged in the acquisition, ownership, operation, management,
renovation, expansion and development of industrial buildings and community
shopping centers in target markets nationwide. Unless the context otherwise
requires, the "Company" means AMB Property Corporation, the Operating
Partnership and its other controlled subsidiaries.
The Company and the Operating Partnership were formed shortly before
consummation of the IPO. AMB Institutional Realty Advisors, Inc., a California
corporation and registered investment advisor (the "Predecessor") formed AMB
Property Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary, and merged with and into the
Company (the "Merger") in exchange for 4,746,616 shares of the Company's Common
Stock. In addition, the Company and the Operating Partnership acquired, through
a series of mergers and other transactions, 31.8 million rentable square feet of
industrial property and 6.3 million rentable square feet of retail property in
exchange for 65,022,185 shares of the Company's Common Stock, 2,542,163 limited
partner interests ("LP Units") in the Operating Partnership, the assumption of
debt and, to a limited extent, cash. The net assets of the Predecessor and the
properties acquired with Common Stock were contributed to the Operating
Partnership in exchange for 69,768,801 LP Units. The purchase method of
accounting was applied to the acquisition of the properties. Collectively, the
Merger and the other formation transactions described above are referred to as
the "Formation Transactions."
On November 26, 1997, the Company completed its IPO of 16,100,000 shares of
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), for $21.00 per
share, resulting in gross offering proceeds of approximately $338,100. The net
proceeds of approximately $300,032 were used to repay indebtedness, to purchase
interests from certain investors who elected not to receive shares or units in
connection with the Formation Transactions, to fund property acquisitions, and
for general corporate working capital requirements.
As of December 31, 1998, the Company owned an approximate 95.1% general
partner interest in the Operating Partnership. The remaining 4.9% limited
partner interest is owned by nonaffiliated investors. For local law purposes,
properties in certain states are owned through limited partnerships and limited
liability companies owned 99% by the Operating Partnership and 1% by a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company. The ownership of such properties through such
entities does not materially affect the Company's overall ownership of the
interests in the properties. As the sole general partner of the Operating
Partnership, the Company has the full, exclusive and complete responsibility and
discretion in the day-to-day management and control of the Operating
Partnership.
In connection with the Formation Transactions, the Operating Partnership
formed AMB Investment Management, Inc., a Maryland corporation ("AMB Investment
Management"). The Operating Partnership purchased 100% of AMB Investment
Management's non-voting preferred stock (representing a 95% economic interest
therein). Certain current and former executive officers of the Company and an
officer of AMB Investment Management collectively purchased 100% of the
Investment Management Subsidiary's voting common stock (representing a 5%
economic interest therein). The Operating Partnership accounts for its
investment in AMB Investment Management using the equity method of accounting.
AMB Investment Management was formed to succeed to the Predecessor's investment
management business of providing real estate investment management services on a
fee basis to clients. The Operating Partnership also owns 100% of the non-voting
preferred stock of Headlands Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation
(representing a 95%
F-6
<PAGE> 56
economic interest therein). Certain current and former executive officers of the
company and an officer of Headlands Realty Corporation collectively own 100% of
the voting common stock of Headlands Realty Corporation (representing a 5%
economic interest therein). Headlands Realty Corporation invests in properties
and interests in entities that engage in the management, leasing and development
of properties and similar activities.
As of December 31, 1998, the Company owned 582 industrial buildings (the
"Industrial Properties") and 38 retail centers (the "Retail Properties") located
in 30 markets throughout the United States. The Industrial Properties,
principally warehouse distribution buildings, encompass approximately 56.6
million rentable square feet and, as of December 31, 1998, were 96.0% leased to
over 1,600 tenants. The Retail Properties, principally grocer-anchored community
shopping centers, encompass approximately 7.0 million rentable square feet and,
as of the same date, were 94.6% leased to over 900 tenants. The Industrial
Properties and the Retail Properties collectively are referred to as the
"Properties."
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles using the accrual method of
accounting. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial
position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company, its wholly owned
qualified REIT subsidiaries, the Operating Partnership, and twenty-one joint
ventures (the "Joint Ventures") in which the Company has a controlling interest.
The Company also has a 56.1% non-controlling limited partnership interest in one
unconsolidated real estate joint venture which is accounted for under the equity
method. Third-party equity interests in the Operating Partnership and the Joint
Ventures are reflected as minority interests in the consolidated financial
statements. All significant intercompany amounts have been eliminated.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company for 1997 include the
results of operations of the Company, including property operations for the
period from November 26, 1997 (the commencement of operations as a fully
integrated real estate company) to December 31, 1997 and the results of the
Company's Predecessor, an investment manager, for the period from January 1,
1997 to November 25, 1997. The consolidated financial statements for 1998
represent the results of operations of the Company for the year ended December
31, 1998.
Investments in Real Estate
Investments in real estate are stated at the lower of depreciated cost or
net realizable value. Net realizable value for financial reporting purposes is
reviewed for impairment on a property-by-property basis whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a property may not
be recoverable. Impairment is recognized when estimated expected future cash
flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) are less than the carrying
amount of the property. To the extent an impairment has occurred, the excess of
the carrying amount of the property over its estimated fair value will be
charged to income. As of December 31, 1998, we believe that there were no
impairments of the carrying values of the Properties.
F-7
<PAGE> 57
Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the investments. The estimated lives are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Land improvements........................................... 5 to 40 years
Buildings and improvements.................................. 5 to 40 years
Tenant improvements and leasing costs....................... Term of the related lease
</TABLE>
The cost of buildings and improvements includes the purchase price of the
property or interest in property, legal fees and acquisition costs, and
interest, property taxes, and other costs incurred during the period of
construction.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as
incurred. Significant renovations or betterments that extend the economic useful
life of assets are capitalized.
Project costs directly associated with the development and construction of
a real estate project are capitalized as construction in progress. In addition,
interest, real estate taxes and other costs are capitalized during the
construction period.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash held in financial institutions and
other highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three
months or less. Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 1997 and 1998
include restricted cash of $8,074 and $5,227, respectively, which represents
amounts held in escrow in connection with property purchases and capital
improvements.
Deferred Financing
Costs incurred in connection with financing are capitalized and amortized
to interest expense on a straight-line basis (which approximates the effective
interest method) over the term of the related loan. As of December 31, 1997 and
1998, deferred financing fees were $871 and $7,318, respectively, net of
accumulated amortization of $29 and $772, respectively. Such amounts are
included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheet.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company's financial instruments include short-term investments,
accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, construction loans
payable, mortgage debt, secured debt, senior debt securities, unsecured notes
payable, and an unsecured credit facility. The fair value of these instruments
approximates its carrying or contract values.
Debt Premiums
In connection with the Formation Transactions, the Company assumed certain
secured debt with an aggregate principal value of $517,031 and a fair value of
$535,613. The difference between the principal value and the fair value was
recorded as a debt premium. The debt premium is being amortized into interest
expense over the term of the related debt instrument using the effective
interest method. As of December 31, 1997 and 1998, the unamortized debt premium
was $18,286 and $15,217, respectively.
Minority Interests
Minority interests in the Company represent the limited partnership
interests in the Operating Partnership and interests held by certain third
parties in twenty-one real estate joint ventures that are consolidated for
financial reporting purposes. Such investments are consolidated because 1) the
Company owns a majority interest, or 2) the Company holds significant control
over the entity through a 50% or greater ownership interest combined with the
ability to control major operating decisions, such as approval of budgets,
selection of property managers and change in financing.
F-8
<PAGE> 58
The following table distinguishes the minority interest ownership held by
certain Joint Venture Partners, Institutional Alliance Partners(TM), the limited
partners in the Operating Partnership, the Series B Preferred Unit holders'
interest in the Operating Partnership, and the Series C Preferred Unit holders'
interest in a subsidiary of the Operating Partnership, as of and for the year
ended December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MINORITY
INTEREST
MINORITY INTEREST SHARE OF
LIABILITY NET INCOME
----------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Minority Interest -- Joint Venture Partners................. $ 18,012 $ 1,491
Minority Interest -- Institutional Alliance Partners(TM).... 52,381 2,987
Minority Interest -- Limited Partners in the Operating
Partnership............................................... 86,638 4,884
Minority Interest -- Series B Preferred Units (liquidation
preference of $65,000).................................... 62,259 779
Minority Interest -- Series C Preferred Units (liquidation
preference of $110,000)................................... 105,734 1,016
-------- -------
$325,024 $11,157
======== =======
</TABLE>
Revenues
The Company, as a lessor, retains substantially all of the benefits and
risks of ownership of the Properties and accounts for its leases as operating
leases. Rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of
the leases.
Reimbursements from tenants for real estate taxes and other recoverable
operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable
expenses are incurred.
Investment Management and Other Income
Investment management income consists primarily of professional fees
generated from the Predecessors' real estate investment management services for
periods prior to the Formation Transactions and the Company's equity in the
earnings of AMB Investment Management for periods subsequent to the Formation
Transactions. Other income consists primarily of interest income on cash and
cash equivalents.
Investment Management Expenses
Investment management expenses represent the operating expenses of the
Predecessor for periods prior to November 26, 1997 and consist of salaries and
benefits and other management related expenses.
Reclassifications
Certain items in the consolidated financial statements for prior periods
have been reclassified to conform with current classifications with no effect on
results of operations.
3. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
As discussed in Note 1, the Operating Partnership formed AMB Investment
Management for the purpose of carrying on the operations of the Predecessor. The
Company and AMB Investment Management have an agreement that allows for the
sharing of certain costs and employees. Additionally, the Company provides AMB
Investment Management with certain acquisition-related services.
As part of the Formation Transactions, the Operating Partnership was
required to pay an amount equal to the net working capital balances at November
25, 1997 of the Predecessor and the acquired Properties to the owners of said
entities. As of December 31, 1997, the Company owed approximately $37,808 to
owners related to these working capital distributions. Such amount was repaid in
full in early 1998.
The Company and AMB Investment Management share common office space under
lease obligations of an affiliate of the Predecessor. Such lease obligations are
charged to the Company and AMB Investment
F-9
<PAGE> 59
Management at cost. For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, the Company
paid approximately $700 and $1,160, respectively, for occupancy costs related to
the lease obligations of the affiliate.
4. PROPERTY HELD FOR DIVESTITURE
The Company has determined to focus exclusively on properties that meet its
strategic objectives. Therefore, as of December 31, 1998, the Company had
decided to divest itself of four industrial buildings and four retail centers.
As of December 31, 1998, the divestiture of the properties is subject to
negotiation of acceptable terms and other customary conditions.
The following summarizes the condensed results of operations of the
properties held for divestiture for the period from November 26, 1997 to
December 31, 1997 and for the year ended December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
------ -------
<S> <C> <C>
Income.................................................. $1,406 $14,851
Property Operating Expenses............................. 370 3,626
------ -------
Net Operating Income.................................... $1,036 $11,225
====== =======
</TABLE>
As of December 31,1998, the net carrying value of the properties held for
divestiture was $115,050, and two of the retail centers were encumbered by
secured debt of $42,615. The net proceeds will be used to acquire additional
properties and pay down certain debts.
5. DEBT
As of December 31, 1997 and 1998, debt, excluding unamortized debt
premiums, consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
-------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Secured debt, varying coupon interest rates from 4.00% to
10.38%, due April 1999 to April 2014...................... $517,366 $ 718,979
Unsecured senior debt securities, weighted average interest
rate of 7.18%, due June 2008, 2015, and 2018.............. -- 400,000
Unsecured credit facility, variable interest at LIBOR plus
90 to 120 basis points (6.10% at December 31, 1998), due
November 2000............................................. 150,000 234,000
-------- ----------
Total Debt.......................................... $667,366 $1,352,979
======== ==========
</TABLE>
Secured debt generally requires monthly principal and interest payments.
The secured debt is secured by deeds of trust on certain Properties. As of
December 31, 1998, the total gross investment value of those Properties secured
by debt was $1,458,652. All of the secured debt bear interest at fixed rates,
except for two loans with an aggregate principal amount of $9,155, which bear
interest at a variable rate. The secured debt has various financial and
non-financial covenants. Additionally, certain of the secured debt is cross-
collateralized.
Interest on the senior debt securities is payable semiannually in each June
and December commencing December 1998. The 2015 notes are putable and callable
in June 2005. The senior debt securities are subject to various financial and
non-financial covenants.
The Company has a $500,000 unsecured revolving credit agreement (the
"Credit Facility") with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as agent, and
a syndicate of twelve other banks. The Credit Facility has an original term of
three years and is subject to a fee that accrues on the daily average undrawn
funds, which varies between 15 and 25 basis points of the undrawn funds based on
the Company's credit rating. The Credit Facility has various financial and
non-financial covenants.
Capitalized interest related to construction projects for the period from
November 26, 1997 to December 31, 1997, was $448 and for the year ended December
31, 1998 was $7,192. There was no capitalized interest for periods prior to the
Formation Transactions.
F-10
<PAGE> 60
The scheduled maturities of the Company's total debt, excluding unamortized
debt premiums, as of December 31, 1998 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECURED UNSECURED SENIOR UNSECURED CREDIT
DEBT DEBT SECURITIES FACILITY TOTAL
-------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999.......................... $ 14,061 $ -- $ -- $ 14,061
2000.......................... 19,833 -- 234,000 253,833
2001.......................... 42,560 -- -- 42,560
2002.......................... 68,849 -- -- 68,849
2003.......................... 136,798 -- -- 136,798
Thereafter.................... 436,878 400,000 -- 836,878
-------- -------- -------- ----------
$718,979 $400,000 $234,000 $1,352,979
======== ======== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
6. LEASING ACTIVITY
Future minimum rental income due under noncancelable leases with tenants in
effect at December 31, 1998, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999........................................................ $ 329,322
2000........................................................ 287,771
2001........................................................ 239,178
2002........................................................ 189,259
2003........................................................ 142,411
Thereafter.................................................. 536,573
----------
$1,724,514
==========
</TABLE>
In addition to minimum rental payments, certain tenants pay reimbursements
for their pro rata share of specified operating expenses, which amounted to
$5,267 and $68,071 for the period from November 26, 1997 to December 31, 1997
and for the year ended December 31, 1998, respectively. These amounts are
included as rental income and operating expenses in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations. Certain of the leases also provide for
the payment of additional rent based on a percentage of the tenant's revenues.
For the period from November 26, 1997 to December 31, 1997 and for the year
ended December 31, 1998, the Company recognized percentage rent revenues of $185
and $1,870, respectively. Some leases contain options to renew. No individual
tenant accounts for greater than 2% of rental revenues.
7. INCOME TAXES
The Company elected to be taxed as a REIT under the Code commencing with
its taxable year ended December 31, 1997. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must
meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a
requirement that it currently distribute at least 95% of its taxable income to
its stockholders. It is management's intention to adhere to these requirements
and maintain the Company's REIT status. As a REIT, the Company generally will
not be subject to corporate level federal income tax on net income it
distributes currently to its stockholders. As such, no provision for federal
income taxes has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, it
will be subject to federal income taxes at regular corporate rates (including
any applicable alternative minimum tax) and may not be able to qualify as a REIT
for four subsequent taxable years. Even if the Company qualifies for taxation as
a REIT, the Company may be subject to certain state and local taxes on its
income and property and to federal income and excise taxes on its undistributed
taxable income. For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, 0% of the
dividends paid to common stockholders represented a return of capital for income
tax purposes.
F-11
<PAGE> 61
Prior to the Merger, the Predecessor conducted its business as an S
corporation, and was not subject to federal income taxes under Subchapter S of
the Internal Revenue Code. Under this election federal income taxes were paid by
the stockholders of the Predecessor.
8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
On July 27, 1998, the Company sold 4,000,000 shares of 8.5% Series A
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock at $25.00 per share for $100,000 in an
underwritten public offering. These shares are redeemable solely at the option
of the Company on or after July 27, 2003. The net proceeds of $96,100 (after
deducting underwriters' discounts and commissions and offering costs) from the
offering were contributed to the Operating Partnership in exchange for 4,000,000
Series A preferred units with terms identical to the Series A Preferred Stock.
The Operating Partnership used these proceeds to repay borrowings under the
Credit Facility.
On December 4, 1998, the Company and the Operating Partnership declared a
quarterly cash distribution of $0.3425 per common share and operating
partnership unit, payable on January 15, 1999 to stockholders of record on
December 31, 1998. On December 4, 1998, the Company declared a cash dividend of
$0.53125 per share on its Series A Preferred Stock, and the Operating
Partnership declared a cash distribution of $0.53125 per unit of its Series A
Preferred Units, payable on January 15, 1999 to stockholders and unit holders of
record as of December 31, 1998.
9. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN AND 401(k) PLAN
Stock Incentive Plan
In November 1997, the Company established a Stock Option and Incentive Plan
(the "Stock Incentive Plan") for the purpose of attracting and retaining
eligible officers, directors and employees. The Company has reserved for
issuance 5,750,000 shares of Common Stock under the Stock Incentive Plan. As of
December 31, 1998, the Company had granted 4,384,037 non-qualified options, to
certain directors, officers and employees. Each option is exchangeable for one
share of the Company's Common Stock and has a weighted average exercise price
equal to $21.22. Each option's exercise price is equal to the Company's market
price at the date of grant. The options had an original ten-year term and vest
pro rata in annual installments over a three or four-year period from the date
of grant.
The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees" and related interpretations in accounting for its Stock Incentive
Plan. Opinion 25 measures compensation cost using the intrinsic value based
method of accounting. Under this method, compensation cost is the excess, if
any, of the quoted market price of the stock at the date of grant over the
amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Accordingly, no compensation
cost has been recognized for the Company's Stock Incentive Plan as of December
31, 1998.
As permitted by SFAS 123, "Accounting Stock-based Compensation," the
Company has not changed our method of accounting for stock options but has
provided the additional required disclosures. Had compensation cost for the
Company's stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the fair value
at the grant dates for awards under those plans consistent with the method of
SFAS No. 123, the Company's pro forma net income available to common
stockholders would have been reduced by $1,767 and pro forma basic and diluted
earnings per share would have been reduced to $1.25 and $1.24, respectively, for
the year ended December 31, 1998.
The fair value of each option grant was estimated at the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used
for grants in 1997 and 1998, respectively: dividend yield of 6.52% and 6.31%,
expected volatility of 18.75% and 23.10%, risk-free interest rate of 5.86% and
4.94%, and expected lives of 10 years for both years.
F-12
<PAGE> 62
Following is a summary of the option activity for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED REMAINING
SHARES UNDER AVERAGE CONTRACTUAL
OPTION (000) EXERCISE PRICE LIFE
------------ -------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding, 11/25/97..................................... -- -- --
Granted................................................... 3,154 $21.00 10 years
Exercised................................................. -- -- --
Forfeited................................................. (10) -- --
------ ------ ---------
Outstanding, 12/31/97..................................... 3,144 21.00 10 years
Granted................................................... 1,508 21.69 10 years
Exercised................................................. -- -- --
Forfeited................................................. (268) -- --
------ ------ ---------
Outstanding, 12/31/98..................................... 4,384 21.40 9.4 years
====== ====== =========
Options exercisable at year-end........................... 622 $21.00
====== ======
Fair value of options granted during the year............. $ 2.43
======
</TABLE>
In 1997, under the Stock Incentive Plan, the Company sold 5,712 restricted
shares of its Common Stock to certain independent directors for $0.01 per share
in cash. In 1998, under the Stock Incentive Plan the Company issued 43,007
restricted shares to certain officers of the Company as part of the Performance
Pay Program. The restricted shares are subject to a repurchase right held by the
Company, which lapses one-third of such shares annually. The repurchase right
lapses fully on January 1, 2002.
401(k) Plan
In November 1997, the Company established a Section 401(k)
Savings/Retirement Plan (the "Section 401(k) Plan"), which is a continuation of
the Section 401(k) plan of the Predecessor, to cover eligible employees of the
Company and any designated affiliate. The Section 401(k) Plan permits eligible
employees of the Company to defer up to 10% of their annual compensation,
subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code. The employees' elective
deferrals are immediately vested and non-forfeitable upon contribution to the
Section 401(k) Plan. The Company matches the employee contributions to the
Section 401(k)Plan in an amount equal to 50% of the first 3.5% of annual
compensation deferred by each employee and may also make discretionary
contributions to the plan. As of December 31, 1997 and 1998, the Company's
accrual for 401(k) match was $140 and $153, respectively. Such amounts were
included in Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Except for the Section 401(k) Plan, the Company offers no other
post-retirement or post-employment benefits to its employees.
F-13
<PAGE> 63
10. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------
1996 1997 1998
---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash paid for interest...................................... $ -- $ 2,509 $ 68,209
Non-cash transactions:
Acquisitions of properties................................ $ -- $ 2,438,634 $ 901,284
Assumption of debt........................................ -- (717,613) (221,017)
Cash acquired............................................. -- (43,978) --
Other assumed assets and liabilities...................... -- (13,862) --
Minority interest's contribution, including units
issued.................................................. -- (64,358) (115,963)
Shares issued............................................. -- (1,370,391) --
---------- ----------- ---------
Net cash paid, net of cash acquired......................... $ -- $ 228,432 $ 564,304
========== =========== =========
</TABLE>
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Litigation
In the normal course of business, from time to time, the Company is
involved in legal actions relating to the ownership and operations of its
Properties. In management's opinion, the liabilities, if any, that may
ultimately result from such legal actions are not expected to have a materially
adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or
cash flows of the Company.
Environmental Matters
The Company follows the policy of monitoring its properties for the
presence of hazardous or toxic substances. The Company is not aware of any
environmental liability with respect to the Properties that would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, assets or results of
operations. There can be no assurance that such a material environmental
liability does not exist. The existence of any such material environmental
liability would have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations
and cash flow.
General Uninsured Losses
The Company carries comprehensive liability, fire, flood, environmental,
extended coverage and rental loss insurance with policy specifications, limits
and deductibles customarily carried for similar properties. There are, however,
certain types of extraordinary losses that may be either uninsurable, or not
economically insurable. Certain of the Properties are located in areas that are
subject to earthquake activity; the Company
F-14
<PAGE> 64
has therefore obtained limited earthquake insurance. Should an uninsured loss
occur, the Company could lose its investment in, and anticipated profits and
cash flows, from a property.
12. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
Selected quarterly financial data for 1998 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER
------------------------------------------------------
MARCH 31 JUNE 30 SEPTEMBER 30 DECEMBER 31 YEAR
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues................................. $ 75,785 $ 85,014 $ 94,061 $ 104,027 $ 358,887
Income from operations before minority
interest............................... 29,188 30,382 31,802 32,378 123,750
Minority interests' share of net
income................................. (1,282) (2,404) (2,930) (4,541) (11,157)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income............................... $ 27,906 $ 27,978 $ 28,872 $ 27,837 $ 112,593
Preferred stock dividends................ -- -- (1,514) (2,125) (3,639)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income available to common
stockholders........................... $ 27,906 $ 27,978 $ 27,358 $ 25,712 $ 108,954
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Net income per common share:
Basic(1)............................... $ 0.33 $ 0.33 $ 0.32 $ 0.30 $ 1.27
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Diluted................................ $ 0.32 $ 0.32 $ 0.32 $ 0.30 $ 1.26
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Weighted average common shares
outstanding:
Basic.................................. 85,874,513 85,874,513 85,874,513 85,881,992 85,876,383
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Diluted................................ 86,284,736 86,222,175 86,251,857 86,181,937 86,235,176
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The sum of quarterly financial data varies from the annual data due to
rounding.
13. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company has two reportable segments: Industrial Properties and Retail
Properties. The Company believes that the most relevant information about the
way that its business is managed is through disclosure of certain data at the
operating division level. The accounting policies of the segments are the same
as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.
Significant information used by the Company for the reportable segments is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDUSTRIAL RETAIL TOTAL
PROPERTIES PROPERTIES PROPERTIES
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Rental revenues:
1996............................ $ -- $ -- $ --
1997............................ 16,898 9,567 26,465
1998............................ 248,134 106,524 354,658
Property net operating income and
contribution to FFO(1):
1996............................ -- -- --
1997............................ 11,056 6,510 17,566
1998............................ 181,832 76,752 258,584
Investment in properties:
1996............................ -- -- --
1997............................ 1,639,321 803,678 2,442,999
1998(2)......................... 2,574,940 794,120 3,369,060
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Property net operating income (NOI) is defined as rental revenue, including
reimbursements and straight-line rents, less property level operating
expenses.
(2) Excludes net properties held for divestiture of $115,050. See Note 4.
F-15
<PAGE> 65
The Company uses property net operating income and FFO as operating
performance measures. The following are reconciliations between total reportable
segment revenue, property net operating income and funds from operations ("FFO")
contribution to consolidated revenues, net income and FFO:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997 1998
------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Total rental revenues for reportable segments............... $ -- $26,465 $354,658
Investment management and other income...................... 23,991 29,597 4,229
------- ------- --------
Total consolidated revenues................................. $23,991 $56,062 $358,887
======= ======= ========
NET INCOME
Property net operating income for reportable segments....... $ -- $17,566 $258,584
Investment management and other income...................... 23,991 29,597 4,229
Less:
General and administrative................................ -- 1,197 11,929
Interest expense.......................................... -- 3,528 69,670
Depreciation and amortization............................. -- 4,195 57,464
Investment management expenses............................ 16,851 19,358 --
Minority interests........................................ 137 657 11,157
------- ------- --------
Net income.................................................. $ 7,003 $18,228 $112,593
======= ======= ========
FFO(1)
Net income.................................................. $ 7,003 $18,228 $112,593
Minority interests' share of net income..................... 137 657 11,157
Real estate depreciation and amortization:
Total depreciation and amortization....................... -- 4,195 57,464
Furniture, fixtures and equipment depreciation............ -- (37) (463)
FFO attributable to minority interests(2):
Institutional Alliance Partners........................... -- -- (3,828)
Other joint venture partners.............................. -- (218) (2,071)
Adjustments to derive FFO in unconsolidated joint
venture(3):
Company's share of net income............................. -- -- (1,750)
Company's share of FFO.................................... -- -- 2,739
Preferred stock dividends................................... -- -- (3,639)
Series B & C preferred unit distributions................... -- -- (1,795)
------- ------- --------
FFO......................................................... $ 7,140 $22,825 $170,407
======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Funds from Operations ("FFO") is defined as income from operations before
minority interest, gains or losses from sale of real estate and
extraordinary losses plus real estate depreciation and adjustment to derive
our pro rata share of the FFO of unconsolidated joint ventures, less
minority interests' pro rata share of the FFO of consolidated joint ventures
and perpetual preferred stock dividends. In accordance with NAREIT White
Paper on FFO, we include the effects of straight-line rents in FFO.
(2) Represents FFO attributable to minority interests in consolidated joint
ventures for the periods presented, which has been computed as minority
interests' share of net income before disposal of properties plus minority
interests' share of real estate-related depreciation and amortization of the
consolidated joint ventures for such periods. Such minority interests are
not exchangeable into shares of Common Stock.
(3) Represents our pro rata shares of FFO in unconsolidated joint ventures for
the periods presented, which has been computed as our share of net income
plus our share of real estate-related depreciation and amortization of the
unconsolidated joint venture for such periods.
F-16
<PAGE> 66
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
On March 5, 1999, the Company and the Operating Partnership declared a
quarterly cash distribution of $0.35 per common share and operating partnership
unit, for the quarter ending March 31, 1999, payable April 15, 1999 to
stockholders and unitholders of record as of March 31, 1999. On March 5, 1999,
the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.53125 per share on its Series A
Preferred Stock, and the Operating Partnership declared a cash distribution of
$0.53125 per unit on its Series A Preferred Units, for the three month period
ending April 14, 1999, payable on April 15, 1999 to stockholders and unitholders
of record as of March 31, 1999.
On March 9, 1999, the Company signed a series of definitive agreements with
BPP Retail, LLC ("BPP Retail"), a co-investment entity between Burnham Pacific
Properties ("BPP") and the California Public Employees' Retirement System
("CalPERS"), pursuant to which BPP Retail will acquire 28 retail shopping
centers of the Company, totaling 5.1 million square feet, for an aggregate price
of $663.4 million. BPP Retail will acquire the centers in separate transactions,
which are currently expected to close on or about April 30, 1999, July 31, 1999
and December 1, 1999. In addition, the Company has entered into a definitive
agreement, subject to a financing confirmation, with BPP, pursuant to which BPP
will acquire six additional retail centers, totaling 1.5 million square feet,
for $284.4 million. Assuming satisfaction or waiver of this condition, this
transaction is currently expected to close by December 31, 1999. In connection
with these transactions, the Company has also granted CalPERS an option to
purchase up to 2,000,000 original issue shares of AMB's Common Stock for an
exercise price of $25 per share that may be exercised on or before March 31,
2000.
F-17
<PAGE> 67
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
SCHEDULE III
CONSOLIDATED REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBER OF BUILDINGS/CENTERS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INITIAL COST TO COMPANY COSTS
NO. OF -------------------------------------- CAPITALIZED
BLDGS./CTRS. ENCUMBRANCES BUILDING & SUBSEQUENT TO
PROPERTY (1) LOCATION TYPE (2) LAND IMPROVEMENTS ACQUISITION
-------- ------------ -------- ---- ------------ -------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Acer Distribution Center........ 1 CA IND $ -- $ 3,146 $ 9,479 $ 384
Activity Distribution Center.... 4 CA IND 5,247 3,736 11,248 85
Addison Technology Center....... 1 TX IND -- 899 2,696 158
Alsip Industrial................ 1 IL IND -- 1,200 3,600 236
Alvarado Business Center........ 10 CA IND -- 7,906 23,757 358
Amwiler-Gwinnett Industrial
Portfolio..................... 9 GA IND 13,939 6,641 19,964 349
Anaheim Industrial.............. 1 CA IND -- 1,457 4,341 59
Ardenwood Corporate Park........ 4 CA IND 9,870 7,321 22,002 262
Artesia Industrial Portfolio.... 27 CA IND 54,100 23,860 71,620 1,429
Atlanta South................... 9 GA IND -- 8,047 24,231 313
Beacon Industrial Park.......... 8 FL IND -- 10,466 31,437 4,784
Belden Avenue................... 3 IL IND -- 5,019 15,186 106
Bensenville..................... 13 IL IND 41,031 20,799 62,438 1,102
Blue Lagoon..................... 2 FL IND 11,661 4,945 14,875 62
Boston Industrial Portfolio..... 20 MA IND 21,893 20,351 59,170 3,583
Braemar Business Center......... 2 MA IND -- 1,422 4,613 233
Brightseat Road................. 1 MD IND -- 1,557 4,841 26
Britannia Business Park......... 2 FL IND -- 3,199 9,637 219
Broward Business Park........... 5 FL IND -- 1,886 5,659 103
Broward Turnpike Center......... 1 FL IND -- 682 2,073 --
Burnsville Business Center...... 1 MN IND -- 932 2,796 56
Cabot Business Park............. 17 MA IND -- 22,240 66,548 1,608
Cascade......................... 4 OR IND -- 2,825 8,477 339
Chancellor...................... 1 FL IND 2,898 1,587 4,802 61
Chancellor Square............... 3 FL IND 16,379 13,921 16,379 367
Chemway Industrial Portfolio.... 5 NC IND -- 2,875 8,858 (40)
Chicago Industrial.............. 2 IL IND 3,201 1,574 4,761 179
<CAPTION>
GROSS AMOUNT CARRIED AT 12/31/98
------------------------------------- YEAR OF DEPRECIABLE
BUILDING & TOTAL COSTS ACCUMULATED CONSTRUCTION/ LIFE
PROPERTY LAND IMPROVEMENTS (3)(4) DEPRECIATION ACQUISITION (YEARS)
-------- -------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Acer Distribution Center........ $ 3,146 $ 9,863 $ 13,009 $ 278 1997 5-40
Activity Distribution Center.... 3,736 11,333 15,069 312 1997 5-40
Addison Technology Center....... 899 2,854 3,753 36 1998 5-40
Alsip Industrial................ 1,200 3,836 5,036 52 1998 5-40
Alvarado Business Center........ 7,906 24,115 32,021 669 1997 5-40
Amwiler-Gwinnett Industrial
Portfolio..................... 6,641 20,313 26,954 564 1997 5-40
Anaheim Industrial.............. 1,457 4,400 5,857 122 1997 5-40
Ardenwood Corporate Park........ 7,321 22,264 29,584 616 1997 5-40
Artesia Industrial Portfolio.... 23,860 73,049 96,909 2,137 1997 5-40
Atlanta South................... 8,047 24,544 32,591 652 1998 5-40
Beacon Industrial Park.......... 10,466 36,222 46,687 1,055 1997 5-40
Belden Avenue................... 5,019 15,291 20,311 393 1997 5-40
Bensenville..................... 20,799 63,540 84,339 1,856 1997 5-40
Blue Lagoon..................... 4,945 14,937 19,882 411 1997 5-40
Boston Industrial Portfolio..... 20,352 62,753 83,104 1,245 1998 5-40
Braemar Business Center......... 1,422 4,846 6,268 97 1998 5-40
Brightseat Road................. 1,557 4,867 6,423 131 1997 5-40
Britannia Business Park......... 3,199 9,856 13,055 276 1997 5-40
Broward Business Park........... 1,886 5,761 7,648 65 1998 5-40
Broward Turnpike Center......... 682 2,073 2,755 10 1998 5-40
Burnsville Business Center...... 932 2,852 3,784 32 1998 5-40
Cabot Business Park............. 22,240 68,156 90,395 1,757 1997 5-40
Cascade......................... 2,825 8,816 11,641 266 1998 5-40
Chancellor...................... 1,587 4,864 6,451 134 1997 5-40
Chancellor Square............... 7,575 23,092 30,667 450 1998 5-40
Chemway Industrial Portfolio.... 2,875 8,818 11,693 101 1998 5-40
Chicago Industrial.............. 1,574 4,939 6,513 139 1997 5-40
</TABLE>
S-1
<PAGE> 68
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
SCHEDULE III
CONSOLIDATED REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INITIAL COST TO COMPANY COSTS
NO. OF -------------------------------------- CAPITALIZED
BLDGS./CTRS. ENCUMBRANCES BUILDING & SUBSEQUENT TO
PROPERTY (1) LOCATION TYPE (2) LAND IMPROVEMENTS ACQUISITION
-------- ------------ -------- ---- ------------ -------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Circle Freeway.................. 1 OH IND -- 530 1,591 22
Corporate Park/Hickory Hill..... 7 TN IND 16,400 6,789 6,787 13,747
Corporate Square................ 6 MN IND -- 4,024 12,113 172
Crysen Industrial............... 1 DC IND 3,400 1,425 4,275 197
Dallas Industrial Portfolio..... 18 TX IND -- 7,797 23,433 658
Deerfield Commerce Center....... 3 FL IND -- 711 2,160 --
Dixie Highway................... 2 KY IND -- 1,700 5,149 2
Dock's Corner................... 1 NJ IND -- 2,050 6,190 2,326
Dock's Corner II................ 1 NJ IND -- 2,272 6,917 324
Dowe Industrial Center.......... 2 CA IND -- 2,665 8,034 50
East Walnut Drive............... 1 CA IND -- 964 2,918 --
Edenvale Business Center........ 1 MN IND 1,510 919 2,411 197
Elk Grove Village Industrial.... 11 IL IND -- 7,713 23,179 272
Elmwood Business Park........... 5 LA IND -- 4,163 12,635 13
Empire Drive.................... 1 KY IND -- 1,590 4,815 --
Executive Drive................. 1 IL IND -- 1,399 4,236 319
Fairway Drive Industrial........ 3 CA IND -- 1,954 5,479 5,551
Fontana Industrial (Commerce)... 2 CA IND -- 5,354 16,215 1,959
Garland Industrial.............. 20 TX IND -- 8,161 8,162 16,984
Glen Ellyn Road................. 1 IL IND -- 850 2,588 --
Greater Dallas Industrial
Portfolio..................... 8 TX IND -- 9,934 30,120 (177)
Greater Houston Industrial
Portfolio..................... 14 TX IND -- 6,197 19,261 (195)
Greenwood Industrial............ 3 MD IND -- 4,729 14,188 363
Harvest Business Park........... 3 WA IND 3,584 2,371 7,153 153
Hewlett Packard Distribution.... 1 CA IND 3,339 1,668 5,043 39
Hintz Road...................... 1 IL IND -- 420 1,259 22
Holton Drive.................... 1 KY IND -- 2,633 7,899 73
Houston Industrial Portfolio.... 5 TX IND -- 3,009 9,066 351
Houston Service Center.......... 3 TX IND -- 3,800 11,401 217
Industrial Drive................ 1 OH IND -- 1,743 5,230 181
Interchange City Portfolio...... 2 TN IND -- 3,523 12,683 (2,079)
International Multifoods........ 1 CA IND -- 1,613 4,879 122
Itasca Industrial Portfolio..... 6 IL IND -- 6,416 19,289 1,145
Jamesburg Road Corporate Park... 3 NJ IND 23,500 11,700 11,701 23,765
Janitrol........................ 1 OH IND -- 1,797 5,390 186
<CAPTION>
GROSS AMOUNT CARRIED AT 12/31/98
------------------------------------- YEAR OF DEPRECIABLE
BUILDING & TOTAL COSTS ACCUMULATED CONSTRUCTION/ LIFE
PROPERTY LAND IMPROVEMENTS (3)(4) DEPRECIATION ACQUISITION (YEARS)
-------- -------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Circle Freeway.................. 530 1,614 2,144 18 1998 5-40
Corporate Park/Hickory Hill..... 6,789 20,534 27,323 392 1998 5-40
Corporate Square................ 4,024 12,285 16,309 340 1997 5-40
Crysen Industrial............... 1,425 4,472 5,897 64 1998 5-40
Dallas Industrial Portfolio..... 7,797 24,091 31,888 676 1997 5-40
Deerfield Commerce Center....... 711 2,160 2,871 10 1998 5-40
Dixie Highway................... 1,700 5,151 6,851 132 1997 5-40
Dock's Corner................... 2,050 8,516 10,566 280 1997 5-40
Dock's Corner II................ 2,272 7,241 9,513 194 1997 5-40
Dowe Industrial Center.......... 2,665 8,084 10,748 222 1997 5-40
East Walnut Drive............... 964 2,918 3,882 75 1997 5-40
Edenvale Business Center........ 919 2,608 3,527 56 1998 5-40
Elk Grove Village Industrial.... 7,713 23,452 31,165 649 1997 5-40
Elmwood Business Park........... 4,163 12,648 16,810 60 1998 5-40
Empire Drive.................... 1,590 4,815 6,405 123 1997 5-40
Executive Drive................. 1,399 4,555 5,954 129 1997 5-40
Fairway Drive Industrial........ 1,954 11,030 12,983 191 1997 5-40
Fontana Industrial (Commerce)... 5,354 18,174 23,528 509 1997 5-40
Garland Industrial.............. 8,161 25,146 33,308 340 1998 5-40
Glen Ellyn Road................. 850 2,588 3,438 13 1998 5-40
Greater Dallas Industrial
Portfolio..................... 9,406 30,472 39,877 789 1997 5-40
Greater Houston Industrial
Portfolio..................... 6,197 19,066 25,263 218 1998 5-40
Greenwood Industrial............ 4,729 14,551 19,280 257 1998 5-40
Harvest Business Park........... 2,371 7,307 9,678 203 1997 5-40
Hewlett Packard Distribution.... 1,668 5,082 6,750 140 1997 5-40
Hintz Road...................... 420 1,280 1,700 14 1998 5-40
Holton Drive.................... 2,633 7,972 10,605 204 1997 5-40
Houston Industrial Portfolio.... 3,009 9,417 12,426 263 1997 5-40
Houston Service Center.......... 3,800 11,618 15,418 201 1998 5-40
Industrial Drive................ 1,743 5,410 7,153 145 1997 5-40
Interchange City Portfolio...... 3,523 10,604 14,127 90 1998 5-40
International Multifoods........ 1,613 5,001 6,614 139 1997 5-40
Itasca Industrial Portfolio..... 6,416 20,434 26,851 584 1997 5-40
Jamesburg Road Corporate Park... 11,700 35,466 47,166 679 1998 5-40
Janitrol........................ 1,797 5,576 7,372 149 1997 5-40
</TABLE>
S-2
<PAGE> 69
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
SCHEDULE III
CONSOLIDATED REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INITIAL COST TO COMPANY COSTS
NO. OF -------------------------------------- CAPITALIZED
BLDGS./CTRS. ENCUMBRANCES BUILDING & SUBSEQUENT TO
PROPERTY (1) LOCATION TYPE (2) LAND IMPROVEMENTS ACQUISITION
-------- ------------ -------- ---- ------------ -------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Kent Centre..................... 4 WA IND -- 3,042 9,165 294
Kingsport Industrial Park....... 7 WA IND 17,310 7,919 23,798 359
L.A. County Industrial
Portfolio..................... 6 CA IND -- 9,671 29,082 352
Lake Michigan Industrial
Portfolio..................... 2 IL IND -- 2,886 8,699 101
Laurelwood Drive................ 2 CA IND -- 2,750 8,538 110
Lincoln Industrial Center....... 1 TX IND -- 671 2,052 48
Linder Skokie................... 1 IL IND -- 2,938 8,854 394
Lisle Industrial................ 1 IL IND -- 2,290 6,911 39
Locke Drive..................... 1 MA IND -- 1,074 3,614 (326)
Lonestar Portfolio.............. 7 TX IND 17,000 7,129 21,428 220
Mahwah Corporate Center......... 7 NJ IND -- 10,421 31,909 10
Marietta Industrial............. 3 GA IND -- 1,830 5,489 33
MBC Industrial.................. 4 CA IND 12,600 5,892 17,716 62
Meadowridge Industrial.......... 3 MD IND -- 3,716 11,147 20
Melrose Park.................... 1 IL IND -- 2,936 9,190 39
Mendota Heights................. 1 IL IND 668 1,367 4,565 1,621
Metric Center................... 6 TX IND -- 10,968 31,362 2,013
Mid-Atlantic Corporate Center... 13 NJ IND -- 6,581 19,783 1,180
Milmont Page Business Center.... 3 CA IND -- 3,201 9,642 162
Minneapolis Distribution
Portfolio..................... 5 MN IND -- 7,018 21,093 751
Minneapolis Industrial Portfolio
IV............................ 4 MN IND 8,109 4,938 14,854 556
Minneapolis Industrial Portfolio
V............................. 7 MN IND 6,965 4,426 13,317 240
Minnetonka Industrial........... 10 MN IND 12,635 6,794 6,586 14,629
Mittel Drive.................... 2 IL IND -- 646 1,970 (2)
Moffett Park R&D Portfolio...... 14 CA IND -- 14,807 44,462 1,181
NDP -- Los Angeles.............. 6 CA IND 10,902 5,875 19,139 (1,070)
NDP -- Seattle.................. 4 WA IND -- 3,888 11,893 --
Norcross/Brookhollow
Portfolio..................... 4 GA IND -- 3,721 11,180 329
Northpointe Commerce............ 2 CA IND -- 1,773 5,358 83
Northwest Distribution Center... 3 WA IND -- 3,533 10,751 555
O'Hare Industrial Portfolio..... 15 IL IND -- 7,357 22,112 306
Pacific Business Center......... 2 CA IND 9,697 5,417 16,291 165
<CAPTION>
GROSS AMOUNT CARRIED AT 12/31/98
------------------------------------- YEAR OF DEPRECIABLE
BUILDING & TOTAL COSTS ACCUMULATED CONSTRUCTION/ LIFE
PROPERTY LAND IMPROVEMENTS (3)(4) DEPRECIATION ACQUISITION (YEARS)
-------- -------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Kent Centre..................... 3,042 9,459 12,501 265 1997 5-40
Kingsport Industrial Park....... 7,919 24,158 32,077 670 1997 5-40
L.A. County Industrial
Portfolio..................... 9,671 29,435 39,106 815 1997 5-40
Lake Michigan Industrial
Portfolio..................... 2,886 8,799 11,686 243 1997 5-40
Laurelwood Drive................ 2,750 8,648 11,398 234 1997 5-40
Lincoln Industrial Center....... 671 2,099 2,770 58 1997 5-40
Linder Skokie................... 2,938 9,248 12,186 261 1997 5-40
Lisle Industrial................ 2,290 6,950 9,240 191 1997 5-40
Locke Drive..................... 1,074 3,288 4,361 65 1998 5-40
Lonestar Portfolio.............. 7,129 21,648 28,777 598 1997 5-40
Mahwah Corporate Center......... 10,421 31,919 42,340 231 1998 5-40
Marietta Industrial............. 1,830 5,522 7,352 93 1998 5-40
MBC Industrial.................. 5,892 17,778 23,670 489 1997 5-40
Meadowridge Industrial.......... 3,716 11,168 14,884 187 1998 5-40
Melrose Park.................... 2,936 9,229 12,165 253 1997 5-40
Mendota Heights................. 1,367 6,186 7,553 186 1998 5-40
Metric Center................... 10,968 33,375 44,343 919 1997 5-40
Mid-Atlantic Corporate Center... 6,581 20,963 27,544 603 1997 5-40
Milmont Page Business Center.... 3,201 9,804 13,005 272 1997 5-40
Minneapolis Distribution
Portfolio..................... 7,018 21,845 28,863 615 1997 5-40
Minneapolis Industrial Portfolio
IV............................ 4,938 15,409 20,347 434 1997 5-40
Minneapolis Industrial Portfolio
V............................. 4,426 13,557 17,982 376 1997 5-40
Minnetonka Industrial........... 6,794 21,216 28,009 297 1998 5-40
Mittel Drive.................... 646 1,968 2,614 10 1998 5-40
Moffett Park R&D Portfolio...... 14,805 45,646 60,450 1,345 1997 5-40
NDP -- Los Angeles.............. 5,948 17,996 23,944 79 1998 5-40
NDP -- Seattle.................. 3,888 11,893 15,780 61 1998 5-40
Norcross/Brookhollow
Portfolio..................... 3,721 11,509 15,230 322 1997 5-40
Northpointe Commerce............ 1,773 5,442 7,215 150 1997 5-40
Northwest Distribution Center... 3,533 11,306 14,838 317 1997 5-40
O'Hare Industrial Portfolio..... 7,357 22,418 29,776 620 1997 5-40
Pacific Business Center......... 5,417 16,457 21,874 454 1997 5-40
</TABLE>
S-3
<PAGE> 70
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
SCHEDULE III
CONSOLIDATED REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INITIAL COST TO COMPANY COSTS
NO. OF -------------------------------------- CAPITALIZED
BLDGS./CTRS. ENCUMBRANCES BUILDING & SUBSEQUENT TO
PROPERTY (1) LOCATION TYPE (2) LAND IMPROVEMENTS ACQUISITION
-------- ------------ -------- ---- ------------ -------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Pacific Service Center.......... 1 GA IND -- 504 1,511 13
Parkway Business Center......... 1 MN IND -- 475 1,425 86
Patuxent Range Road............. 2 MD IND -- 1,696 5,127 77
Peachtree NE Business Center.... 3 GA IND -- 2,197 6,592 146
Peninsula Business Center III... 1 VA IND -- 992 2,976 41
Penn James Office/Warehouse..... 2 MN IND -- 1,991 6,013 403
Pennsy Drive.................... 1 MD IND -- 657 2,011 1,793
Porete Avenue Warehouse......... 1 NJ IND 9,928 4,067 12,509 --
Presidents Drive Distribution
Center........................ 6 FL IND -- 3,687 11,314 271
Preston Court................... 1 MD IND -- 2,313 7,192 7
Production Drive................ 1 KY IND -- 425 1,286 135
Round Lake Business Center...... 1 MN IND -- 875 2,860 72
Sabal III....................... 1 FL IND -- 1,211 3,634 67
Sand Lake Service Center........ 6 FL IND -- -- -- 248
Santa Barbara Court............. 1 MD IND -- 1,617 5,029 118
Scripps Sorrento................ 1 CA IND -- 1,110 3,330 30
Silicon Valley R&D Portfolio.... 5 CA IND -- 8,024 24,205 219
South Bay Industrial............ 8 CA IND 19,226 14,992 45,016 929
South Point Business Park....... 7 NC IND -- 5,371 5,446 10,817
Southfield/KDRC Industrial
Portfolio..................... 10 GA IND -- 9,629 28,928 620
Stadium Business Park........... 9 CA IND 4,770 3,768 11,345 255
Stapleton Square................ 2 CO IND -- 526 1,577 98
Sunrise Industrial.............. 4 FL IND 17,514 5,982 18,174 1,136
Systematics..................... 1 CA IND -- 911 2,773 39
Torrance Commerce Center........ 6 CA IND -- 2,046 6,136 91
Twin Cities..................... 2 MN IND -- 4,873 14,638 82
Two South Middlesex............. 1 NJ IND -- 2,247 6,781 39
Valwood Industrial.............. 2 TX IND 3,954 1,983 5,989 258
Viscount........................ 1 FL IND -- 984 3,016 7
Weigman Road.................... 1 CA IND -- 1,563 4,688 164
West North Carrier Parkway...... 1 TX IND 3,201 1,375 4,165 124
Willow Lake Industrial Park..... 10 TN IND 37,928 11,997 32,286 3,875
Willow Park Industrial
Portfolio..................... 21 CA IND 33,271 25,623 74,800 3,488
<CAPTION>
GROSS AMOUNT CARRIED AT 12/31/98
------------------------------------- YEAR OF DEPRECIABLE
BUILDING & TOTAL COSTS ACCUMULATED CONSTRUCTION/ LIFE
PROPERTY LAND IMPROVEMENTS (3)(4) DEPRECIATION ACQUISITION (YEARS)
-------- -------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Pacific Service Center.......... 504 1,525 2,028 17 1998 5-40
Parkway Business Center......... 475 1,511 1,986 31 1998 5-40
Patuxent Range Road............. 1,696 5,204 6,900 144 1997 5-40
Peachtree NE Business Center.... 2,197 6,737 8,935 77 1998 5-40
Peninsula Business Center III... 992 3,017 4,009 33 1998 5-40
Penn James Office/Warehouse..... 1,991 6,416 8,407 184 1997 5-40
Pennsy Drive.................... 657 3,804 4,461 141 1997 5-40
Porete Avenue Warehouse......... 4,067 12,509 16,576 93 1998 5-40
Presidents Drive Distribution
Center........................ 3,687 11,585 15,272 310 1997 5-40
Preston Court................... 2,313 7,199 9,512 193 1997 5-40
Production Drive................ 425 1,421 1,846 39 1997 5-40
Round Lake Business Center...... 875 2,932 3,807 67 1998 5-40
Sabal III....................... 1,211 3,701 4,913 42 1998 5-40
Sand Lake Service Center........ -- 248 248 16 1998 5-40
Santa Barbara Court............. 1,617 5,147 6,764 141 1997 5-40
Scripps Sorrento................ 1,110 3,360 4,471 36 1998 5-40
Silicon Valley R&D Portfolio.... 8,024 24,424 32,448 679 1997 5-40
South Bay Industrial............ 14,992 45,945 60,937 1,347 1997 5-40
South Point Business Park....... 5,371 16,263 21,634 37 1998 5-40
Southfield/KDRC Industrial
Portfolio..................... 9,629 29,548 39,177 730 1997 5-40
Stadium Business Park........... 3,768 11,600 15,368 323 1997 5-40
Stapleton Square................ 526 1,675 2,201 21 1998 5-40
Sunrise Industrial.............. 6,266 19,026 25,292 90 1998 5-40
Systematics..................... 911 2,812 3,723 77 1997 5-40
Torrance Commerce Center........ 2,046 6,228 8,273 69 1998 5-40
Twin Cities..................... 4,873 14,720 19,592 405 1997 5-40
Two South Middlesex............. 2,247 6,821 9,068 187 1997 5-40
Valwood Industrial.............. 1,983 6,247 8,230 176 1997 5-40
Viscount........................ 984 3,023 4,007 79 1997 5-40
Weigman Road.................... 1,563 4,852 6,415 130 1997 5-40
West North Carrier Parkway...... 1,375 4,289 5,664 120 1997 5-40
Willow Lake Industrial Park..... 11,997 36,161 48,158 311 1998 5-40
Willow Park Industrial
Portfolio..................... 25,623 78,288 103,911 531 1998 5-40
</TABLE>
S-4
<PAGE> 71
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
SCHEDULE III
CONSOLIDATED REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INITIAL COST TO COMPANY COSTS
NO. OF -------------------------------------- CAPITALIZED
BLDGS./CTRS. ENCUMBRANCES BUILDING & SUBSEQUENT TO
PROPERTY (1) LOCATION TYPE (2) LAND IMPROVEMENTS ACQUISITION
-------- ------------ -------- ---- ------------ -------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Wilsonville..................... 1 OR IND -- 3,407 14,584 (1,043)
Windsor Court................... 1 IL IND -- 766 2,338 39
Yosemite Drive.................. 1 CA IND -- 2,350 7,051 246
Zanker/Charcot Industrial....... 5 CA IND -- 5,282 15,887 405
Applewood Village Shopping
Center........................ 1 CO RET -- 6,716 26,903 326
Arapahoe Village Shopping
Center........................ 1 CO RET 10,635 3,795 15,220 318
Around Lenox.................... 1 GA RET 10,514 3,462 13,848 775
Aurora Marketplace.............. 1 WA RET -- 3,243 13,013 44
Bayhill Shopping Center......... 1 CA RET -- 2,844 11,417 1,482
Brentwood Commons............... 1 IL RET 5,036 1,810 7,280 109
Civic Center Plaza.............. 1 IL RET 13,377 5,113 20,492 (393)
Corbins Corner Shopping
Center........................ 1 CT RET -- 6,438 25,791 537
Eastgate Plaza.................. 1 WA RET -- 2,122 8,529 256
Five Points Shopping Center..... 1 CA RET -- 5,412 21,687 228
Granada Village................. 1 CA RET 14,460 6,533 26,172 396
Kendall Mall.................... 1 FL RET 24,423 7,069 28,316 692
La Jolla Village Shopping
Center........................ 1 CA RET 17,750 6,936 27,785 127
Lakeshore Plaza Shopping
Center........................ 1 CA RET -- 6,706 26,865 163
Long Gate Shopping Center....... 1 MD RET -- 9,662 38,677 39
Manhattan Village Shopping
Center........................ 1 CA RET -- 16,484 66,578 667
Mazzeo Drive.................... 1 MA RET 4,007 1,477 4,358 105
Pleasant Hill Shopping Center... 1 CA RET -- 5,403 21,654 309
Randall's Dairy Ashford......... 1 TX RET -- 2,542 10,179 56
Randall's First Colony.......... 1 TX RET -- 2,139 8,563 42
Randall's Memorial Commons...... 1 TX RET -- 2,053 8,221 45
Randall's Woodway............... 1 TX RET -- 3,075 12,313 845
Riverview Plaza Shopping
Center........................ 1 IL RET -- 2,656 10,663 228
Rockford Road Plaza............. 1 MN RET -- 4,333 17,371 112
Silverado Plaza Shopping
Center........................ 1 CA RET 4,786 1,928 7,753 165
The Plaza at Delray............. 1 FL RET 22,747 6,968 27,914 121
<CAPTION>
GROSS AMOUNT CARRIED AT 12/31/98
------------------------------------- YEAR OF DEPRECIABLE
BUILDING & TOTAL COSTS ACCUMULATED CONSTRUCTION/ LIFE
PROPERTY LAND IMPROVEMENTS (3)(4) DEPRECIATION ACQUISITION (YEARS)
-------- -------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Wilsonville..................... 3,407 13,541 16,948 313 1998 5-40
Windsor Court................... 766 2,377 3,143 65 1997 5-40
Yosemite Drive.................. 2,350 7,297 9,647 195 1997 5-40
Zanker/Charcot Industrial....... 5,282 16,292 21,575 455 1997 5-40
Applewood Village Shopping
Center........................ 6,716 27,228 33,944 752 1997 5-40
Arapahoe Village Shopping
Center........................ 3,795 15,538 19,333 432 1997 5-40
Around Lenox.................... 3,462 14,623 18,085 98 1998 5-40
Aurora Marketplace.............. 3,243 13,057 16,300 359 1997 5-40
Bayhill Shopping Center......... 2,844 12,898 15,743 384 1997 5-40
Brentwood Commons............... 1,810 7,390 9,200 204 1997 5-40
Civic Center Plaza.............. 4,550 20,662 25,212 570 1997 5-40
Corbins Corner Shopping
Center........................ 6,438 26,328 32,765 733 1997 5-40
Eastgate Plaza.................. 2,122 8,785 10,907 246 1997 5-40
Five Points Shopping Center..... 5,412 21,915 27,327 606 1997 5-40
Granada Village................. 6,533 26,568 33,101 737 1997 5-40
Kendall Mall.................... 7,069 29,009 36,078 810 1997 5-40
La Jolla Village Shopping
Center........................ 6,936 27,912 34,848 768 1997 5-40
Lakeshore Plaza Shopping
Center........................ 6,706 27,028 33,734 745 1997 5-40
Long Gate Shopping Center....... 9,662 38,716 48,378 1,117 1997 5-40
Manhattan Village Shopping
Center........................ 16,484 67,245 83,729 1,975 1997 5-40
Mazzeo Drive.................... 1,477 4,463 5,941 85 1998 5-40
Pleasant Hill Shopping Center... 5,403 21,963 27,366 609 1997 5-40
Randall's Dairy Ashford......... 2,542 10,235 12,777 281 1997 5-40
Randall's First Colony.......... 2,139 8,605 10,743 236 1997 5-40
Randall's Memorial Commons...... 2,053 8,267 10,320 227 1997 5-40
Randall's Woodway............... 3,075 13,158 16,233 378 1997 5-40
Riverview Plaza Shopping
Center........................ 2,656 10,892 13,547 303 1997 5-40
Rockford Road Plaza............. 4,333 17,482 21,815 482 1997 5-40
Silverado Plaza Shopping
Center........................ 1,928 7,918 9,846 220 1997 5-40
The Plaza at Delray............. 6,968 28,035 35,004 773 1997 5-40
</TABLE>
S-5
<PAGE> 72
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
SCHEDULE III
CONSOLIDATED REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION -- (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INITIAL COST TO COMPANY COSTS
NO. OF -------------------------------------- CAPITALIZED
BLDGS./CTRS. ENCUMBRANCES BUILDING & SUBSEQUENT TO
PROPERTY (1) LOCATION TYPE (2) LAND IMPROVEMENTS ACQUISITION
-------- ------------ -------- ---- ------------ -------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Totem Lake Malls................ 1 WA RET -- 5,200 20,800 327
Twin Oaks Shopping Center....... 1 CA RET -- 2,399 9,637 320
Weslayan Plaza.................. 1 TX RET -- 7,842 31,409 879
Woodlawn Point Shopping
Center........................ 1 GA RET 4,557 2,318 9,312 89
Ygnacio Plaza................... 1 CA RET 7,715 3,017 12,108 628
--- -------- -------- ---------- --------
609 $597,637 $747,764 $2,294,752 $143,268
=== ======== ======== ========== ========
<CAPTION>
GROSS AMOUNT CARRIED AT 12/31/98
------------------------------------- YEAR OF DEPRECIABLE
BUILDING & TOTAL COSTS ACCUMULATED CONSTRUCTION/ LIFE
PROPERTY LAND IMPROVEMENTS (3)(4) DEPRECIATION ACQUISITION (YEARS)
-------- -------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Totem Lake Malls................ 5,200 21,127 26,327 454 1998 5-40
Twin Oaks Shopping Center....... 2,399 9,957 12,356 279 1997 5-40
Weslayan Plaza.................. 7,842 32,288 40,131 903 1997 5-40
Woodlawn Point Shopping
Center........................ 2,318 9,401 11,719 259 1997 5-40
Ygnacio Plaza................... 3,017 12,737 15,754 362 1997 5-40
-------- ---------- ---------- -------
$740,680 $2,445,104 $3,185,784 $58,404
======== ========== ========== =======
</TABLE>
S-6
<PAGE> 73
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
SCHEDULE III
CONSOLIDATED REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION -- (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBER OF BUILDINGS/CENTERS)
(1) Reconciliation of total number of industrial buildings and retail
centers to Selected Property Financial and Other Data as of December 31,
1998:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Total per Schedule III(5) 609
Bldgs./ctrs. under development(6) 3
Bldgs./ctrs. held for divestiture 8
---
Total number of bldgs./ctrs. at end of period 620
===
</TABLE>
(2) As of December 31, 1998, Properties with a net book value of $188,442,
served as collateral for outstanding indebtedness under a secured debt
facility of $73,000.
(3) Reconciliation of total cost to Consolidated Balance Sheet caption at
December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Total per Schedule III(7) $3,185,784
Construction in process(8) 183,276
----------
Total investments in properties 3,369,060
==========
</TABLE>
(4) As of December 31, 1998, the aggregate cost for federal income tax
purposes of investments in real estate was approximately $2,953,704.
(5) Includes three industrial buildings and one retail center that are
currently in operation, but are undergoing redevelopment, expansion,
and/or renovations.
(6) Includes three retail centers currently under development that have not
reached stabilization and excludes land parcels under development or
land held for future development.
(7) A summary of activity for real estate and accumulated depreciation for
the year ended December 31, 1998, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Investment in Real Estate:
Balance at beginning of year $2,373,151
Acquisition of properties(9) 770,444
Improvements 143,268
Acquisition of properties under redevelopment 15,673
Adjustment for properties held for divestiture (116,753)
----------
Balance at end of year 3,185,783
==========
Accumulated Depreciation:
Balance at beginning of year $ 4,153
Depreciation expense 54,463
Adjustment for properties held for divestiture (212)
----------
Balance at end of year 58,404
==========
</TABLE>
(8) Includes $154.0 million of fundings for projects under development and
$29.3 million of leasing and other costs related to leases starting
subsequent to December 31, 1998.
(9) Excludes $67.1 million investment in unconsolidated joint venture.
S-7
<PAGE> 74
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
<PAGE> 75
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------- -----------
<C> <S>
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Statement on
Form S-11 (No. 333-35915)).
3.2 Certificate of Correction of the Registrant's Articles
Supplementary establishing and fixing the rights and
preferences of the 8 1/2% Series A Cumulative Redeemable
Preferred Stock.
3.3 Articles Supplementary establishing and fixing the rights
and preferences of the 8 5/8% Series B Cumulative Redeemable
Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January
7, 1999).
3.4 Articles of Supplementary establishing and fixing the rights
and preferences of the 8.75% Series C Cumulative Redeemable
Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January
7, 1999).
3.5 First Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
4.1 Form of Certificate for Common Stock of the Registrant
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No.
333-35915)).
4.2 Form of Certificate for the Registrant's 8 1/2% Series A
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-58107)).
4.3 Indenture dated as of June 30, 1998 by and among the
Operating Partnership, the Company and State Street Bank and
Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-49163)).
4.4 First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 30, 1998 by
and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and State
Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Company's Registration Statement Form S-11 (No. 333-49163)).
4.5 Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 30, 1998 by
and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and State
Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No.
333-49163)).
4.6 Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 30, 1998 by
and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and State
Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No.
333-49163)).
4.7 Specimen of 7.10% Notes due 2008 (included in the First
Supplemental Indenture incorporated by reference as Exhibit
4.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11
(No. 333-49163)).
4.8 Specimen of 7.50% Notes due 2018 (included in the Second
Supplemental Indenture incorporated by reference as Exhibit
4.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-11
(No. 333-49163)).
4.9 Specimen of 6.90% Reset Put Securities due 2015 (included in
the Third Supplemental Indenture incorporated by reference
as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-11 (No. 333-49163)).
10.1 Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership
of AMB Property, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 of the Registrant's Registration Statement of Form S-3
(No. 333-68291)).
10.2 Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant
and the persons named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-11 (No. 333-35915)).
10.3 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November
26, 1997.
10.4 Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit
Agreement made as of May 29, 1998.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 76
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------- -----------
<C> <S>
10.5 Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Revolving
Credit Agreement made as of September 30, 1998.
10.6 Form of Change in Control and Noncompetition Agreement
between the Registrant and Executive Officers.
10.7 The First Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan of the Registrant.
10.8 The First Amendment to the First Amended Restated Stock
Option and Incentive Plan of the Registrant.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
24.1 Powers of Attorney (included in Part IV of this Form 10-K).
27.1 Financial Data Schedule -- AMB Property Corporation.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.2
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, having its principal
office within the State of Maryland at 300 East Lombard Street, Suite 1900,
Baltimore, Maryland 21202 (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation"), hereby
certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the
"Department") that:
FIRST: This Certificate of Correction corrects the Articles
Supplementary of the Corporation, establishing and fixing the rights and
preferences of the 81/2% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock of the
Corporation (the "Series A Articles Supplementary").
SECOND: The name of the sole party to the Series A Articles
Supplementary is the Corporation.
THIRD: The Series A Articles Supplementary were filed for record with
the Department on July 23, 1998.
FOURTH: As previously filed, Article THIRD, Section 7(b)(iii) of the
Series A Articles Supplementary stated:
(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein,
prior to the Restriction Termination Date, any Transfer of Series
A Preferred Stock that, if effective, would result in the capital
stock of the Corporation being beneficially owned by less than
100 Persons (determined without reference to any rules of
attribution) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee
shall acquire no rights in such Series A Preferred Stock.
FIFTH: Article THIRD, Section 7(b)(iii) of the Series A Articles
Supplementary is hereby corrected to state:
(iii) Subject to Section 7(l) of these Articles Supplementary and
notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, prior to
the Restriction Termination Date, any Transfer of Series A
Preferred Stock that, if effective, would result in the capital
stock of the Corporation being beneficially owned by less than
100 Persons (determined without reference to any rules of
attribution) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee
shall acquire no rights in such Series A Preferred Stock.
<PAGE> 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMB Property Corporation has caused this Certificate
of Correction to be signed and acknowledged in its name and on its behalf by its
Senior Vice President, and its corporate seal affixed and attested to by its
Secretary, on this 17th day of March, 1999. The Senior Vice President
acknowledges this Certificate of Correction to be the act of the Corporation and
states to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the matters and
facts set forth herein are true in all material respects, subject to the
penalties for perjury.
ATTEST: AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
/s/ David S. Fries By: /s/ Michael A. Coke
- ---------------------------------- --------------------------------
David S. Fries, Secretary Name: Michael A. Coke
Title: Senior Vice President
2
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.5
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The principal executive office of AMB Property Corporation, a
Maryland corporation (the "Corporation"), shall be located at such place or
places as the board of directors may designate.
Section 2. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places as
the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the
Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held in the City of
San Francisco, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to
time by the board of directors, or at such other place as shall be designated
from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the
meeting.
Section 2. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held during the
month of May in each year, on the date and at the time during such month as may
be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors,
at which the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors,
and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting
in accordance with these bylaws. To be properly brought before the annual
meeting, business must be either (i) specified in the notice of annual meeting
(or any supplement or amendment thereto) given by or at the direction of the
board of directors, (ii) otherwise brought before the annual meeting by or at
the direction of the board of directors, or (iii) otherwise brought before the
annual meeting by a stockholder. In addition to any other applicable
requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a
stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to
the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be
delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation, not less than fifty (50) days nor more than seventy-five (75) days
prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than
sixty-five (65) days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the
annual meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by a stockholder to be
timely must be so received not
<PAGE> 2
later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day following the day
on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public
disclosure was made, whichever first occurs. A stockholder's notice to the
secretary shall set forth (a) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to
bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired
to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such
business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the
stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class, series and number of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the
stockholder, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business,
and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address
of the stockholder and (ii) the class, series and number of shares of capital
stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder.
Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be
conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Article II, Section 2. The officer of the Corporation presiding at
an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that business was not
properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of
this Article II, Section 2, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare
to the annual meeting and any such business not properly brought before the
meeting shall not be transacted.
Section 3. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled
to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in
person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Corporation's charter or by
these bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal
of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue
to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be
present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the
voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time
to time until a date not more than 120 days after the original record date,
without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be
present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be
present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been
transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more
than 120 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the
adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.
Section 4. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or
represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting,
unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Maryland
General Corporation Law ("MGCL") or the rules of any securities exchange on
which the Corporation's capital stock is listed or the Corporation's charter or
these bylaws a different vote is required, in which case such express provision
shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 5. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having
the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons
to act for him by proxy in any matter permitted by applicable law.
2
<PAGE> 3
All proxies must be filed with the secretary of the Corporation at the
beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting.
Subject to the provisions of the charter of the Corporation, each stockholder
shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power registered in
his name on the books of the Corporation on the record date set by the board of
directors as provided in Article V, Section 6 hereof. All elections shall be by
a plurality vote.
Section 6. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or
purposes, unless otherwise proscribed by the charter, may be called at any time
by the president, the chairman of the board, or by a majority of the directors,
or by a committee of the board of directors which has been duly designated by
the board of directors and whose powers and authority, as provided in a
resolution of the board of directors or these bylaws, include the power to call
such meetings. In addition, a special meeting of the stockholders of the
Corporation shall be called by the secretary of the Corporation on the written
request of stockholders entitled to cast at least fifty percent (50%) of all
votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, except that, in the case of a special
meeting called to consider any matter which is substantially the same as a
matter voted on at any special meeting for the stockholders held during the
preceding twelve (12) months, the secretary of the Corporation shall not be
required to call any such special meeting unless requested by stockholders
entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast at the
meeting.
Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Where the Corporation's
notice of meeting specifies that directors are to be elected at such special
meeting, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors may be
made (i) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the
direction of the board of directors or (iii) by any committee of persons
appointed by the board of directors with authority therefor or by a stockholder
as provided in Section 2 of Article III hereof.
Section 8. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any
action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice
shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The
written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to
vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before the date of
the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States
mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears
on the records of the Corporation.
Section 9. Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter of the
Corporation or these bylaws, Subtitle 7 of Title 3 of the MGCL (as the same may
hereafter be amended from time to time) shall not apply to the voting rights of
any shares of stock of the Corporation now or hereafter held by any existing or
future stockholder of the Corporation (regardless of the identity of such
stockholder).
3
<PAGE> 4
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. The board of directors shall consist of a minimum of five (5)
and a maximum of thirteen (13) directors. The number of directors shall be fixed
or changed from time to time, within the minimum and maximum, by the then
elected directors, provided that at least a majority of the directors shall be
Independent Directors (as defined in the next sentence). An Independent Director
is a director who is not an employee, officer or affiliate of the Corporation or
a subsidiary or division thereof, or a relative of a principal executive
officer, and who is not an individual member of an organization acting as an
advisor, consultant or legal counsel receiving compensation on a continuing
basis from the Corporation in addition to director's fees. Until increased or
decreased by the directors pursuant to these bylaws, the exact number of
directors shall be nine (9). The directors need not be stockholders. Except as
provided in Section 2 of this Article III with respect to vacancies, the
directors shall be elected as provided in the charter at each annual meeting of
the stockholders, and each director elected shall hold office until his
successor is elected and qualified or until his death, retirement, resignation
or removal.
Section 2. (a) Nominations of persons for election to the board of
directors of the Corporation at the annual meeting of stockholders may be made
(i) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting; (ii) by or at the direction
of the board of directors or (iii) by any committee of persons appointed by the
board of directors with authority therefor or by any stockholder of the
Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who
complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article III, Section 2(a).
Such nominations by any stockholder shall be made pursuant to timely notice in
writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's
notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive
offices of the Corporation not less than 50 days nor more than 75 days prior to
the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 65 days notice
or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to
stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not
later than the close of business of the fifteenth (15th) day following the day
on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public
disclosure was made, whichever first occurs. Such stockholder's notice to the
Secretary shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to
nominate for election or re-election as a director, (a) the name, age, business
address and residence address of the person, (b) the principal occupation or
employment of the person, (c) the class, series and number of shares of capital
stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the person, and (d) any
other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Rules and
Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 14 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (ii) as to the stockholder
giving the notice (a) the name and record address of the stockholder and (b) the
class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are
beneficially owned by the stockholder. The Corporation may require any proposed
nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the
Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a
director of the Corporation. Except as may otherwise be
4
<PAGE> 5
provided in these bylaws or any other agreement relating to the right to
designate nominees for election to the board of directors, no person shall be
eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in
accordance with the procedures set forth herein. The officer of the Corporation
presiding at an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a
nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he
should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective
nomination shall be disregarded.
(b) Except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Article IV of the
Corporation's charter with respect to any rights of holders of preferred stock
to elect additional directors and any other requirement in these bylaws or other
agreement relating to the right to designate nominees for election to the board
of directors, should a vacancy in the board of directors occur or be created
(whether arising through death, retirement or resignation), such vacancy shall
be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even
though less than a quorum of the board of directors or, in the case of a vacancy
resulting from an increase in the number of directors, by a majority of the
entire board of directors. In the case of a vacancy created by the removal of a
director, the vacancy shall be filled by the stockholders of the Corporation
entitled to elect the director who was removed at the next annual meeting of
stockholders or at a special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose,
provided, however, that such vacancy may be filled by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the remaining directors, subject to approval by the stockholders
entitled to elect the director who was removed at the next annual meeting of
stockholders or at a special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose. A
director so elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the term.
Section 3. The property and business of the Corporation shall be managed
by or under the direction of its board of directors. In addition to the powers
and authorities by these bylaws expressly conferred upon it, the board may
exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and
things as are not by statute or by the Corporation's charter or by these bylaws
directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 4. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more
offices, and keep the books of the Corporation, outside the State of Maryland.
Section 5. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at
such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of
the board, and no additional notice shall be required.
Section 6. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by
the President or the Chairman of the board of directors on forty-eight hours'
notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special
meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on
like notice on the written request of two directors unless the board consists of
only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the
President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request
of the sole director.
5
<PAGE> 6
Section 7. Unless otherwise restricted by the Corporation's charter or
these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting,
if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in
writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings
of the board or committee.
Section 8. Unless otherwise restricted by the Corporation's charter or
these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by
the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors,
or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear
each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in
person at such meeting.
Section 9. By virtue of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors
prior to or at the time of adoption of these Bylaws and designated irrevocable,
any business combination (as defined in Section 3-601(e) of the MGCL) between
the Corporation and any of its present or future stockholders, or any affiliates
or associates of the Corporation or any present or future stockholder of the
Corporation, or any other person or entity or group of persons or entities, is
exempt from the provisions of Subtitle 6 of Title 3 of the MGCL entitled
"Special Voting Requirements," including, but not limited to, the provisions of
Section 3-602 of such Subtitle. The Board of Directors may not revoke, alter or
amend such resolution, or otherwise elect to have any business combination of
the Corporation be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 6 of Title 3 of the
MGCL without the approval of the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of all
votes entitled to be cast in respect of such shares of Common Stock.
Section 10. Notwithstanding any other provision of these bylaws, all
actions which the board of directors may take to approve a transaction between
(i) the Corporation, AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
"Operating Partnership"), or any subsidiary of the Corporation or the Operating
Partnership, on the one hand, and (ii) (a) any executive officer or director of
the Corporation, the Operating Partnership or any subsidiary of the Corporation
or the Operating Partnership, or (b) any limited partner of the Operating
Partnership or (c) any affiliate of the foregoing executive officer, director or
limited partner (not including the Corporation, the Operating Partnership or any
subsidiary of the Corporation or the Operating Partnership), on the other hand,
shall require, for valid approval, the approval of a majority of the Independent
Directors; provided, however, that this approval requirement shall not apply to
arrangements between the Corporation or the Operating Partnership and any
executive officer or director acting in the executive officer's or director's
position as such, including but not limited to employment agreements and
compensation matters.
RESIGNATION FROM THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 11. A director may resign at any time upon written notice to the
Corporation's board of directors, chairman of the board, president or secretary.
Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the
time is not specified, upon
6
<PAGE> 7
receipt thereof, and the acceptance of such resignation, unless required by the
terms thereof, shall not be necessary to make such resignation effective.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 12. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each such
committee to consist of not less than the minimum number of directors required
for committees of the board of directors under the MGCL. The board may designate
one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any
absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such
committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors,
and to the maximum extent permitted under the MGCL, shall have and may exercise
all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the
business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the
Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such
committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the
charter, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the
stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or any other
matter requiring the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, or
amending the bylaws of the Corporation; and no such committee shall have the
power or authority to authorize or declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance
of stock (except that, if the board of directors has given general authorization
for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure
for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the
board of directors may, in accordance with that general authorization or any
stock option or other plan or program adopted by the board of directors:
authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or
reclassification, including the designations and any of the preferences,
conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to
dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of such shares;
within the limits established by the board of directors, fix the number of any
such class or series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease in the
number of shares of any series or class; and otherwise establish the terms on
which any stock may be issued, including the price and consideration for such
stock), or to approve any merger or share exchange, regardless of whether the
merger or share exchange requires stockholder approval.
Section 13. The Corporation shall from and after the incorporation have
the following committees, the specific authority and members of which shall be
as designated herein or by resolution of the board of directors:
(i) An Executive Committee, which shall have such authority as
granted by the board of directors, including the power to acquire,
dispose and finance investments for the Corporation (including the
issuance by the Operating Partnership, in the Corporation's capacity as
the Operating Partnership's general partner, of additional units or
other equity interests) and approve the execution of contracts and
agreements, including those related to the borrowing of money by the
Corporation, and generally exercise all other powers of the board except
as prohibited by law; provided, however,
7
<PAGE> 8
that the issuance of additional units or other equity interests of the
Operating Partnership, to the extent that such interests are
exchangeable into shares of the Corporation's capital stock, may be
issued only if the Corporation has reserved for issuance such shares of
capital stock issuable upon the exchange of such units or other equity
interests.
(ii) An Audit Committee, which shall consist solely of
Independent Directors and which shall make recommendations concerning
the engagement of independent public accountants, review with the
independent public accountants the plans and results of the audit
engagement, approve professional services provided by the independent
public accountants, review the independence of the independent public
accountants, consider the range of audit and non-audit fees and review
the adequacy of the Corporation's internal accounting controls.
(iii) A Compensation Committee, which shall consist solely of
Independent Directors and which shall determine compensation for the
Corporation's executive officers, and will review and make
recommendations concerning proposals by management with respect to
compensation, bonus, employment agreements and other benefits and
policies respecting such matters for the executive officers of the
Corporation.
Section 14. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings
and report the same to the board of directors when required. The presence of a
majority of the total membership of any committee shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business at any meeting of such committee and the act of a
majority of those present shall be necessary and sufficient for the taking of
any action thereat.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 15. Unless otherwise restricted by the charter of the
Corporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to
fix the compensation of non-employee directors. The non-employee directors may
be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of
directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the
board of directors or a stated salary as director. Officers of the Corporation
who are also members of the board of directors shall not be paid any director's
fees.
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 16. The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the
maximum extent permitted by law, any person (or the estate of any person) who is
or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the
right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative,
investigative, or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director or officer of the Corporation or that such person while a director or
officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, trustee, partner, member, agent or employee of another
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the
indemnification provided herein shall include expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts
8
<PAGE> 9
paid in settlement, and any such expenses may be paid by the Corporation in
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding.
Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 14 of this Article III,
nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the charter or bylaws of
the Corporation inconsistent with this Section, shall apply to or affect in any
respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or
failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
The indemnification and reimbursement of expenses provided herein shall
not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other
person against any liability and expenses to the fullest extent permitted by
law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person
seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any
agreement, the charter or bylaws of the Corporation, a vote of stockholders or
Independent Directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official
capacity as an officer or director and as to action in another capacity, at the
request of the Corporation, while acting as an officer or director of the
Corporation.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of this Corporation shall be chosen by the board
of directors and shall include a president, a vice president, a secretary and a
treasurer. The Corporation may also have at the discretion of the board of
directors such other officers as are desired, including a chairman of the board,
additional vice presidents, a chief executive officer, a chief financial
officer, a chief operating officer, one or more managing directors, one or more
assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers, and such other
officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of
this Article IV. In the event there are two or more vice presidents, then one or
more may be designated as executive vice president, senior vice president, vice
president/acquisitions or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the
election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of
their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the
charter or these bylaws otherwise provide, except that one individual may not
simultaneously hold the office of president and vice president.
Section 2. The board of directors, at its first meeting after each
annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the Corporation.
Section 3. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and
agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms
and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined
from time to time by the board.
Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation
shall be fixed by the board of directors, provided, however, that the
compensation of the Corporation's executive officers shall be determined by the
Compensation Committee.
9
<PAGE> 10
Section 5. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their
successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or
appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without
cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. If the
office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy
shall be filled by the board of directors.
Section 6. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the
Corporation's board of directors, chairman of the board, president or secretary.
Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the
time is not specified, upon receipt thereof, and the acceptance of such
resignation, unless required by the terms thereof, shall not be necessary to
make such resignation effective. Any such resignation will not prejudice the
rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a
party.
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
Section 7. The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected,
shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the board of directors and
exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time
assigned to him by the board of directors or prescribed by the bylaws. If there
is no president, the chairman of the board shall in addition be the chief
executive officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties
prescribed in Section 8 of this Article IV. If there is a president, then in the
absence or disability of the president, the chairman of the board shall perform
all the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers
of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Section 8. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given
by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an
officer, the chief executive officer shall, subject to the control of the board
of directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business
and officers of the Corporation. He shall have the general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of
corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed
by the board of directors or these bylaws.
PRESIDENT
Section 9. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given
by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an
officer, the president shall, subject to the control of the board of directors,
have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of
the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in
the absence of the chairman of the board, or if there be none, at all meetings
of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the office of president of corporations, and shall
have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors
or these bylaws.
10
<PAGE> 11
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
Section 10. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given
by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, chief executive officer
or the president, if there be such an officer, the chief operating officer
shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have the supervision,
direction and control of the day to day operations of the Corporation. He shall
have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of
chief operating officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and
duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.
MANAGING DIRECTORS
Section 11. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given
by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, chief executive officer
or the president, if there be such an officer, the managing director shall,
subject to the control of the board of directors, have the supervision,
direction and such duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the board of
directors or these bylaws.
VICE PRESIDENTS
Section 12. In the absence or disability of the president, and in the
absence or disability of the chairman of the board, the vice presidents, in
order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors, or if not ranked, the
vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the
duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be
subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice presidents shall
have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the board of
directors or these bylaws.
SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY
Section 13. The secretary shall attend all sessions of the board of
directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the
minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall
perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the board of
directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the
stockholders and of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties
as may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws. He shall keep in
safe custody the seal of the Corporation, and when authorized by the board,
affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be
attested by his signature or by the signature of an assistant secretary. The
board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the
seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.
Section 14. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the
assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, or if
there be no such determination, the assistant secretary designated by the board
of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the
duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other
duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to
time prescribe.
11
<PAGE> 12
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS
Section 15. The chief financial officer of the Corporation shall have
the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and
accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the
Corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name
and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated
by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may
be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the board of directors, at its regular
meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his
transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the
Corporation. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the
Corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the board of directors, for the faithful performance of the
duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his
death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers,
vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under
his control belonging to the Corporation. If no other person then be appointed
to the position of treasurer of the Corporation, the person holding the office
of chief financial officer shall also be the treasurer of the Corporation.
Section 16. The treasurer or assistant treasurer, or if there shall be
more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of
directors, or if there be no such determination, the treasurer or assistant
treasurer designated by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or
disability of the chief financial officer, perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such other duties and
have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time
prescribe.
ARTICLE V
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
Section 1. Every holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to
have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the chairman
of the board of directors, or the president or a vice president, and
countersigned by the secretary or an assistant secretary, or the treasurer or an
assistant treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares of
capital stock represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the
Corporation.
Section 2. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were
such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Such
certificates need not be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation.
Section 3. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one
class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations,
preferences and relative,
12
<PAGE> 13
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of capital stock
or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face
or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such
class or series of stock, provided that, in lieu of the foregoing requirements,
there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the
Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement
that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so
requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or
rights. In addition, in the event that any stock issued by the Corporation is
subject to a restriction on its transferability, the stock certificate shall on
its face or back contain a full statement of the restriction or state that the
Corporation will furnish information about the restriction to the stockholder on
request and without charge.
LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES
Section 4. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such
issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its
discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the
owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his
legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require
and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
TRANSFERS OF STOCK
Section 5. Upon surrender to the Corporation, or the transfer agent of
the Corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books,
subject, however, to the Ownership Limit (as defined in the charter of the
Corporation) and other restrictions on transferability applicable thereto from
time to time.
FIXING RECORD DATE
Section 6. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any
adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date which shall
not be more than 90 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor
more than 90 days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of
record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
13
<PAGE> 14
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however,
that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be
adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120
days after the original record date.
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Section 7. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of
record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and
accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or
interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall
have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of
the State of Maryland.
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject
to the provisions of the Corporation's charter, if any, may be authorized and
declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant
to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital
stock, subject to the provisions of the Corporation's charter and the MGCL.
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of
any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other
purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the
Corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.
CHECKS
Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation
shall be signed by such officer or officers as the board of directors may from
time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
Section 4. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by
resolution of the board of directors.
SEAL
Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of
the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal,
Maryland." Said seal
14
<PAGE> 15
may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or
reproduced or otherwise.
NOTICES
Section 6. Whenever, under the provisions of the MGCL or of the charter
of the Corporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any
director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but
such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or
stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation,
with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the
time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or cable.
Section 7. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
provisions of the MGCL or of the charter of the Corporation or of these bylaws,
a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said
notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent thereto.
ANNUAL STATEMENT
Section 8. The board of directors may present at each annual meeting of
stockholders, and when called for by vote of the stockholders shall present to
any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of
the business and condition of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new
bylaws may be adopted by the vote of a majority of the board of directors or by
the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast by the
holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 1 of Article VII,
Section 9 of Article III and Section 10 of Article II hereof may not be altered,
amended or repealed except by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes
entitled to be cast by the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation.
Section 2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section
2 of Article VII, Section 10 of Article III and Section 9 of Article II hereof
may not be altered, amended or repealed except by the affirmative vote of a
majority of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation.
15
<PAGE> 16
The undersigned, Secretary of AMB Property Corporation, a Maryland
corporation (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies that the foregoing is a full,
true and correct copy of the First Amended and Restated Bylaws of the
Corporation with all amendments to the date of this Certificate.
WITNESS the signature of the undersigned and the seal of the Corporation
this 5th day of March, 1999.
/s/ David S. Fries
-----------------------------------
David S. Fries
Secretary
S-1
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.3
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of November 26, 1997
among
AMB PROPERTY, L.P.
The Banks Listed Herein
and
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
as Agent
and
COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, LOS ANGELES BRANCH
FLEET NATIONAL BANK
NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A. and
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Co-Agents
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS......................................................2
SECTION 1.1. Definitions......................................................2
SECTION 1.2. Accounting Terms and Determinations.............................24
SECTION 1.3. Types of Borrowings.............................................25
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS...................................................................25
SECTION 2.1. Commitments to Lend............................................25
SECTION 2.2. Notice of Borrowing............................................25
SECTION 2.3. Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans..............................26
SECTION 2.4. Notes..........................................................27
SECTION 2.5. Maturity of Loans..............................................28
SECTION 2.6. Interest Rates.................................................28
SECTION 2.7. Fees...........................................................29
SECTION 2.8. Mandatory Expiration...........................................30
SECTION 2.9. Mandatory Prepayment...........................................30
SECTION 2.10. Optional Prepayments...........................................31
SECTION 2.11. General Provisions as to Payments..............................32
SECTION 2.12. Funding Losses.................................................33
SECTION 2.13. Computation of Interest and Fees...............................33
SECTION 2.14. Use of Proceeds................................................33
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS....................................................................34
SECTION 3.1. Closing........................................................34
SECTION 3.2. Borrowings.....................................................37
SECTION 3.3. Borrowing Base Properties......................................39
SECTION 3.4. Conditions Precedent to New Acquisitions
and Additional Real Property Assets............................40
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................................42
SECTION 4.1. Existence and Power............................................42
SECTION 4.2. Power and Authority............................................42
SECTION 4.3. No Violation...................................................42
SECTION 4.4. Financial Information..........................................43
SECTION 4.5. Litigation.....................................................44
SECTION 4.6. Compliance with ERISA..........................................44
SECTION 4.7. Environmental Matters..........................................44
SECTION 4.8. Taxes..........................................................45
SECTION 4.9. Full Disclosure................................................45
SECTION 4.10. Solvency.......................................................46
i
<PAGE> 3
Page
----
SECTION 4.11. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations............................46
SECTION 4.12. Governmental Approvals.........................................46
SECTION 4.13. Investment Company Act; Public Utility
Holding Company Act............................................46
SECTION 4.14. Closing Date Transactions......................................46
SECTION 4.15. Representations and Warranties in Loan
Documents......................................................46
SECTION 4.16. Patents, Trademarks, Etc.......................................47
SECTION 4.17. Ownership of Property..........................................47
SECTION 4.18. No Default.....................................................47
SECTION 4.19. Licenses, Etc..................................................47
SECTION 4.20. Compliance With Law............................................48
SECTION 4.21. No Burdensome Restrictions.....................................48
SECTION 4.22. Brokers' Fees..................................................48
SECTION 4.23. Labor Matters..................................................48
SECTION 4.24. Insurance......................................................48
SECTION 4.25. Organizational Documents.......................................48
SECTION 4.26. Principal Offices..............................................48
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS............................................49
SECTION 5.1. Information....................................................49
SECTION 5.2. Payment of Obligations.........................................53
SECTION 5.3. Maintenance of Property; Insurance.............................53
SECTION 5.4. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of
Existence......................................................53
SECTION 5.5. Compliance with Laws...........................................53
SECTION 5.6. Inspection of Property, Books and
Records........................................................54
SECTION 5.7. Existence......................................................54
SECTION 5.8. Certain Requirements for the Borrowing
Base Properties................................................54
SECTION 5.9. Financial Covenants............................................54
SECTION 5.10. Restriction on Fundamental Changes.............................56
SECTION 5.11. Liens; Release of Liens........................................57
SECTION 5.12. Sale of Borrowing Base Properties..............................57
SECTION 5.13. Changes in Business............................................58
SECTION 5.14. Fiscal Year; Fiscal Quarter....................................58
SECTION 5.15. Margin Stock...................................................58
SECTION 5.16. Restrictions on Recourse Debt..................................58
SECTION 5.17. Covenant Restrictions..........................................58
ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS......................................................................58
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default...............................................58
SECTION 6.2. Rights and Remedies.............................................61
SECTION 6.3. Notice of Default...............................................62
ii
<PAGE> 4
Page
----
ARTICLE VII
THE AGENT.....................................................................62
SECTION 7.1. Appointment and Authorization...................................62
SECTION 7.2. Agent and Affiliates............................................63
SECTION 7.3. Action by Agent.................................................63
SECTION 7.4. Consultation with Experts.......................................63
SECTION 7.5. Liability of Agent..............................................63
SECTION 7.6. Indemnification.................................................64
SECTION 7.7. Credit Decision.................................................64
SECTION 7.8. Successor Agent.................................................64
ARTICLE VIII
CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES.......................................................65
SECTION 8.1. Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair........65
SECTION 8.2. Illegality......................................................65
SECTION 8.3. Increased Cost and Reduced Return...............................66
SECTION 8.4. Taxes...........................................................68
SECTION 8.5. Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected
Euro-Dollar Loans...............................................70
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS.................................................................70
SECTION 9.1. Notices.........................................................70
SECTION 9.2. No Waivers......................................................70
SECTION 9.3. Expenses; Indemnification.......................................71
SECTION 9.4. Sharing of Set-Offs.............................................72
SECTION 9.5. Amendments and Waivers..........................................73
SECTION 9.6. Successors and Assigns..........................................73
SECTION 9.7. Collateral......................................................75
SECTION 9.8. Governing Law; Submission to
Jurisdiction....................................................76
Section 9.9. Marshalling; Recapture..........................................76
SECTION 9.10. Counterparts; Integration;
Effectiveness...................................................77
SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL............................................77
SECTION 9.12. Survival........................................................77
SECTION 9.13. Domicile of Loans...............................................77
SECTION 9.14. Limitation of Liability.........................................77
SECTION 9.15. Recourse........................................................77
SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality.................................................78
iii
<PAGE> 5
Page
----
EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
Exhibit A - Note
Exhibit B - Borrowing Base Properties
Exhibit C - Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit D - Form of Borrowing Base Property Certifi
cate
Exhibit E - Form of Subsidiary Guaranty
Schedule 4.17(a) - Real Property Assets
Schedule 4.17(b) - Liens
iv
<PAGE> 6
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of November 26, 1997 by and among AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership (the "Borrower"), the BANKS listed on the signature pages
hereof and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Agent and COMMERZBANK
AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, LOS ANGELES BRANCH, FLEET NATIONAL BANK, NATIONSBANK OF
TEXAS, N.A. and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Co-Agents.
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, certain of the Banks previously agreed to make
available to AMB Current Income Fund, Inc. a revolving credit facility upon the
terms and conditions set forth in that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated
as of October 25, 1996, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Revolving
Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 1997 and as amended and restated in
its entirety pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit
Agreement, dated as of August 8, 1997 (as so amended and amended and restated,
the "Existing Credit Agreement");
WHEREAS, the Borrower assumed the rights, duties and
obligations of AMB Current Income Fund, Inc. under the Existing Credit Agreement
pursuant to that certain Assumption Agreement dated as of November 26, 1997; and
WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Banks wish to amend and restate
the provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement in their entirety, as
hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements,
provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereby amend and restate
the Existing Credit Agreement and agree as follows:
A G R E E M E N T
I. The Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended, restated,
replaced and modified so that all of
<PAGE> 7
the terms and conditions of the aforesaid Existing Credit Agreement shall be
restated and replaced in their entirety as set forth herein, and the Borrower
agrees to comply with and be subject to all of the terms, covenants and
conditions of this Agreement.
II. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns, and
shall be deemed to be effective as of the date hereof.
III. Any reference to the Existing Credit Agreement in any
other instrument or document executed in connection with the Existing Credit
Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1. Definitions. The following terms, as used herein,
have the following meanings:
"Acquisition Price" means (i) the purchase price of a Real
Property Asset as set forth in the applicable purchase and sale agreement, (ii)
increases or reductions to such purchase price as provided in such purchase and
sale agreement or the final closing statement, and (iii) reasonable closing
costs to the extent incurred by Borrower or any Consolidated Subsidiary of
Borrower in connection with such acquisition, including but not limited to,
brokerage fees, attorneys fees and expenses, due diligence expenses, appraisal
fees, engineering and environmental fees, title insurance premiums, survey
preparation costs, and recording fees.
"Adjusted EBITDA" means EBITDA minus (i) an adjustment to
exclude the effects of straight-lining of rents, and minus (ii) an amount equal
to appropriate reserves for replacements of not less than $.50 per square foot
per annum for each Real Property Asset that is primarily a retail use property
and not less than $.35 per square foot per annum for each Real Property Asset
that is primarily an industrial use property.
2
<PAGE> 8
"Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate" has the meaning set
forth in Section 2.6(b).
"Adjustment Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) the
date that the General Partner and/or the Borrower receives a public credit
rating for its unsecured senior long term indebtedness from either S&P or
Moody's and (ii) the date which is nine months following the Closing Date.
"Administrative Questionnaire" means, with respect to each
Bank, an administrative questionnaire in the form prepared by the Agent and
submitted to the Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) duly completed by such
Bank.
"Agent" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York in its
capacity as agent for the Banks hereunder, and its successors in such capacity.
"Agreement" means this Second Amended and Restated Revolving
Credit Agreement, as the same may from time to time hereafter be modified,
supplemented or amended, as permitted herein.
"Applicable Interest Rate" means (i) with respect to any Fixed
Rate Indebtedness, the fixed interest rate applicable to such Fixed Rate
Indebtedness at the time in question, and (ii) with respect to any Floating Rate
Indebtedness, the lesser of (x) the rate at which the interest rate applicable
to such Floating Rate Indebtedness could be fixed, at the time of calculation,
by Borrower entering into an unsecured interest rate swap agreement (or, if such
rate is incapable of being fixed by entering into an unsecured interest rate
swap agreement at the time of calculation, a reasonably determined fixed rate
equivalent), or (y) the rate at which the interest rate applicable to such
Floating Rate Indebtedness is actually capped, at the time of calculation, if
Borrower has entered into an interest rate cap agreement with respect thereto.
"Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to any Bank,
(i) in the case of its Domestic Loans, its Domestic Lending Office and (ii) in
the case of its Euro-Dollar Loans, its Euro-Dollar Lending Office.
3
<PAGE> 9
"Applicable Margin" means, prior to the Adjustment Date, 1.10%
with respect to each Euro-Dollar Loan and 0.125% with respect to each Base Rate
Loan. From and after the Adjustment Date, the Applicable Margin with respect to
each Euro-Dollar Loan and each Base Rate Loan shall mean the respective
percentages per annum determined, at any time, based on the range into which the
Borrower's Credit Rating (if any) then falls, in accordance with the table set
forth below. Any change in the Borrower's Credit Rating shall be effective
immediately as of the date on which any of the Rating Agencies announces a
change in the Borrower's Credit Rating or the date on which the Borrower (or, as
applicable, the General Partner) has no Credit Rating, whichever is applicable.
In the event that the Borrower (or, as applicable, the General Partner) receives
two (2) Credit Ratings that are not equivalent, the Applicable Margin shall be
determined by the lower of such two (2) Credit Ratings. In the event that
Borrower (or, as applicable, the General Partner) receives more than two (2)
Credit Ratings and such Credit Ratings are not equivalent, the Applicable Margin
shall be determined by the lower of the two (2) highest ratings, provided that
each of said two (2) highest ratings shall be Investment Grade Ratings and at
least one of which shall be an Investment Grade Rating from S&P or Moody's. In
the event that only one of the Rating Agencies shall have set Borrower's Credit
Rating, then the Applicable Margin shall be based on such rating only.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Range of Applicable
Borrower's Margin for Applicable
Credit Rating Base Rate Margin for Euro
(S&P/Moody's Loans Dollar Loans
Ratings) (% per annum) (% per annum)
- -------------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
BBB+/Baa1 0.000 0.90
BBB/Baa2 0.000 1.00
BBB-/Baa3 0.125 1.15
Non-Invest-
ment Grade or
no rating 0.250 1.20
</TABLE>
"Approved Bank" shall mean a bank which has (i)(a) a minimum
net worth of $500,000,000 and/or (b) total assets of $10,000,000,000, and (ii) a
minimum long term debt rating
4
<PAGE> 10
of (a) BBB+ or higher by S&P, and (b) Baa1 or higher by Moody's.
"Approved Uses" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.
"Assignee" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(c).
"Bank" means each bank listed on the signature pages hereof,
each Assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to Section 9.6(c), and their
respective successors.
"Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code,
entitled "Bankruptcy", as amended from time to time, and any successor statute
or statutes.
"Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the
higher of (i) the Prime Rate for such day or (ii) the sum of 1/2 of 1% plus the
Federal Funds Rate for such day.
"Base Rate Loan" means a Loan to be made by a Bank as a Base
Rate Loan in accordance with the applicable Notice of Borrowing or pursuant to
Article VIII.
"Benefit Arrangement" means at any time an employee benefit
plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or a
Multiemployer Plan and which is maintained or otherwise contributed to by any
member of the ERISA Group.
"Borrower" means AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership.
"Borrower's Credit Rating" means the rating assigned by the
Rating Agencies to the General Partner's or the Borrower's senior unsecured long
term indebtedness.
"Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans
made to the Borrower at the same time by the Banks pursuant to Article II. A
Borrowing is (i) a "Domestic Borrowing" if such Loans are Domestic Loans or (ii)
a "Euro-Dollar Borrowing" if such Loans are Euro-Dollar Loans.
"Borrowing Base Net Operating Cash Flow" means as of any date
of determination with respect to the Borrowing
5
<PAGE> 11
Base Properties, Property Income for the previous four consecutive quarters
including the quarter then ended, but less (x) Property Expenses with respect to
the Borrowing Base Properties for the previous four consecutive quarters
including the quarter then ended, and (y) appropriate reserves for replacements
of not less than $.50 per square foot per annum for each Borrowing Base Property
that is primarily a retail use property and not less than $.35 per square foot
per annum for each Borrowing Base Property that is primarily an industrial use
property. For purposes of Section 5.1(m) hereof, the calculation of Borrowing
Base Net Operating Cash Flow shall be made separately as to each Borrowing Base
Property.
"Borrowing Base Properties" has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.3.
"Borrowing Base Properties Value" means the aggregate of the
Gross Asset Values of the Borrowing Base Properties.
"Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, the sum of all
expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as a liability) which are
capitalized on the balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP, but
exclusive, however, with respect to any Real Property Asset acquired by the
Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary within the previous twelve months, of
those expenditures which the Borrower makes, or reasonably projects (as of the
date of determination) to make, within twelve months after the date of such
acquisition and excluding all expenditures made with respect to the acquisition
of such Real Property Asset by the Borrower or such Consolidated Subsidiary.
"Cash and Cash Equivalents" means (i) cash, (ii) direct
obligations of the United States Government, including, without limitation,
treasury bills, notes and bonds, (iii) interest bearing or discounted
obligations of Federal agencies and Government sponsored entities or pools of
such instruments offered by Approved Banks and dealers, including, without
limitation, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation participation sale
certificates, Government National Mortgage Association modified pass-through
certificates, Federal National Mortgage Association bonds and notes, Federal
Farm Credit System securities, (iv) time deposits, domestic and Eurodollar
certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances, commercial paper rated at least
A-1 by S&P and
6
<PAGE> 12
P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and/or guaranteed by an Aa rating by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc., an AA rating by S&P, or better rated credit,
floating rate notes, other money market instruments and letters of credit each
issued by Approved Banks, (v) obligations of domestic corporations, including,
without limitation, commercial paper, bonds, debentures, and loan
participations, each of which is rated at least AA by S&P, and/or Aa2 by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc., and/or unconditionally guaranteed by an AA rating by
S&P, an Aa2 rating by Moody's, or better rated credit, (vi) obligations issued
by states and local governments or their agencies, rated at least MIG-1 by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and/or SP-1 by S&P and/or guaranteed by an
irrevocable letter of credit of an Approved Bank, (vii) repurchase agreements
with major banks and primary government securities dealers fully secured by U.S.
Government or agency collateral equal to or exceeding the principal amount on a
daily basis and held in safekeeping, and (viii) real estate loan pool
participations, guaranteed by a Person with an AA rating given by S&P or an Aa2
rating given by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or better rated credit.
"Closing Date" means November 26, 1997.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or
any successor statute.
"Combined Gross Asset Value" shall be the aggregate Gross
Asset Value of all Real Property Assets owned, directly or indirectly, by the
Borrower, the General Partner and the Consolidated Subsidiaries; with respect to
Real Property Assets held in Minority Holdings or Joint Ventures or Subsidiaries
which are not Consolidated, only the portion of such Real Property Asset that is
allocable, in accordance with GAAP, to Borrower's interest shall be included in
Combined Gross Asset Value.
"Commitment" means, with respect to each Bank, the amount set
forth opposite the name of such Bank on the signature pages hereof (and for each
Bank which is an Assignee, the amount set forth in the Assumption Agreement
entered into pursuant to Section 9.6(c) as the Assignee's Commitment), as such
amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10(c) or in
connection with an assignment to an Assignee.
7
<PAGE> 13
"Commitment Fee" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
"Commitment Fee Percentage" means, prior to the Adjustment
Date, 0.20%. From and after the Adjustment Date, the Commitment Fee Percentage
shall be the applicable percentage per annum determined, at any time, based on
the range into which Borrower's Credit Rating (if any) then falls, in accordance
with the following table. Any change in the Commitment Fee Percentage shall be
effective immediately as of the date on which any of the Rating Agencies
announces a change in the Borrower's Credit Rating or the date on which the
Borrower (or, as applicable, the General Partner) has no Credit Rating,
whichever is applicable. In the event that Borrower (or, as applicable, the
General Partner) receives two (2) Credit Ratings that are not equivalent, the
Commitment Fee Percentage shall be determined by the lower of such two (2)
Credit Ratings. In the event that Borrower (or, as applicable, the General
Partner) receives more than two (2) Credit Ratings, and such Credit Ratings are
not equivalent, the Commitment Fee Percentage shall be determined by the lower
of the two (2) highest ratings, provided that each of said two (2) highest
ratings shall be Investment Grade Ratings and at least one of which shall be an
Investment Grade Rating from S&P or Moody's. In the event that only one of the
Rating Agencies shall have set Borrower's Credit Rating, then the Commitment Fee
Percentage shall be based on such rating only.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Range of
Borrower's
Credit Rating
(S&P/Moody's Commitment Fee Percentage
Ratings) (% per annum)
- ------------- --------------------------
<S> <C>
BBB+/Baa1 0.15
BBB/Baa2 0.20
BBB-/Baa3 0.25
Non-Invest-
ment Grade or
no rating 0.25
</TABLE>
"Confirmation of Guaranty" means that certain Confirmation of
Guaranty, dated as of the date hereof, by the General Partner, AMB Property II,
L.P. and Long Gate LLC.
"Consolidated" means "consolidated" in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Subsidiary" means at any date any Subsidiary of
the Borrower that is Consolidated on the financial statements of the Borrower
and the General Partner.
"Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means at any date the
consolidated stockholders' or partners' equity of
8
<PAGE> 14
the Borrower, the General Partner, and the Consolidated Subsidiaries less their
Consolidated Intangible Assets, all determined as of such date. For purposes of
this definition "Intangible Assets" means with respect to any such intangible
assets, the amount (to the extent reflected in determining such consolidated
stockholders' equity) of (i) all write-ups in the book value of any asset owned
by the Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary and (ii) all unamortized debt
discount and expense, unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, anticipated future benefit of tax loss
carry-forwards, copy rights, organization or developmental expenses and other
intangible assets.
"Construction Asset Cost" shall mean, with respect to
Development Projects in which construction has begun (as evidenced by obtaining
a permit to commence such construction by the applicable governmental authority)
but has not yet been substantially completed (substantial completion shall be
deemed to mean not less than 90% completion, as such completion shall be
evidenced by a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent and the commencement
of the payment of rent by tenants of such Development Project), the aggregate,
good faith estimated cost of construction of such improvements (including land
acquisition costs).
"Contingent Obligation" as to any Person means, without
duplication, (i) any contingent obligation of such Person required to be shown
on such Person's balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) any obligation
required to be disclosed in the footnotes to such Person's financial statements
in accordance with GAAP, guaranteeing partially or in whole any non-recourse
Debt, lease, dividend or other obligation, exclusive of contractual indemnities
(including, without limitation, any indemnity or price-adjustment provision
relating to the purchase or sale of securities or other assets) and guarantees
of non-monetary obligations (other than guarantees of completion) which have not
yet been called on or quantified, of such Person or of any other Person. The
amount of any Contingent Obligation described in clause (ii) shall be deemed to
be (a) with respect to a guaranty of interest or interest and principal, or
operating income guaranty, the sum of all payments required to be made
thereunder (which in the case of an operating income guaranty shall be deemed to
be equal to the debt service for the note secured thereby), calculated at the
Applicable Interest Rate, through (i) in the case of an interest or interest and
principal guaranty, the stated date of maturity of the obligation (and
commencing on the date interest could first be payable thereunder), or (ii) in
the case of an operating income guaranty, the date through which such guaranty
will remain in effect, and (b) with respect to all guarantees not covered by the
preceding clause (a), an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of
the primary obligation in respect of which such guaranty is made or, if not
stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability
9
<PAGE> 15
in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as
recorded on the balance sheet and on the footnotes to the most recent financial
statements of Borrower required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, guarantees of
completion shall not be deemed to be Contingent Obligations unless and until a
claim for payment or performance has been made thereunder by the person entitled
to performance or payment thereunder, at which time any such guaranty of
completion shall be deemed to be a Contingent Obligation in an amount equal to
any such claim. Subject to the preceding sentence, (i) in the case of a joint
and several guaranty given by such Person and another Person (but only to the
extent such guaranty is directly or indirectly recourse to such Person), the
amount of the guaranty, to the extent it is directly or indirectly recourse to
such Person, shall be deemed to be 100% thereof unless and only to the extent
that such other Person has delivered Cash or Cash Equivalents to secure all or
any part of such Person's guaranteed obligations, (ii) in the case of joint and
several guarantees given by a Person in whom Borrower owns an interest (which
guarantees are non-recourse to Borrower), to the extent the guarantees, in the
aggregate, exceed 15% of Combined Gross Asset Value, the amount which is the
lesser of (x) the amount in excess of 15% or (y) the amount of Borrower's
interest therein shall be deemed to be a Contingent Obligation of Borrower, and
(iii) in the case of any other guaranty, (whether or not joint and several) of
an obligation otherwise constituting Debt of such Person, the amount of such
guaranty shall be deemed to be only that amount in excess of the amount of the
obligation constituting Indebtedness of such Person. Notwithstanding any thing
contained herein to the contrary, "Contingent Obligations" shall not be deemed
to include guarantees of Unused Commitments or of construction loans to the
extent the same have not been drawn.
"Debt" of any Person means, without duplication, (A) as shown
on such Person's balance sheet (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed
money or for the deferred purchase price of property and, (ii) all indebtedness
of such Person evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument
(whether or not disbursed in full in the case of a construction loan), (B) the
face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and,
without duplication, all unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder, (C) all
Contingent Obligations of such Person, (D) all payment obligations of such
Person under any interest rate protection agreement (including, without
limitation, any interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar
agreements) and currency swaps and similar agreements which were not entered
into specifically in connection with Debt set forth in clauses (A), (B) or (C)
hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, Debt (other than Contingent Obligations)
of the Borrower shall be deemed to include only Debt of the Borrower, the
General Partner, and their Consolidated
10
<PAGE> 16
Subsidiaries plus the Borrower's and/or the General Partner's respective pro
rata share (without duplication) (such pro rata share being based upon the
Borrower's or the General Partner's percentage ownership interest as shown on
their annual financial statements) of the Debt of any Person in which the
Borrower or the General Partner, directly or indirectly, owns an interest,
provided that such Debt is nonrecourse, both directly and indirectly, to the
Borrower, the General Partner or any Consolidated Subsidiary.
"Debt Service" shall mean, measured as of the last day of each
calendar quarter, an amount equal to the sum of (i) interest (whether accrued,
paid or capitalized) actually payable by the Borrower, the General Partner, and
their Consolidated Subsidiaries, together with the Borrower's and the General
Partner's respective pro rata shares of such interest actually payable by
Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures, on their Debt for the previous four
consecutive quarters including the quarter then ended, plus (ii) scheduled
payments of principal on Debt of the Borrower, the General Partner, and their
Consolidated Subsidiaries (and the Borrower's and the General Partner's
respective pro rata share of such payments on Debt of Minority Holdings and
Joint Ventures), whether or not actually paid (excluding balloon payments) for
the previous four consecutive quarters including the quarter then ended.
"Default" means any condition or event which constitutes an
Event of Default or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both
would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
"Development Projects" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.1(l) hereof.
"Domestic Business Day" means any day except a Saturday,
Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City and/or San
Francisco, California are authorized by law to close.
"Domestic Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its office
located at its address set forth on the signature pages hereto or such other
office as such Bank may hereafter designate as its Domestic Lending Office by
notice to the Borrower and the Agent.
"Domestic Loans" means Base Rate Loans.
"EBITDA" means income from operations of the Borrower, the
General Partner and the Consolidated, Subsidiaries before disposal of properties
and minority interests, plus interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and
amortization.
"Effective Date" means the date this Agreement becomes
effective in accordance with Section 9.10.
11
<PAGE> 17
"Environmental Affiliate" means any partnership, or joint
venture, trust or corporation in which an equity interest is owned by the
Borrower or the General Partner, either directly or indirectly.
"Environmental Approvals" means any permit, license, approval,
ruling, variance, exemption or other authorization required under applicable
Environmental Laws by a court or governmental agency having jurisdiction.
"Environmental Claim" means, with respect to any Person, any
written notice, claim, demand or similar communication by any other Person
having jurisdiction alleging potential liability for investigatory costs,
cleanup costs, governmental response costs, natural resources damage, property
damages, personal injuries, fines or penalties arising out of, based on or
resulting from (i) the presence, or release into the environment, of any
Hazardous Substances at any location, whether or not owned by such Person or
(ii) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, of any applicable
Environmental Law, in each case as to which there is a reasonable possibility of
an adverse determination with respect thereto and which, if adversely
determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower or the General
Partner.
"Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, local
and foreign statutes, laws, judicial decisions, regulations, ordinances, rules,
judgments, orders, decrees, plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants,
franchises, licenses, agreements and other governmental restrictions relating to
the environment, the effect of the environment on human health or to emissions,
discharges or releases of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous Substances or
wastes into the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface
water, ground water, or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture,
processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or
handling of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous Substances or wastes or the
clean-up or other remediation thereof.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, or any successor statute.
"ERISA Group" means the Borrower, the General Partner, any
Subsidiary and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades
or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together
with the Borrower, the General Partner or any Subsidiary, are treated as a
single employer under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.
"Euro-Dollar Business Day" means any Domestic Business Day on
which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings
in dollar deposits) in London.
12
<PAGE> 18
"Euro-Dollar Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its
office, branch or affiliate located at its address set forth on the signature
pages hereto, or such other office, branch or affiliate of such Bank as it may
hereafter designate as its Euro-Dollar Lending Office by notice to the Borrower
and the Agent.
"Euro-Dollar Loan" means a Loan to be made by a Bank as a
Euro-Dollar Loan in accordance with the applicable Notice of Borrowing.
"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
"Existing Credit Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the
recitals of this Agreement.
"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum
(rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the
weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with
members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such
day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Domestic
Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if such day is not a
Domestic Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on
such transactions on the next preceding Domestic Business Day as so published on
the next succeeding Domestic Business Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so
published on such next succeeding Domestic Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate
for such day shall be the average rate quoted to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York on such day on such transactions as determined by the Agent.
"Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as constituted from time to time.
"Fixed Charges" means with respect to any fiscal period, the
sum of (a) interest expense according to GAAP (including capitalized interest)
payable during such period, plus (b) the aggregate of all scheduled principal
payments on Debt according to GAAP payable during that fiscal period and for
Debt guaranteed under a Contingent Obligation (but excluding balloon payments of
principal due upon the stated maturity of a Debt), plus (c) the aggregate of all
dividends payable on the Borrower's, the General Partner's or any Consolidated
Subsidiary's preferred partnership interests or preferred stock (as applicable),
to the extent such charges are paid or incurred, as applicable, by Borrower, the
General Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries or, with respect to
Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures, in each case to the extent of Borrower's,
the General Partner's or the applicable Consolidated Subsidiary's allocable
share of such payments. For the purposes of this definition, (i) interest on
Fixed Rate Indebtedness shall be the actual
13
<PAGE> 19
interest payable on such Debt and (ii) interest on Floating Rate Indebtedness
shall be assumed to be the greater of (A) the actual interest payable on such
Debt or (B) an assumed interest rate per annum to be approved by the Agent for
tax-exempt Debt and an assumed interest rate of nine percent (9%) per annum for
non-tax-exempt Debt, except that, if any of the foregoing in (A) or (B) above is
subject to an interest rate cap agreement purchased by the Borrower, the General
Partner or a Consolidated Subsidiary, the interest rate shall be assumed to be
the lower of the actual interest payable on such Debt or the capped rate of such
interest rate cap agreement. In no event shall any dividends payable on the
General Partner's or any Consolidated Subsidiary's common stock be included in
Fixed Charges.
"Fixed Rate Indebtedness" means all Debt which accrues
interest at a fixed rate.
"Floating Rate Indebtedness" means all Debt which is not Fixed
Rate Indebtedness and which is not a Contingent Obligation or an Unused
Commitment.
"Funds From Operations" means net income (computed in
accordance with GAAP) before extraordinary items, excluding gains (or losses)
from debt restructuring and sales of property, plus depreciation and
amortization, and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint
ventures. Adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures will be
calculated to reflect funds from operations on the same basis.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles
recognized as such in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a
significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the
circumstances as of the date of determination.
"General Partner" means AMB Property Corporation, a Maryland
corporation qualified as a real estate investment trust and the sole general
partner of the Borrower.
"General Partner Guaranty" means the Unconditional Guaranty
Agreement of the General Partner dated as of November 26, 1997 delivered to the
Agent in connection with assumption of the Existing Credit Agreement by the
Borrower.
"Gross Asset Value" shall mean (i) with respect to a Real
Property Asset that was acquired, directly or indirectly, within the twelve (12)
months prior to the date of determination, (A) prior to the first full quarter
following such acquisition, the Acquisition Price of such Real Property Asset
plus any Capital Expenditures actually incurred by the Borrower or its
Subsidiary in connection with such Real
14
<PAGE> 20
Property Asset (which, for the purpose of this definition shall include any
expenditures that would have been considered Capital Expenditures except that
they were made with respect to the acquisition by the Borrower or its
Consolidated Subsidiaries of any interest in a Real Property Asset within twelve
months after the date such interest in asset was acquired) and (B) from and
after the first full quarter following such acquisition, the lesser of (x) the
amount in clause (i)(A) above and (y) the Net Operating Cash Flow applicable to
such Real Property Asset (provided that such Net Operating Cash Flow shall be
calculated on an annualized basis based upon the actual amount of Net Operating
Cash Flow for the period of Borrower's ownership of such Real Property Asset),
in each case capitalized at an annual interest rate of 9.5% if such Real
Property Asset is primarily a retail use property and 9.25% if such Real
Property Asset is primarily an industrial use property; and (ii) with respect to
a Real Property Asset that was acquired, directly or indirectly by the Borrower
more than twelve (12) months prior to the date of determination, the Net
Operating Cash Flow applicable to such Real Property Asset capitalized at an
annual interest rate of 9.5% if such Real Property Asset is primarily a retail
use property and 9.25% if such Real Property Asset is primarily an industrial
use property.
"Guaranty" shall mean each of the General Partner Guaranty and
any Subsidiary Guaranty.
"Hazardous Substances" means any toxic, radioactive, caustic
or otherwise hazardous substance, identified as such as a matter of
Environmental Law, including petroleum, its derivatives, by-products and other
hydrocarbons, or any substance having any constituent elements displaying any of
the foregoing characteristics.
"Improved Asset" means a Real Property Asset upon which
material construction of material improvements has commenced or upon which
material improvements have been constructed.
"Indemnitee" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(b).
"Interest Period" means: (1) with respect to each Euro-Dollar
Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending one,
two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in the applicable
Notice of Borrowing; provided that:
(a) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day
which is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day shall be extended to the next
succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business
Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period
shall end on the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day;
15
<PAGE> 21
(b) any Interest Period which begins on the last Euro-Dollar
Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such
Interest Period) shall, subject to clause (c) below, end on the last
Euro-Dollar Business Day of a calendar month; and
(c) if any Interest Period includes a date on which a payment
of principal of the Loans is required to be made under Section 2.9 but
does not end on such date, then (i) the principal amount (if any) of
each Euro-Dollar Loan required to be repaid on such date shall have an
Interest Period ending on such date and (ii) the remainder (if any) of
each such Euro-Dollar Loan shall have an Interest Period determined as
set forth above.
(2) with respect to each Base Rate Borrowing, the period commencing on the date
of such Borrowing and ending 30 days thereafter; provided that:
(a) any Interest Period (other than an Interest Period
determined pursuant to clause (b) below) which would otherwise end on a
day which is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day shall be extended to the
next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day; and
(b) if any Interest Period includes a date on which a payment
of principal of the Loans is required to be made under Section 2.9 but
does not end on such date, then (i) the principal amount (if any) of
each Base Rate Loan required to be repaid on such date shall have an
Interest Period ending on such date and (ii) the remainder (if any) of
each such Base Rate Loan shall have an Interest Period determined as
set forth above.
"Investment Grade Rating" means a rating for a Person's senior
long-term unsecured debt of BBB- or better from S&P, and a rating of Baa3 or
better from Moody's, if ratings from both Rating Agencies are obtained.
"Joint Ventures" means partnerships, corporations or other
entities held or owned jointly by the Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary of
Borrower and one or more Persons which Persons are not Consolidated with
Borrower.
"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type
of preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security
interest, in respect of such asset. For the purposes of this Agreement, the
Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset
which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor
under
16
<PAGE> 22
any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement
relating to such asset.
"Loan" means a Domestic Loan or a Euro-Dollar Loan and "Loans"
means Domestic Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans or any combination of the foregoing.
"Loan Amount" shall mean the amount of Five Hundred Million
Dollars ($500,000,000).
"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the General
Partner Guaranty and the Subsidiary Guaranties.
"London Interbank Offered Rate" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.6(b).
"Mandatory Prepayment Event" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.9(c).
"Margin Stock" shall have the meaning provided such term in
Regulation U and Regulation G of the Federal Reserve Board.
"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect upon
(i) the business, operations, properties or assets of the Borrower, the General
Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries or (ii) the ability of the Borrower
to pay debt service on the Loans, as such debt service becomes due from time to
time.
"Material Plan" means at any time a Plan or Plans having
aggregate Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $5,000,000.
"Maturity Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.8.
"Maximum Loan Amount" means the Loan Amount, as the Loan
Amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.10(c).
"Minority Holdings" means partnerships and corporations held
or owned by the Borrower which are not Consolidated with Borrower on Borrower's
financial statements.
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its
successors.
"Morgan" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, in
its individual capacity.
"Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee pension
benefit plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any
member of the ERISA Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make
contributions or has within the preceding five plan years made contributions,
including for these purposes any Person which
17
<PAGE> 23
ceased to be a member of the ERISA Group during such five year period.
"Net Operating Cash Flow" means, as of any date of
determination, with respect to all Real Property Assets, Minority Holdings and
Joint Ventures of Borrower, the General Partner, and their Consolidated
Subsidiaries (with respect to Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures, the
Borrower's, the General Partner's or the applicable Consolidated Subsidiary's
allocable share only), Property Income for the previous four consecutive
quarters including the quarter then ended, but less (x) Property Expenses with
respect to all such Real Property Assets, Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures
(with respect to Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures, the Borrower's, the
General Partner's or the applicable Consolidated Subsidiary's allocable share
only) for the previous four consecutive quarters including the quarter then
ended and (y) appropriate reserves for replacements of not less than $.50 per
square foot per annum for each Real Property Asset that is primarily a retail
use property and not less than $.35 per square foot per annum for each Real
Property Asset that is primarily an industrial use property.
"New Acquisitions" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.
"Non-Recourse Debt" means Debt of a Person for which the right
of recovery of the obligee thereof is limited to recourse against the Real
Property Assets securing such Debt (subject to such limited exceptions as fraud,
misappropriation, misapplication and environmental indemnities as are usual and
customary in similar transactions at the time such Debt is incurred).
"Notes" means promissory notes of the Borrower, substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to
repay the Loans, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified or restated
from time to time, and "Note" means any one of such promissory notes issued
hereunder.
"Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.2.
"Obligations" means all obligations, liabilities and
indebtedness of every nature of the Borrower, from time to time owing to any
Bank under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.
18
<PAGE> 24
"Parent" means, with respect to any Bank, any Person
controlling such Bank.
"Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(b).
"Permitted Liens" means (a) Liens to secure the performance of
statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, completion
bonds, government contracts or other obligations of a like nature, including
Liens in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other
types of statutory obligations or to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
leases, contracts (other than for the repayment of Debt) and other similar
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; (b) Liens for taxes,
assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or
that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently concluded; provided, that any reserve or other
appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have
been made therefor; (c) Liens on property of either Borrower or any Subsidiary
thereof in favor of the Federal or any state government to secure certain
payments pursuant to any contract, statute or regulation; (d) easements
(including, without limitation, reciprocal easement agreements and utility
agreements), rights of way, covenants, consents, reservations, encroachments,
variations and zoning and other restrictions, charges or encumbrances (whether
or not recorded), which do not interfere materially with the ordinary conduct of
the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof and which do not
materially detract from the value of the property to which they attach or
materially impair the use thereof by the Borrower or Subsidiary; (e) statutory
Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or
other Liens imposed by law and arising in the ordinary course of business, for
sums not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable are being contested
in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained
to the extent required by GAAP); (f) Liens not otherwise permitted by this
definition and incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary with respect to obligations which do not exceed $100,000 in
principal amount with respect to any Separate Parcel and do not exceed
$1,000,000 in principal amount in the aggregate, in each case at any one time
outstanding; and (g) the interests of lessees and lessors under leases of real
or personal property made in the ordinary course of business which would not
have a material adverse effect on the Borrower, the General Partner, and their
Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
19
<PAGE> 25
"Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an
association, a trust, limited liability company or any other entity or
organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or
instrumentality thereof.
"Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan
(other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or
subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Internal
Revenue Code and either (i) is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of
the ERISA Group for employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (ii) has at
any time within the preceding five years been maintained, or contributed to, by
any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of
any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.
"Plan Asset Regulations" means the Department of Labor
Regulation Section 2510.3-101, 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101.
"Prime Rate" means the rate of interest publicly announced by
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York in New York City from time to time as
its Prime Rate.
"Pro-Forma Debt Service" means as of any date of
determination, an amount equal to the greater of (x) the product of: (A) the
average Unsecured Debt outstanding at the end of each of the previous four
quarters, including the quarter then ended, as set forth on the Borrower's
balance sheet, and (B) the Treasury Rate plus 1.75%, plus an amount equal to the
principal that would be required to be repaid by applying a 25 year mortgage
style amortization schedule thereto; and (y) Debt Service for Unsecured Debt for
the previous four quarters including the quarter then ended.
"Property Expenses" means, when used with respect to any Real
Property Asset, the costs of maintaining such Real Property Asset, including,
without limitation, taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, but excluding
depreciation, amortization and interest costs and Capital Expenditures.
"Property Income" means, when used with respect to any Real
Property Asset, revenues therefrom (including, without limitation, lease
termination fees appropriately amortized), less deferred rents receivable,
calculated, in each case, in accordance with GAAP.
"Rated Unsecured Debt" means, Investment Grade Debt which is
Unsecured Debt and which has an Investment Grade Rating.
20
<PAGE> 26
"Rating Agencies" means, collectively, S&P and Moody's, Duff &
Phelps Credit Rating Co., and Fitch Investor Services, or any successor to the
foregoing.
"Real Property Assets" means the real property assets or
interests therein (including interests in participating mortgages in which the
Borrower's interest therein is characterized as equity according to GAAP)
currently owned, directly or indirectly by the Borrower or its Consolidated
Subsidiaries (including the form the real property asset is held, such as a
partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and listed on Schedule
4.17(a) annexed hereto, as such may be modified from time to time to reflect
sales, transfers, assignments, conveyances, acquisitions and purchases of real
property assets.
"Recourse Debt" means Debt of a Person that is not
Non-Recourse Debt.
"Reference Bank" means the principal London offices of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York.
"Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.
"Required Banks" means at any time Banks having at least
66-2/3% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments or, if the Commitments shall
have been terminated, holding Notes evidencing at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Loans.
"Required Occupancy Level" means, with respect to any
Borrowing Base Property, that during any twelve (12) month period, no less than
an average of 85% of the rentable square feet of such Borrowing Base Property is
occupied by tenants pursuant to written leases for which no default has occurred
beyond applicable notice and cure periods.
"Secured Debt" means Debt of a Person that is secured by a
Lien.
"Separate Parcel" means a Real Estate Asset that is a single,
legally subdivided, separately zoned parcel that can be legally transferred or
conveyed separate and distinct from any other Real Estate Asset without benefit
of any other Real Estate Asset.
"Solvent" as to any Person shall mean that such Person is not
"insolvent" within the meaning of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code or
Section 271 of the Debtor and Creditor Law of the State of New York.
21
<PAGE> 27
"Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity of which
securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions
are at the time directly or indirectly owned by the Borrower or the General
Partner.
"Subsidiary Guaranty" shall mean a guaranty, in substantially
the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, executed by each Subsidiary Guarantor.
"Subsidiary Guarantor" means AMB Property II, L.P., Long Gate
LLC, and any other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower that owns a Borrowing
Base Property and provides a Subsidiary Guaranty as required pursuant to Section
3.3 hereof.
"S&P" means Standard & Poors Ratings Group and its successors.
"Term" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
"Termination Event" shall mean (i) a "reportable event", as
such term is described in Section 4043 of ERISA (other than a "reportable event"
not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC), or an event
described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA, (ii) the withdrawal by any member of the
ERISA Group from a Multiemployer Plan during a plan year in which it is a
"substantial employer" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA), or the
incurrence of liability by any member of the ERISA Group under Section 4064 of
ERISA upon the termination of a Multiemployer Plan, (iii) the filing of a notice
of intent to terminate any Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA, other than in a
standard termination within the meaning of Section 4041 of ERISA, or the
treatment of a Plan amendment as a distress termination under Section 4041 of
ERISA, (iv) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate, impose
liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of,
or cause a trustee to be appointed to administer, any Plan or (v) any other
event or condition that might reasonably constitute grounds for the termination
of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan or the imposition of
any liability or encumbrance or Lien on the Real Property Assets or any member
of the ERISA Group under ERISA.
"Title Company" means, with respect to each Borrowing Base
Property, a title insurance company of recognized national standing.
"Title Commitment" means, for each Borrowing Base Property, an
ALTA fee or leasehold title commitment or title
22
<PAGE> 28
policy issued by the Title Company at the time of acquisition by the Borrower
or, if applicable, a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.
"Total Liabilities" means, without duplication, all
liabilities (determined in accordance with GAAP) and all other Debt (to the
extent such Debt is not a "liability" as determined in accordance with GAAP) of
the Borrower, the General Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries and
Borrower's pro rata share of liabilities (including the pro rata share of Debt)
of Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures, based on Borrower's percentage
ownership of such Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures.
"Treasury Rate" means, as of any date, a rate equal to the
annual yield to maturity on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series with a
ten year maturity, as such yield is reported in Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15 -- Selected Interest Rates, published most recently prior to the
date the applicable Treasury Rate is being determined. Such yield shall be
determined by straight line linear interpolation between the yields reported in
Release H.15, if necessary. In the event Release H.15 is no longer published,
the Agent shall select, in its reasonable discretion, an alternate basis for the
determination of Treasury yield for U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Series with
ten year maturities.
"UCC Searches" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(m).
"Unfunded Liabilities" means, with respect to any Plan at any
time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the value of all benefit liabilities
under such Plan, determined on a plan termination basis using the assumptions
prescribed by the PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds (ii) the
fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such liabilities under Title
IV of ERISA (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions), all determined as
of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent
that such excess represents a potential liability of a member of the ERISA Group
to the PBGC or any other Person under Title IV of ERISA.
"Unimproved Assets" means Real Property Assets (i) upon which
no material construction of material improvements has been commenced and (ii)
which are either not contiguous to an Improved Asset or, if contiguous to an
Improved Asset, were not acquired at the same time as the Improved Asset, or if
contiguous to an Improved Asset and acquired at the same time as an Improved
Asset, the net operating income (capitalized in accordance with industry
standard) of the Improved Asset was, at time of acquisition, insufficient to
23
<PAGE> 29
support the acquisition price of such Improved Asset plus an 8% rate of return
on the investment; all Unimproved Assets will continue to be deemed Unimproved
Assets until such time as the chief financial officer or chief accounting
officer of Borrower shall certify to the Agent that material construction of
material improvements has commenced thereon.
"Unimproved Land Value" means the aggregate Gross Asset Value
of Unimproved Assets.
"United States" means the United States of America, including
the states and the District of Columbia, but excluding its territories and
possessions.
"Unsecured Assets" means assets of a Person which are not
subject to a Lien (other than Permitted Liens).
"Unsecured Debt" means Debt of a Person which is not secured
by a Lien.
"Unsecured Senior Debt" means the Obligations and other
Unsecured Debt of the Borrower, the General Partner and their Consolidated
Subsidiaries.
"Unused Commitments" means an amount equal to all unadvanced
funds (other than unadvanced funds in connection with any construction loan)
which any third party is obligated to advance to the Borrower or otherwise,
pursuant to any loan document, written instrument or otherwise.
"Unused Facility" shall mean the amount, calculated daily, by
which the Commitments exceed the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the
Loans.
"Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" shall mean a Consolidated Subsidiary
that is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower; provided that a
Consolidated Subsidiary shall also be deemed to be a "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary"
hereunder if the General Partner also wholly owns, directly or indirectly, a
minority position in such Consolidated Subsidiary (in addition to the General
Partner's indirect interest in such Consolidated Subsidiary as a result of the
General Partner's ownership interest in the Borrower) and the Borrower owns all
the remaining interests in such Consolidated Subsidiary.
SECTION 1.2. Accounting Terms and Determinations. Unless
otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be
interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all
financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in
accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis
consistent (except for changes concurred in by the
24
<PAGE> 30
Borrower's independent public accountants) with the most recent audited
Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, the General Partner, and
their Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered to the Banks; provided that, if the
Borrower notifies the Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in
Article V to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such
covenant (or if the Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Banks wish to
amend Article V for such purpose), then the Borrower's compliance with such
covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before
the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is
withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower
and the Required Banks.
SECTION 1.3. Types of Borrowings. The term "Borrowing" denotes
the aggregation of Loans of one or more Banks to be made to the Borrower
pursuant to Article II on a single date and for a single Interest Period.
Borrowings are classified for purposes of this Agreement by reference to the
pricing of Loans comprising such Borrowing (e.g., a "Euro-Dollar Borrowing" is a
Borrowing comprised of Euro-Dollar Loans).
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
SECTION 2.1. Commitments to Lend. During the Term, each Bank
severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to
make loans to the Borrower pursuant to this Section from time to time in amounts
such that the aggregate principal amount of Loans by such Bank at any one time
outstanding shall not exceed the amount of its Commitment. The aggregate amount
of Loans to be made hereunder shall not exceed the Maximum Loan Amount. At no
time shall there be more than ten (10) Euro-Dollar Loans outstanding. Each
Borrowing under this subsection (a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of
not less than $5,000,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof (except that any such Borrowing may be in the aggregate amount available
in accordance with Section 3.2(c)) and shall be made from the several Banks
ratably in proportion to their respective Commitments. Upon the expiration of
the Term, the Banks shall have no further obligation to make loans to Borrower.
Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may borrow under this Section, repay,
or to the extent required by Section 2.9 or permitted by Section 2.10, prepay
Loans and reborrow at any time during the Term.
SECTION 2.2. Notice of Borrowing. The Borrower shall give the
Agent notice (a "Notice of Borrowing") not
25
<PAGE> 31
later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (y) one (1) Domestic Business Day
before each Base Rate Borrowing, or (z) three (3) Euro-Dollar Business Days
before each Euro-Dollar Borrowing, as applicable, specifying:
(a) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Domestic
Business Day in the case of a Domestic Borrowing or a Euro-Dollar Business Day
in the case of a Euro-Dollar Borrowing,
(b) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing,
(c) whether the Loans comprising such Borrowing are to be Base
Rate Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans, and
(d) in the case of a Euro-Dollar Borrowing, the duration of
the Interest Period applicable thereto, subject to the provisions of the
definition of Interest Period, except that no Interest Period shall extend
beyond the Maturity Date, as such may be extended pursuant to Section 2.8
hereof.
SECTION 2.3. Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans.
(a) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, the Agent shall
promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of such Bank's share (if
any) of such Borrowing and such Notice of Borrowing shall thereafter only be
revocable by the Borrower no later than (y) with respect to a Base Rate
Borrowing, 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) one Domestic Business Day before each
Base Rate Borrowing or (z) with respect to a Euro-Dollar Borrowing, 3:00 p.m.
(New York City time) three (3) Euro-Dollar Business Days before each Euro-Dollar
Borrowing. Upon the expiration of such applicable time periods, the Notice of
Borrowing shall not thereafter be revocable by Borrower.
(b) Not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date
of each Borrowing as indicated in the Notice of Borrowing, each Bank
participating therein shall (except as provided in subsection (c) of this
Section) make available its share of such Borrowing, in Federal or other funds
immediately available in New York City, to the Agent at its address referred to
in Section 9.1. Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition
specified in Article III has not been satisfied, the Agent will make the funds
so received from the Banks available to the Borrower at the Agent's aforesaid
address.
(c) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Bank
prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Bank will not make available to the
Agent such Bank's share of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Bank
has
26
<PAGE> 32
made such share available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in
accordance with subsection (b) of this Section 2.3 and the Agent may, in
reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Bank shall not have so made
such share available to the Agent, such Bank and the Borrower severally agree to
repay to the Agent forthwith within ten (10) days after demand therefore such
corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date
such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is
repaid to the Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal
to the higher of the Federal Funds Rate and the interest rate applicable thereto
pursuant to Section 2.6 and (ii) in the case of such Bank, the Federal Funds
Rate. If such Bank shall repay to the Agent such corresponding amount, such
amount so repaid shall constitute such Bank's Loan included in such Borrowing
for purposes of this Agreement. The failure of any Bank to make any Loan on a
date of Borrowing hereunder shall not relieve any other Bank of any obligation
hereunder to make a Loan on such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any
other provision to the contrary contained herein, if any Bank shall have failed
to fund its share of a previously requested Loan on the applicable date of
Borrowing and Borrower provides a new Notice of Borrowing as a result of such
failure to fund, then, if necessary to make such Borrowing, Borrower shall be
permitted a single additional Loan (beyond that permitted by Section 2.1, if a
Euro-Dollar Loan) and the $5,000,000 minimum Borrowing limit elsewhere referred
to in the Credit Agreement shall not apply to such new Borrowing.
SECTION 2.4. Notes.
(a) The Loans of each Bank shall be evidenced by a single Note
payable to the order of such Bank for the account of its Applicable Lending
Office in an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such
Bank's Loans.
(b) Each Bank may, by notice to the Borrower and the Agent,
request that its Loans of a particular type be evidenced by a separate Note in
an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Bank's Loans.
Each such Note shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto with
appropriate modifications to reflect the fact that it evidences solely Loans of
the relevant type for such Bank. Each reference in this Agreement to the "Note"
of such Bank shall be deemed to refer to and include any or all of such Notes,
as the context may require.
(c) Upon receipt of each Bank's Note pursuant to Section
3.1(a), the Agent shall forward such Note to such
27
<PAGE> 33
Bank. Each Bank shall record the date, amount, type and maturity of each Loan
made by it and the date and amount of each payment of principal made by the
Borrower with respect thereto, and may, if such Bank so elects in connection
with any transfer or enforcement of its Note, endorse on the schedule forming a
part thereof appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing information with
respect to each such Loan then outstanding; provided that the failure of any
Bank to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Notes. Each Bank is hereby
irrevocably authorized by the Borrower so to endorse its Note and to attach to
and make a part of its Note a continuation of any such schedule as and when
required which continuation shall be deemed correct absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.5. Maturity of Loans. Each Loan included in any
Borrowing shall mature, and the principal amount thereof shall be due and
payable, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing.
SECTION 2.6. Interest Rates.
(a) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof for each day from the date such Loan is made until the
date it is repaid at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable
Margin for Base Rate Loans for such day. Such interest shall be payable for each
Interest Period on the last day thereof.
(b) Each Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day during the Interest Period
applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable
Margin for Euro-Dollar Loans for such day plus the Adjusted London Interbank
Offered Rate applicable to such Interest Period. Such interest shall be payable
for each Interest Period on the last day thereof and, if such Interest Period is
longer than three months, at intervals of three months after the first day
thereof.
The "Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to any
Interest Period means a rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained (rounded
upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (i) the
applicable London Interbank Offered Rate by (ii) 1.00 minus the Euro-Dollar
Reserve Percentage.
The "London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to any Interest
Period means the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16
of 1%) of the respective rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are
offered to
28
<PAGE> 34
the Reference Bank in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m.
(London time) two Euro-Dollar Business Days before the first day of such
Interest Period in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the
Euro-Dollar Loan of the Reference Bank to which such Interest Period is to apply
and for a period of time comparable to such Interest Period.
"Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day that
percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as
prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement for a member bank of
the Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding five billion
dollars in respect of "Eurocurrency liabilities" (or in respect of any other
category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the
interest rate on Euro-Dollar Loans is determined or any category of extensions
of credit or other assets which includes loans by a non-United States office of
any Bank to United States residents). The Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate
shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in
the Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage.
(c) In the event that, and for so long as, any Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the outstanding principal amount
of the Loans, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, overdue interest
in respect of all Loans, shall bear interest at the annual rate of the sum of
the Prime Rate and four percent (4%).
(d) The Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to
the Loans hereunder. The Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and the
participating Banks of each rate of interest so determined, and its
determination thereof shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
(e) The Reference Bank agrees to use its best efforts to
furnish quotations to the Agent as contemplated by this Section. If the
Reference Bank does not furnish a timely quotation, the provisions of Section
8.1 shall apply.
SECTION 2.7. Fees.
(a) Commitment Fee. During the Term, the Borrower shall pay
Agent for the account of the Banks ratably in proportion to their respective
Commitments a commitment fee (the "Commitment Fee") accruing at a per annum rate
equal to the then applicable Commitment Fee Percentage on the daily average
undrawn Commitments. The Commitment Fee
29
<PAGE> 35
shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each October 31, January 31, April 30,
and July 31 during the Term.
(b) Fees Non-Refundable. All fees set forth in this Section
2.7 shall be deemed to have been earned as such fees accrue in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement and shall be non-refundable when paid. The
obligation of the Borrower to pay such fees in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall inure to the benefit
of the Agent and the Banks regardless of whether any Loans are actually made.
SECTION 2.8. Mandatory Expiration. The term (the "Term") of
the Commitments shall terminate and expire on the date which is the third
anniversary of the Closing Date (or, if such date is not a Domestic Business
Day, then the next succeeding Domestic Business Day) (the "Maturity Date"). Upon
the date of the termination of the Term, any Loans then outstanding (together
with accrued interest thereon) shall be due and payable.
SECTION 2.9. Mandatory Prepayment.
(a) In the event that a Borrowing Base Property (or any
Separate Parcel that originally formed a part of a Borrowing Base Property) is
sold, transferred or released from the restrictions of Section 5.11 hereof, in
accordance with this Agreement, the Borrower shall simultaneously with such
sale, transfer or release, prepay an amount equal to in the event of a sale or
transfer, 100% of the net proceeds of such sale or transfer or in the event of a
release, such amount as shall be required for the Borrower to remain in
compliance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a simultaneous
like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code will not be
subject to the provisions of this Section 2.9(a) provided that the exchanged
property has qualified as a New Acquisition and any "boot" associated therewith
shall be applied to prepayment of the Loans. Sale of a property in violation of
this Section 2.9 shall constitute an Event of Default.
(b) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall be
applied first to any Base Rate Loans then outstanding, then to any Euro-Dollar
Loans with the shortest remaining Interest Periods. In connection with the
prepayment of a Euro-Dollar Loan prior to the maturity thereof, the Borrower
shall also pay any applicable expenses pursuant to Section 2.12. Each such
prepayment shall be applied to prepay ratably the Loans of the Banks.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Mandatory Prepayment Event would
result in the Borrower incurring expenses pursuant to Section 2.12, at
Borrower's written request to be delivered on the date of any prepayment
pursuant to this Section 2.9 (if
30
<PAGE> 36
Borrower fails to deliver such a request, then such expenses pursuant to Section
2.12, if any, shall be immediately due and payable), the Agent shall create an
interest-bearing escrow account with Agent or Agent's designee to receive funds
that would have been applied to pre-pay Euro-Dollar Loans prior to the end of
the applicable Interest Periods, which funds will be held by Agent or Agent's
designee until the earlier of (x) an Event of Default hereunder (in which event
such funds shall be immediately applied without notice to the outstanding
Euro-Dollar Loans) or (y) such time as an Interest Period shall end whereupon
the Agent shall apply such funds to pay the Euro-Dollar Loan relating to such
expiring Interest Period or (z) Agent has received a Notice of Borrowing with
respect to such escrowed funds together with a certificate of the Borrower's
chief financial officer or chief accounting officer certifying that upon the
distribution of such funds to Borrower as new Loans, the Borrower will be in
compliance with the requirements of Section 5.9 and containing information
required by Section 5.1(c)(i) and (ii) hereof to establish such compliance.
(c) Any event referred to in Section 2.9(a) that results in a
required prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall be referred
to as a "Mandatory Prepayment Event".
SECTION 2.10. Optional Prepayments.
(a) The Borrower may, upon at least five (5) Domestic Business
Days' notice to the Agent, prepay any Base Rate Borrowing in whole at any time,
or from time to time in part in amounts aggregating not less than One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000) or any larger multiple of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000),
by paying the principal amount to be prepaid together with accrued interest
thereon to the date of prepayment. Each such optional prepayment shall be
applied to prepay ratably the Loans of the several Banks included in such
Borrowing.
(b) Except as provided in Section 8.2, the Borrower may not
prepay all or any portion of the principal amount of any Euro-Dollar Loan prior
to the maturity thereof unless the Borrower shall also pay any applicable
expenses pursuant to Section 2.12. Notice of such prepayment shall be delivered
to Agent by Borrower, upon at least five (5) Domestic Business Days notice. Each
such optional prepayment shall be in the amounts set forth in Section 2.10(a)
above and shall be applied to prepay ratably the Loans of the Banks included.
(c) The Borrower may cancel all or any portion of the
Commitments by the delivery to Agent of a notice of cancellation within the
applicable time periods and minimum
31
<PAGE> 37
amounts set forth in Sections 2.10(a) and (b) above if there are Loans then
outstanding or, if there are no Loans outstanding at such time, upon at least
five (5) Domestic Business Days notice to Agent, whereupon, in either event,
such Commitments so designated by Borrower shall terminate on the date set forth
in such notice of cancellation, and, if there are any Loans then outstanding in
excess of the Commitments after giving effect to such termination, Borrower
shall prepay such Loans outstanding on such date in accordance with the
requirements of Section 2.10(a) and (b).
(d) Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment or cancellation
from Borrower pursuant to this Section, the Agent shall promptly notify each
Bank of the contents there of and of such Bank's ratable share (if any) of such
prepayment or cancellation and such notice shall thereafter be revocable by the
Borrower no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) three (3) Domestic
Business Days before the date originally set forth by Borrower in the applicable
notice of prepayment or cancellation as the prepayment or cancellation date.
Upon the expiration of such time period, the notice of prepayment or
cancellation shall be irrevocable.
(e) Any amounts prepaid pursuant to Sections 2.10(a) or (b)
may be reborrowed. Any amounts cancelled pursuant to Section 2.10(c) may not be
reborrowed.
SECTION 2.11. General Provisions as to Payments.
(a) The Borrower shall make each payment of principal of, and
interest on, the Loans and of fees required hereunder, not later than 1:00 p.m.
(New York City time) on the date when due, in Federal or other funds immediately
available in New York City, to the Agent at its address referred to in Section
9.1. The Agent will promptly distribute to each Bank its ratable share of each
such payment received by the Agent for the account of the Banks. Whenever any
payment of principal of, or interest on, the Base Rate Loans or of fees required
hereunder shall be due on a day which is not a Domestic Business Day, the date
for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Domestic Business
Day. Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Euro-Dollar Loans
shall be due on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day, the date for
payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business
Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in another calendar month, in
which case the date for payment thereof shall be the next preceding Euro-Dollar
Business Day. If the date for any payment of principal is extended by operation
of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.
32
<PAGE> 38
(b) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the
Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Banks hereunder
that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that
the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and the
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each
Bank on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Bank. If and
to the extent that the Borrower shall not have so made such payment, each Bank
shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such
Bank together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is
distributed to such Bank until the date such Bank repays such amount to the
Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
SECTION 2.12. Funding Losses. If the Borrower makes any
payment of principal with respect to any Euro-Dollar Loan (pursuant to Article
II, VI or VIII or otherwise) on any day other than the last day of the Interest
Period applicable thereto, or the last day of an applicable period fixed
pursuant to Section 2.6(b), or if the Borrower fails to borrow any Euro-Dollar
Loans, after notice has been given to any Bank in accordance with Section 2.3(a)
and not revoked as permitted in this Agreement, then and only then shall
Borrower reimburse each Bank within 15 days after demand therefor for any
resulting loss or expense reasonably incurred by it (or by an existing or
prospective Participant in the related Loan), including (without limitation) any
loss incurred in obtaining, liquidating or employing deposits from third
parties, but excluding loss of margin for the period after any such payment or
failure to borrow, provided that such Bank shall have delivered to the Borrower
a certificate signed by an authorized officer of such Bank as to the amount of
such loss or expense reasonably incurred, which certificate shall be conclusive
in the absence of manifest error.
SECTION 2.13. Computation of Interest and Fees. Interest based
on the Prime Rate hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days
(or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed
(including the first day but excluding the last day). All other interest and
fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the
actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last
day).
SECTION 2.14. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the
proceeds of the Loans solely for (i) the acquisition by Borrower (either
directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries) of real estate properties (or
interests therein) which are primarily industrial (including
warehouse/distribution, light industrial and light assembly)
33
<PAGE> 39
or retail (including neighborhood or community shopping centers and similar
sub-regional properties) with land adjacent or incidental thereto (the "New
Acquisitions"), (ii) such other costs and expenses attendant with such
acquisitions and improvements, including, without limitation, closing costs,
attorneys' fees and expenses and other professional fees, architectural fees,
due diligence expenses, title insurance premiums, survey preparation costs,
recording fees, appraisal fees, engineering and environmental fees, licensing
and regulatory filing fees, brokerage commissions, leasing commissions,
reasonable tenant improvement costs, (iii) construction, renovation,
rehabilitation and alteration of Real Property Assets or other Capital
Expenditures, and (iv) general working capital needs of Borrower or Consolidated
Subsidiaries of Borrower not to exceed a maximum amount of $50,000,000 with
respect to such working capital needs (collectively, "Approved Uses").
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS
SECTION 3.1. Closing. The closing hereunder shall occur on the date
(the "Closing Date") when each of the following conditions is satisfied (or
waived by the Agent), each document to be dated the Closing Date unless
otherwise indicated:
(a) the Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent a Note
for the account of each Bank dated on or before the Closing Date complying with
the provisions of Section 2.4;
(b) the Borrower and Agent shall have executed and delivered to the
Agent a duly executed original of this Agreement;
(c) the General Partner, AMB Property II, L.P. and Long Gate LLC shall
each have executed and delivered the Confirmation of Guaranty;
(d) Agent shall have received an enforceability opinion of Latham &
Watkins, New York and California counsel for the Borrower, and opinions as to
the due authority, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents (other than any
Subsidiary Guaranty) by Latham & Watkins and Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll,
in each case reasonably acceptable to the Agent, the Banks and their counsel;
(e) Agent shall have received all documents Agent may reasonably
request relating to the existence of the Borrower, the General Partner and any
Subsidiary Guarantor, the
34
<PAGE> 40
authority for and the validity of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
and any other matters relevant hereto, all in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent. Such documentation shall include, without limitation,
the partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership of Borrower,
the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the General Partner and the
organizational and formation documents of any Subsidiary Guarantor, each as
amended, modified or supplemented to the Closing Date, certified to be true,
correct and complete by a senior officer of the Borrower as of a date not more
than twenty (20) days prior to the Closing Date, together with a good standing
certificate from the Secretary of State (or the equivalent thereof) of the State
or States in which Borrower, the General Partner and any Subsidiary Guarantor
are incorporated and from the Secretary of State (or the equivalent thereof) of
each other State in which a Borrowing Base Property is located and in which any
of the Borrower, the General Partner or a Subsidiary Guarantor is required to be
qualified to transact business, each to be dated not more than twenty (20) days
prior to the Closing Date;
(f) Agent shall have received all certificates, agreements and other
documents referred to in this Section 3.1 and Section 3.2, unless otherwise
specified, in sufficient counterparts, satisfactory in form and substance to the
Agent in its sole discretion;
(g) Borrower, the General Partner and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall
have taken all actions required to authorize the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and the
performance thereof by the Borrower, the General Partner and such Subsidiary
Guarantors, as applicable;
(h) Agent shall be satisfied that the Borrower is not subject to any
present or contingent Environmental Claim which could have a Material Adverse
Effect;
(i) Agent shall have received a pro forma Consolidated balance sheet of
the Borrower, the General Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries for the
period ended September 30, 1997;
(j) if applicable, Agent shall have received wire transfer instructions
in connection with any Loans to be made on the Closing Date;
(k) Agent shall have received, for its and any other Bank's account,
(i) all fees due and payable pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof on or before the
Closing Date, and (ii) the reasonable fees and expenses accrued through the
Closing Date of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP;
35
<PAGE> 41
(l) Agent shall have received copies of all consents, licenses and
approvals, if any, required in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance by the Borrower, the General Partner and any Subsidiary Guarantor,
and the validity and enforceability, of the Loan Documents, or in connection
with any of the transactions contemplated thereby, and such consents, licenses
and approvals shall be in full force and effect in all material respects;
(m) Agent shall have received satisfactory reports of UCC
(collectively, the "UCC Searches"), tax lien, and judgment searches conducted by
a search firm reasonably acceptable to Agent with respect to the Borrowing Base
Properties, the Borrower, the General Partner and any Subsidiary Guarantor, such
searches to be conducted by Borrower's counsel in each of the locations
specified by the Agent;
(n) the Agent shall have received with respect to each Borrowing Base
Property that was not a Borrowing Base Property under the Existing Credit
Agreement, a copy of the engineer's inspection report obtained in connection
with the acquisition of such Borrowing Base Property;
(o) the Agent shall have received with respect to each Borrowing Base
Property that was not a Borrowing Base Property under the Existing Credit
Agreement, (i) a description of the Borrowing Base Property, (ii) two years of
historical cash flow operating statements with respect to such Borrowing Base
Property, if available, (iii) five years of cash flow projections (including
capital expenditures), (iv) a map and site plan, (v) an investment memorandum
prepared by the Borrower (or a predecessor of the Borrower) in connection with
the acquisition of the Borrowing Base Property (which memorandum shall include,
but not be limited to, an analysis prepared by the Borrower or such predecessor
of the credit quality and viability of each existing tenant of such Borrowing
Base Property which occupies more than 15% of such Borrowing Base Property or
accounts for more than 15% of the base rentals of such Borrowing Base Property),
and (vi) to the extent obtained by the Borrower or, as applicable, a
predecessor, in connection with such acquisition, evidence of zoning compliance
(which evidence can include a "lawyer's letter" from a local counsel engaged by
Borrower at the time of acquisition);
(p) the Agent shall have received certificates of insurance with
respect to each Borrowing Base Property demonstrating the coverage required
under this Agreement;
(q) the Agent shall have received with respect to each Borrowing Base
Property that was not a Borrowing Base Property under the Existing Credit
Agreement, a copy of the Title Commitment obtained by the Borrower or, as
applicable,
36
<PAGE> 42
the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that owns or leases each such Borrowing Base
Property in connection with the acquisition of each such Borrowing Base
Property;
(r) the Agent shall have received a compliance certificate from
Borrower's chief financial officer or chief accounting officer certifying
compliance with Section 5.9 hereof containing such information as is required by
Section 5.1(c)(i) and (ii);
(s) the Agent shall have received with respect to each Borrowing Base
Property that was not a Borrowing Base Property under the Existing Credit
Agreement, a copy of the environmental report obtained by the Borrower or the
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that owns or leases each such Borrowing Base Property in
connection with the acquisition of each such Borrowing Base Property;
(t) the Agent shall have received with respect to each Borrowing Base
Property such additional information with respect to each Borrowing Base
Property, the tenants of such Borrowing Base Property, and, if applicable, the
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that owns such Borrowing Base Property, as the Agent or
any Bank shall reasonably request; and
(u) the Agent shall have received a certificate of the chief financial
officer or the chief accounting officer of the Borrower certifying that the
"Formation Transactions," as defined in the Form S-11 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission in connection with the initial public offering of the
common stock of the General Partner, shall have been consummated.
Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and the Banks of the Closing Date.
SECTION 3.2. Borrowings. The obligation of any Bank to make a Loan on
the occasion of any Borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions:
(a) the Closing Date shall have occurred on or prior to November 26,
1997;
(b) receipt by Agent of a Notice of Borrowing as required by Section
2.2;
(c) immediately after such Borrowing, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Loans will not exceed the Maximum Loan Amount;
(d) immediately after such Borrowing, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Loans will not exceed the aggregate amount of the
Commitments (as reduced pursuant
37
<PAGE> 43
to Section 2.10(c)) and with respect to each Bank, such Bank's pro rata portion
of the Loans will not exceed such Bank's Commitment (as reduced pursuant to
Section 2.10(c)).
(e) immediately before and after such Borrowing, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing both before and after giving
effect to the making of such Loans;
(f) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in
this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
the date of such Borrowing both before and after giving effect to the making of
such Loans;
(g) no law or regulation shall have been adopted, no order, judgment or
decree of any governmental authority shall have been issued, and no litigation
shall be pending or threatened, which does or, with respect to any threatened
litigation, seeks to enjoin, prohibit or restrain, the making or repayment of
the Loans or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement;
(h) no event, act or condition shall have occurred after the Closing
Date which, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent or the Banks, as the case
may be, has had or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(i) the Agent shall have theretofore received duly and validly executed
Subsidiary Guaranties from each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that owns a Borrowing
Base Property;
(j) receipt by the Agent of a certificate of the chief financial
officer or the chief accounting officer of the Borrower certifying that as of
the date of such Borrowing, the Borrower is in compliance Section 5.9 and
containing such information as is required by Section 5.1(c) (i) and (ii); and
(k) receipt by the Agent of a certificate of the chief financial
officer or the chief accounting officer of the Borrower certifying that Borrower
shall receive the proceeds of the Loan and will use the proceeds of such Loan
for Approved Uses and briefly describing such Approved Uses.
Each Borrowing hereunder shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by
the Borrower on the date of such Borrowing as to the facts specified in clauses
(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (i) of this Section.
38
<PAGE> 44
SECTION 3.3. Borrowing Base Properties.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Borrowing Base
Properties" shall mean (i) the Real Property Assets listed in Exhibit B attached
hereto and made a part hereof, each of which shall be 100% owned in fee (or
leasehold in the case of assets listed as such on Exhibit B) by the Borrower or
any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and each of which is not subject to
any Lien (other than Permitted Liens), subject to adjustment as set forth
herein, together with (ii) each New Acquisition or Real Property Asset submitted
by Borrower for inclusion as a "Borrowing Base Property" hereunder and made a
"Borrowing Base Property" pursuant to the terms hereof and of Section 3.4. Each
Borrowing Base Property (1) shall be 100% owned in fee or leasehold by the
Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, (2) shall not be subject
to a Lien (other than Permitted Liens), and (3) shall not be an interest in a
participating mortgage, all as certified by Borrower pursuant to a certificate
in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto delivered to Agent at the
time that Borrower submits a New Acquisition or Real Property Asset for
inclusion as a Borrowing Base Property. In addition, with respect to any
proposed Borrowing Base Property which is owned by a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of
Borrower, Borrower shall cause such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to deliver to the
Agent a Subsidiary Guaranty at the time that such New Acquisition or Real
Property Asset is submitted for inclusion as a Borrowing Base Property.
(b) Except as set forth in clause (c) below, Real Property
Assets (i) which have been released from this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents as of such date in accordance with Sections 5.11 or Section 5.12 or
any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) which have failed to maintain the
Required Occupancy Level for any twelve month period, shall be excluded as
"Borrowing Base Properties" for purposes of this Agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (b), Separate Parcels
which, for a period of no longer than twelve months, do not maintain the
Required Occupancy Level but which otherwise satisfy the requirements set forth
in Section 3.3(a) or Section 3.4 for inclusion as Borrowing Base Properties may
be included as Borrowing Base Properties provided that the aggregate Gross Asset
Value for such Separate Parcels shall not constitute more than ten percent (10%)
of the aggregate Gross Asset Value of the remaining Borrowing Base Properties,
as of any date of determination. In the event that the aggregate Gross Asset
Value of such Separate Parcels would, as of any date, constitute more than ten
percent of the Gross Asset Value of the remaining Borrowing Base Properties,
only those Separate Parcels for
39
<PAGE> 45
which the aggregate Gross Asset Value would constitute 10% or less shall be
deemed to be included as Borrowing Base Properties hereunder.
SECTION 3.4. Conditions Precedent to New Acquisitions and Additional
Real Property Assets.
(a) Until such time as Borrower or the General Partner shall
receive at least one (1) Investment Grade Rating from either S&P or Moody's, any
New Acquisition or Real Property Asset desired by Borrower to be included as a
Borrowing Base Property will require the approval of the Required Banks. The
approval right set forth in this clause (a) shall be of no force or effect for
so long as Borrower's Credit Rating is an Investment Grade Rating.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Borrower or the General Partner receives a
rating that is not an Investment Grade Rating from either S&P or Moody's, until
such time as Borrower or the General Partner has received an Investment Grade
Rating from each of S&P and Moody's, any New Acquisition or Real Property Asset
desired by Borrower to be included as a Borrowing Base Property will require the
approval of the Required Banks.
(b) For so long as the approval of the Required Banks is
required pursuant to clause (a) above, the Borrower shall submit to the Agent
the materials set forth below (the "Due Diligence Package") relating to each New
Acquisition or Real Property Asset that the Borrower desires to be added to the
Borrowing Base Properties. The Due Diligence Package shall include (i) a
description of the Real Property Asset or New Acquisition, (ii) two years of
historical cash flow operating statements, if available, (iii) five years of
cash flow projections (including capital expenditures), (iv) a map and site
plan, (v) if such New Acquisition or Real Property Asset was acquired by the
Borrower (or a predecessor of the Borrower) within the prior twelve month
period, an investment memorandum prepared by the Borrower or such predecessor in
connection with the acquisition of the Borrowing Base Property by Borrower or
such predecessor (which memorandum shall include, but not be limited to, an
analysis prepared by the Borrower or such predecessor of the credit quality and
viability of each existing tenant of such Borrowing Base Property which occupies
more than 15% of such Borrowing Base Property or accounts for more than 15% of
the base rentals of such Borrowing Base Property), (vi) to the extent obtained
by the Borrower or, as applicable, a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary in connection with
any New Acquisition, evidence of zoning compliance (which evidence can include a
"lawyer's letter" from a local counsel engaged by Borrower at the time of
acquisition), (vii) a copy of the engineer's inspection report obtained by the
Borrower or, if applicable, a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary in connection with the
acquisition of such New Acquisition or Real Property Asset,
40
<PAGE> 46
(viii) a copy of the Title Commitment obtained by the Borrower or, if
applicable, a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that owns or leases (or will own or lease)
each such New Acquisition or Real Property Asset, (ix) a copy of the
environmental report obtained by the Borrower or, if applicable, a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary, in connection with the acquisition of each such Borrowing Base
Property and (x) such additional information with respect to each New
Acquisition or Real Property Asset, the tenants of such New Acquisition or Real
Property Asset, and if applicable, the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that owns or
leases such New Acquisition or Real Property Asset, as the Agent or any Bank
shall reasonably request. The Borrower shall permit the Agent at all reasonable
times and upon reasonable prior notice to make an inspection of such New
Acquisition or Real Property Asset.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (b), the Due
Diligence Package with respect to any Real Property Asset to be added as a
Borrowing Base Property within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date shall
include only (i) a description of the Real Property Asset, (ii) two years of
historical cash flow operating statements, if available, (iii) five years of
cash flow projections (including capital expenditures), (iv) a map and site
plan, and (v) if such Real Property Asset was acquired by the Borrower (or a
predecessor of the Borrower) within the prior twelve month period, an investment
memorandum prepared by the Borrower (or such predecessor) in connection with the
acquisition of the Borrowing Base Property by Borrower or such predecessor
(which memorandum shall include, but not be limited to, an analysis prepared by
the Borrower or such predecessor of the credit quality and viability of each
existing tenant of such Borrowing Base Property which occupies more than 15% of
such Borrowing Base Property or accounts for more than 15% of the base rentals
of such Borrowing Base Property) and (vi) such additional information with
respect to such Real Property Asset, the tenants of such Real Property Asset,
and, if applicable, the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that owns or leases such New
Acquisition or Real Property Asset, as the Agent or any Bank shall reasonably
request. The Borrower shall permit the Agent at all reasonable times and upon
reasonable prior notice to make an inspection of such Real Property Asset.
(d) The Borrower shall distribute a copy of each item
constituting the Due Diligence Package by overnight mail to each of the Banks
for their review and approval. Failure to respond to the Agent in writing by any
Bank within ten (10) Domestic Business Days after receipt of the Due Diligence
Package, shall be deemed to be an approval by such Bank of such New Acquisition
or Real Property Asset for inclusion as a Borrowing Base Property.
41
<PAGE> 47
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
In order to induce the Agent and each of the other Banks which may
become a party to this Agreement to make the Loans, the Borrower makes the
following representations and warranties as of the Closing Date. Such
representations and warranties, shall survive the effectiveness of this
Agreement, the execution and delivery of the other Loan Documents and the making
of the Loans.
SECTION 4.1. Existence and Power. The General Partner is a real estate
investment trust, duly formed, validly existing and in good standing as a
corporation under the laws of Maryland. The Borrower is a limited partnership
duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware.
Each of the Borrower, the General Partner and each Subsidiary Guarantor has all
powers and all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and
approvals required to own its property and assets and carry on its business as
now conducted or as it presently proposes to conduct and has been duly qualified
and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the failure to be so
qualified and/or in good standing is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 4.2. Power and Authority. Each of the Borrower, the General
Partner and each Subsidiary Guarantor has the partnership or corporate (as
applicable) power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and
provisions of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and has taken
all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery on behalf
of, as applicable, the Borrower, the General Partner and such Subsidiary
Guarantor and the performance by the Borrower, the General Partner and such
Subsidiary Guarantor of such Loan Documents to which it is a party. Each of the
Borrower, the General Partner and each Subsidiary Guarantor has duly executed
and delivered each Loan Document to which it is a party, and each such Loan
Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be
limited by applicable insolvency, bankruptcy or other laws affecting creditors
rights generally, or general principles of equity, whether such enforceability
is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
SECTION 4.3. No Violation. Neither the execution, delivery or
performance by or on behalf of the Borrower, the General Partner or any
Subsidiary Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, nor
compliance by the Borrower, the General Partner or any Subsidiary Guarantor with
42
<PAGE> 48
the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the Loan Documents, (i) will contravene any applicable provision
of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or
decree of any court or governmental instrumentality or (ii) will conflict, in
any material respect, with or result in any breach of, any of the terms,
covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a material default under,
or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or
impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of the Borrower, the General
Partner or any of their Consolidated Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, subscription agreement or other agreement or
other instrument to which the Borrower, the General Partner, any Subsidiary
Guarantor (or of any partnership of which any such party is a partner) or any of
their Consolidated Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property
or assets is bound or to which it is subject, or (iii) will cause a default by
the Borrower, the General Partner or any Subsidiary Guarantor under any
subscription agreement or any other organizational document of any Person in
which the Borrower, the General Partner or any Consolidated Subsidiary has an
interest, or cause a default under the partnership agreement, articles of
incorporation or by laws (as applicable) of the Borrower, the General Partner or
any Consolidated Subsidiary.
SECTION 4.4. Financial Information.
(a) The Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, the General
Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries dated December 31, 1996 and the
related Consolidated statements of the Borrower's financial position for the
fiscal year then ended, audited by Arthur Andersen & Co., L.L.P., a copy of
which has been delivered to the Agent fairly present, in conformity with GAAP,
the Consolidated financial position of the Borrower, the General Partner, and
their Consolidated Subsidiaries of such date and their results of operations and
cash flows for such fiscal year.
(b) The Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, the General
Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries for the period ending September 30,
1997, a copy of which has been delivered to the Agent, fairly present, in
conformity with GAAP, the Consolidated financial position of the Borrower, the
General Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and their
Consolidated results of operations and cash flows for such period.
(c) Since September 30, 1997, (i) there has been no material adverse
change in the business, financial position or results of operations of the
Borrower, the General Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries and (ii)
except
43
<PAGE> 49
as previously disclosed to the Agent, none of the Borrower, the General Partner
or any of their Consolidated Subsidiaries has incurred any material indebtedness
or guaranty.
SECTION 4.5. Litigation. There is no material action, suit or
proceeding pending against, or to the actual knowledge of the Borrower, after
due inquiry, threatened against or adversely affecting, (i) the Borrower, the
General Partner or any of their Subsidiaries, (ii) the Loan Documents or any of
the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or (iii) any of its assets,
before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official in
which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which could,
individually, or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the business,
Consolidated financial position or Consolidated results of operations of the
Borrower, the General Partner or their Consolidated Subsidiaries or which in any
manner draws into question the validity of this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents.
SECTION 4.6. Compliance with ERISA.
(a) The transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will not
constitute a nonexempt prohibited transaction (as such term is defined in
Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) that could subject the Agent
or the Banks to any tax or penalty or prohibited transactions imposed under
Section 4975 of the Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA.
(b) Each member of the ERISA Group has fulfilled its obligations under
the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with
respect to each Plan and is in compliance in all material respects with the
presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with
respect to each Plan. No member of the ERISA Group has (i) sought a waiver of
the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code in
respect of any Plan, (ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan
or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made any
amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement, which has resulted or could result
in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under
ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code or (iii) incurred any liability under Title
IV of ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007
of ERISA.
SECTION 4.7. Environmental Matters. In the ordinary course of its
business, the Borrower conducts a periodic review of the effect of Environmental
Laws on the business, operations and properties of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the Real Property
44
<PAGE> 50
Assets, in the course of which it seeks to identify and evaluate applicable
liabilities and costs (including, without limitation, any capital or operating
expenditures required as a matter of Environmental Law for clean-up or closure
of properties presently or previously owned, any capital or operating
expenditures required as a matter of Environmental Law to achieve or maintain
compliance with Environmental Law or as a condition of any license, permit or
contract to which Borrower is a party or a beneficiary, any related constraints
on operating activities, including any periodic or permanent shutdown of any
facility or reduction in the level of or change in the nature of operations
conducted thereat, any costs or liabilities in connection with off-site disposal
of wastes or Hazardous Substances, and any actual or potential liabilities to
third parties, including employees, and any related costs and expenses). On the
basis of this review, the Borrower has reasonably concluded that such associated
potential liabilities and costs, including the costs of compliance with
Environmental Laws, are unlikely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 4.8. Taxes. The Borrower, the General Partner and their
Subsidiaries have filed all United States Federal income tax returns and all
other material tax returns which are required to be filed by them and have paid
all taxes due and payable pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment
received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary. The charges, accruals and reserves
on the books of the Borrower, the General Partner and their Subsidiaries in
respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, in the reasonable judgment
of the Borrower, adequate.
SECTION 4.9. Full Disclosure. All information heretofore furnished by
or on behalf of the Borrower, the General Partner and their Subsidiaries to the
Agent or any Bank for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any
transaction contemplated hereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished
by the Borrower or the General Partner or any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Agent
or any Bank will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as
of which such information is stated. The Borrower and the General Partner have
disclosed to the Banks in writing any and all facts which, in Borrower's and the
General Partner's reasonable judgment, materially and adversely affect or may
affect (to the extent the Borrower and the General Partner can now reasonably
foresee), the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower, the
General Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the
ability of the Borrower or the General Partner or any Subsidiary Guarantor to
perform its obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any
material respect.
45
<PAGE> 51
SECTION 4.10. Solvency. On the Closing Date and after giving effect to
the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents occurring on the Closing
Date, each of Borrower, the General Partner and any Subsidiary Guarantor will be
Solvent.
SECTION 4.11. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. All proceeds of the
Loans will be used by the Borrower only in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used by the Borrower
to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the
expressed purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. Neither the making
of any Loan nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate or be inconsistent
with the provisions of Regulations G, T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.
SECTION 4.12. Governmental Approvals. No order, consent, approval,
license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration
with, or exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority, or any
subdivision thereof, is required to authorize, or is required in connection with
the execution, delivery and performance of any Loan Document or the consummation
of any of the transactions contemplated thereby other than those that have
already been duly made or obtained and remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 4.13. Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company
Act. The Borrower is not (x) an "investment company" or a company "controlled"
by an "investment company", within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended, (y) a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a
"holding company" or an "affiliate" of either a "holding company" or a
"subsidiary company" within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, as amended, or (z) subject to any other federal or state law or
regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.
SECTION 4.14. Closing Date Transactions. On the Closing Date and
immediately prior to the making of the Loans, the transactions (other than the
making of the Loans) intended to be consummated on the Closing Date will have
been consummated in accordance with all applicable laws. All material consents
and approvals of, and all material filings and registrations with, and all other
material actions by, any Person required in order to make or consummate such
transactions have been obtained, given, filed or taken and are in full force and
effect.
SECTION 4.15. Representations and Warranties in Loan Documents. All
representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Documents are
true and correct in all
46
<PAGE> 52
material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of any date that
Borrower is expressly obligated to confirm the same under this Agreement.
SECTION 4.16. Patents, Trademarks, Etc. The Borrower, the General
Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries have obtained and hold in full
force and effect all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights
and other such rights, free from burdensome restrictions, which are necessary
for the operation of their business as presently conducted, the impairment of
which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Borrower's knowledge,
no material product, process, method, substance, part or other material
presently sold by or employed by the Borrower or its Consolidated Subsidiaries
in connection with such business infringes any patent, trademark, service mark,
trade name, copyright, license or other such right owned by any other Person.
There is not pending or, to the Borrower's or the General Partner's knowledge,
threatened any claim or litigation against or affecting the Borrower, the
General Partner or their Consolidated Subsidiaries contesting any of their
respective rights to sell or use any such product, process, method, substance,
part or other material.
SECTION 4.17. Ownership of Property. Schedule 4.17(a) attached hereto
and made a part hereof sets forth all the real property owned or leased by the
Borrower and Persons in which the Borrower, directly or indirectly, owns an
interest as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower and such
Persons have good and insurable fee simple title (or leasehold title if so
designated on Schedule 4.17(a) to all of such real property, subject to
customary encumbrances and liens as of the date of this Agreement. As of the
date of this Agreement, there are no mortgages, deeds of trust, indentures, debt
instruments or other agreements creating a Lien against any of the Real Property
Assets except as disclosed on Schedule 4.17(b).
SECTION 4.18. No Default. No Default or Event of Default exists under
or with respect to any Loan Document. The Borrower (nor the General Partner nor
any Consolidated Subsidiary) is not in default in any material respect beyond
any applicable grace period under or with respect to any other material
agreement, instrument or undertaking to which it is a party or by which it or
any of its property is bound in any respect, the existence of which default is
likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 4.19. Licenses, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the General Partner
and each of their Consolidated Subsidiaries) has obtained and holds in full
force and effect, all material franchises, licenses, permits, certificates,
authorizations, qualifications, accreditations, ease-
47
<PAGE> 53
ments, rights of way and other consents and approvals which are necessary for
the operation of its business as presently conducted, the absence of which is
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 4.20. Compliance With Law. The Borrower, the General Partner
and each of their Consolidated Subsidiaries and each of the Real Property Assets
is in compliance with all material laws, rules, regulations, orders, judgments,
writs and decrees, including, without limitation, all building and zoning
ordinances and codes, the failure to comply with which is likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 4.21. No Burdensome Restrictions. The Borrower, the General
Partner and each of their Consolidated Subsidiaries is not a party to any
agreement or instrument or subject to any other obligation or any charter or
corporate or partnership restriction, as the case may be, which, individually or
in the aggregate, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect except in the
event of a default there under.
SECTION 4.22. Brokers' Fees. Neither the Borrower nor the General
Partner has dealt with any broker or finder with respect to the transactions
contemplated by the Loan Documents or otherwise in connection with this
Agreement.
SECTION 4.23. Labor Matters. There are no collective bargaining
agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering any employees of the Borrower, the
General Partner, or any of their Consolidated Subsidiaries.
SECTION 4.24. Insurance. The Borrower, the General Partner and each of
its Consolidated Subsidiaries currently maintains all insurance which is
required to be maintained by Section 5.3 hereof.
SECTION 4.25. Organizational Documents. The documents delivered
pursuant to Section 3.1(e) constitute, as of the Closing Date, all of the
organizational documents (together with all amendments and modifications
thereof) of the Borrower. The Borrower represents that it has delivered to the
Agent true, correct and complete copies of each of the documents set forth in
Section 3.1(e).
SECTION 4.26. Principal Offices. The principal office, chief executive
office and principal place of business of each of the Borrower, the General
Partner and each Subsidiary Guarantor is 505 Montgomery Street, San Francisco,
California.
48
<PAGE> 54
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Bank has any
Commitment hereunder or any Obligations remain unpaid:
SECTION 5.1. Information. The Borrower will deliver to each of the
Banks:
(a) as soon as reasonably available and in any event within 95 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a Consolidated balance sheet
of the Borrower, the General Partner, and their Consolidated Subsidiaries as of
the end of such fiscal year and the related Consolidated statements of
operations for such fiscal year prepared by Arthur Andersen & Co., L.L.P. or
other independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing;
(b) as soon as available and in any event within 50 days after the end
of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) a
Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, the General Partner, and their
Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and the related
Consolidated statements of operations for such quarter and for the portion of
the Borrower's fiscal year ended at the end of such quarter, all certified
(subject to normal year-end adjustments) as to fairness of presentation, GAAP
and consistency by the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer
of the Borrower; (ii) an acquisition status report, with respect to each Real
Property Asset acquired during such quarter, in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Agent, setting forth all acquisition activity during such quarterly period,
including a description of such Real Property Asset and the Acquisition Price
thereof and (iii) such other information reasonably requested by the Agent or
any Bank;
(c) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial
statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of the chief
financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the Borrower (i) setting
forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to establish whether the
Borrower was in compliance with the requirements of Section 5.9 on the date of
such financial statements; (ii) stating whether any Default, Event of Default or
Mandatory Prepayment Event exists on the date of such certificate and with
respect to a Mandatory Prepayment Event, whether it existed at any time during
the period covered by such financial statements, and, if any Default, Event of
Default or Mandatory Prepayment Event then exists, setting forth the details
thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking
49
<PAGE> 55
or proposes to take with respect thereto; and (iii) certifying (x) that such
financial statements fairly present the financial condition and the results of
operations of the Borrower on the dates and for the periods indicated, on the
basis of GAAP, with respect to the Borrower subject, in the case of interim
financial statements, to normally recurring year-end adjustments, and (y) that
such officer has reviewed the terms of the Loan Documents and has made, or
caused to be made under his or her supervision, a review in reasonable detail of
the business and condition of the Borrower during the period beginning on the
date through which the last such review was made pursuant to this Section 5.1(c)
(or, in the case of the first certification pursuant to this Section 5.1(c), the
Closing Date) and ending on a date not more than ten (10) Domestic Business Days
prior to the date of such delivery and that (1) on the basis of such financial
statements and such review of the Loan Documents, no Event of Default existed
under Section 6.1(b) with respect to Section 5.9 at or as of the date of said
financial statements, and (2) on the basis of such review of the Loan Documents
and the business and condition of the Borrower, to the actual knowledge of such
officer, no Default or Event of Default under any other provision of Section 6.1
occurred or, if any such Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then
continuing, specifying the nature and extent thereof and, if continuing, the
action the Borrower proposes to take in respect thereof and (3) on the basis of
such review of the Loan Documents and the business and condition of the
Borrower, no Mandatory Prepayment Event then exists or has existed during the
period since the last review pursuant to this Section 5.1(c). Such certificate
shall set forth the calculations required to establish the matters described in
clause (i) above;
(d) (i) within seven (7) days after the chief financial officer or
chief accounting officer of the Borrower, the General Partner, or any
Consolidated Subsidiary of any of the foregoing obtains knowledge of any Default
or a Mandatory Prepayment Event, if such Default or Mandatory Prepayment Event
is then continuing, a certificate of such officer setting forth the details
thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto; (ii) promptly and in any event within ten(10) days after the
chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Borrower, the General
Partner or any Consolidated Subsidiary of any of the foregoing obtains knowledge
thereof, notice of (x) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending or
actions threatened against the Borrower, the General Partner, any Consolidated
Subsidiary or the Real Property Assets as to which there is a reason able
possibility of an adverse determination and which, if adversely determined, is
likely to individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect,
and (y) any
50
<PAGE> 56
other event, act or condition which is likely to result in a Material Adverse
Effect;
(e) promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the
Borrower generally, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy
statement so mailed;
(f) promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all registration
statements (other than the exhibits thereto and any registration statements on
Form S-8 or its equivalent) and reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or their
equivalents) which the General Partner shall have filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission;
(g) promptly and in any event within ten (10) Domestic Business Days
after the Borrower obtains actual knowledge of any of the following events, a
certificate of the Borrower, executed by an officer of the Borrower, specifying
the nature of such condition and the Borrower's or, if the Borrower has actual
knowledge thereof, the Environmental Affiliate's proposed initial response
thereto: (i) the receipt by the Borrower, or, if the Borrower has actual
knowledge thereof, any of the Environmental Affiliates of any written
communication, whether from a governmental authority, citizens group, employee
or otherwise, that alleges that the Borrower, or, if the Borrower has actual
knowledge thereof, any of the Environmental Affiliates, is not in compliance
with applicable Environmental Laws, and such noncompliance is likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower shall obtain actual knowledge that
there exists any Environmental Claim pending or threatened against the Borrower
or any Environmental Affiliate or (iii) the Borrower obtains actual knowledge of
any release, emission, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Substances that is
likely to form the basis of any Environmental Claim against the Borrower or any
Environmental Affiliate;
(h) within ten (10) Domestic Business Days after receipt of any
material notices or correspondence from any company or agent for any company
providing insurance coverage to the Borrower relating to any material loss of
the Borrower, copies of such notices and correspondence;
(i) no less than ten (10) Domestic Business Days prior to a sale,
transfer or conveyance of any Borrowing Base Property, Borrower shall deliver a
certificate of the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of
the Borrower certifying that such officer has reviewed the terms of the Loan
Documents and has made, or caused to be made under his or her supervision, a
review in reasonable detail of the business and condition of the Borrower during
the period beginning on the date through which the last such review was made
pursuant to Section 5.1(c) hereof and ending
51
<PAGE> 57
on a date not more than twenty (20) Domestic Business Days prior to the date of
such delivery and that (1) on the basis of such review of the Loan Documents and
assuming such sale, transfer or conveyance is actually consummated, no Mandatory
Prepayment Event exists and no Event of Default exists under Section 6.1(b) with
respect to Section 5.9 at or as of the date of said sale, transfer or conveyance
and (2) on the basis of such review of the Loan Documents and the business and
condition of the Borrower and assuming the Transfer is actually consummated, to
the actual knowledge of such officer, no Default or Event of Default under any
other provision of Section 6.1 occurred or, if any such Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is then continuing, specifying the nature and extent
thereof and, if continuing, the action the Borrower proposes to take in respect
thereof;
(j) within 50 days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of
Borrower, an updated Schedule 4.17(a) and 4.17(b), certified by the chief
financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Borrower as true, correct
and complete as of the date such updated schedules are delivered;
(k) within 50 days after June 30 and December 31, a statement
containing a listing of all new construction projects and Real Property Assets
then undergoing significant rehabilitation (collectively, "Development
Projects");
(l) within 30 days after filing of the annual income tax return with
the Internal Revenue Service, a certificate of the chief financial officer or
chief accounting officer of the Borrower certifying that General Partner is
properly classified and continues to qualify as a real estate investment trust
under the Internal Revenue Code and has taken all actions consistent with
maintaining such status;
(m) simultaneously with delivery of the information required by
Sections 5.1(a) and (b), a statement of Borrowing Base Net Operating Cash Flow
with respect to each Borrowing Base Property and a list of all Borrowing Base
Properties;
(n) promptly upon receipt thereof, any notice or communication from any
Rating Agency regarding any change in Borrower's Credit Rating;
(o) from time to time such additional information regarding the
financial position or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the
Agent, at the request of any Bank, may reasonably request in writing; and
52
<PAGE> 58
(p) within 50 days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of
Borrower, a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting
officer of Borrower certifying whether or not each Borrowing Base Property has
maintained the Required Occupancy Level for the previous twelve month period (as
of the end of such quarter).
SECTION 5.2. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower, the General Partner
and each of their Consolidated Subsidiaries will pay and discharge, at or before
maturity, all its respective material obligations and liabilities, including,
without limitation, any obligation pursuant to any agreement by which it or any
of its properties is bound and any tax liabilities, except where such tax
liabilities may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and will
maintain in accordance with GAAP, appropriate reserves for the accrual of any of
the same.
SECTION 5.3. Maintenance of Property; Insurance.
(a) The Borrower will keep (or cause to be kept through its leases at
the respective Real Property Assets), and will cause each Subsidiary to keep,
all property useful and necessary in its business, including without limitation
the Real Property Assets, in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary
wear and tear excepted.
(b) The Borrower currently maintains, or causes its tenants to
maintain, insurance at 100% replacement cost insurance coverage (subject to
customary deductibles) in respect of each of the Real Property Assets, as well
as commercial general liability insurance (including "builders' risk") against
claims for personal, and bodily injury and/or death, to one or more persons, or
property damage, as well as workers' compensation insurance, in each case with
respect to the Real Property Assets with insurers having an A.M. Best
policyholders' rating of not less than A-IX in amounts that prudent owner of
assets such as the Real Property Assets would maintain.
SECTION 5.4. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence. The
Borrower and the General Partner will continue to engage in, and will cause each
Subsidiary Guarantor to continue to engage in, business of the same general type
as now conducted by the Borrower, the General Partner or such Subsidiary
Guarantor, as applicable, and will preserve, renew and keep in full force and
effect, its corporate existence and its respective rights, privileges and
franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of business.
SECTION 5.5. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower and the General Partner
will comply (and will cause each of
53
<PAGE> 59
their Subsidiaries to comply) in all material respects with all applicable laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of governmental authorities
(including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, and all zoning and building
codes with respect to the Real Property Assets, all laws, rules and regulations
with respect to the General Partner's status as a real estate investment trust
under the Code and ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder) except where
the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings.
SECTION 5.6. Inspection of Property, Books and Records. The Borrower
and the General Partner will keep (and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to
keep) proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries
shall be made of all material financial matters and transactions in relation to
its business and activities; and will permit representatives of any Bank at such
Bank's expense to visit and inspect any of its properties (subject to the terms
of the applicable leases), including without limitation the Real Property
Assets, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to
discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, employees and
independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may
reasonably be desired.
SECTION 5.7. Existence. The Borrower and the General Partner and each
Subsidiary Guarantor shall do or cause to be done, all things reasonably
necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and its
tradenames, licenses, permits, certificates, authorizations, qualifications,
accreditations, easements, rights of way and other rights, consents and
approvals the nonexistence of which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.8. Certain Requirements for the Borrowing Base Properties. At
all times (based upon the average occupancy level for the prior twelve month
period) (i) no single tenant shall account for more than 5% of the aggregate
base rents from the Borrowing Base Properties and (ii) no single Separate Parcel
shall account for more than 15% of the aggregate base rents from the Borrowing
Base Properties, taken as a whole. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the
government of the United States of America and its agencies (including, without
limitation, the General Services Administration) shall be excluded from the
restriction set forth in the first sentence of this Section 5.8 and (b) single
tenants that hold Investment Grade Ratings and are approved by the Agent, in its
sole discretion, may account for up to 10% of the aggregate base rents from the
Borrowing Base Properties.
54
<PAGE> 60
SECTION 5.9. Financial Covenants.
(a) Total Liabilities. Total Liabilities will at no time exceed fifty
percent (50%) of the Combined Gross Asset Value, plus the sum of Cash and Cash
Equivalents held by the Borrower, the General Partner or any Consolidated
Subsidiary plus accounts receivable of the Borrower, the General Partner or any
Consolidated Subsidiary, less Intangible Assets (as defined in the definition of
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth) and deferred rents.
(b) Dividends. Neither the Borrower, the General Partner nor any
Consolidated Subsidiary will declare any dividends in excess of 95% of its Funds
From Operations, except that the General Partner may declare dividends in excess
thereof (i) to maintain its status as a real estate investment trust under the
Code or (ii) to distribute 100% of its taxable income (computed in accordance
with the Code).
(c) Limits on Negative Pledge. None of the Borrower, the General
Partner or any Subsidiary will agree to limits on Liens on Unsecured Assets of
the Borrower, the General Partner or such Subsidiary, except as may otherwise be
required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(d) Fixed Rate Indebtedness. All Non-Recourse Debt of the Borrower, the
General Partner and any Subsidiaries shall be Fixed Rate Indebtedness.
(e) Debt Maturity Dates. The stated maturity or termination dates of
any Debt of the Borrower, the General Partner or any Subsidiary shall not be
prior to the Maturity Date; except that Borrower, the General Partner and their
Subsidiaries may incur Debt with earlier maturity or termination dates provided
that the aggregate outstanding amount of such Debt at any one time shall not
exceed five percent (5%) of Combined Gross Asset Value.
(f) Limitation on Secured Debt. Secured Debt of the Borrower, the
General Partner and the Consolidated Subsidiaries shall at no time exceed
thirty-five percent (35%) of Combined Gross Asset Value.
(g) Limitation on Unimproved Land Investment. Unimproved Land Value of
the Borrower, the General Partner, and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, together
with the Borrower's and the General Partner's pro rata shares with respect to
Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures, shall at no time exceed five percent (5%)
of Combined Gross Asset Value.
(h) Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. Consolidated Tangible Net
Worth of the Borrower, the General
55
<PAGE> 61
Partner, and the Consolidated Subsidiaries shall at no time be less than 75% of
the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Borrower, the General Partner, and
the Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, which amount shall be in
creased by an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the net proceeds of any
public or private sale by the Borrower of common or preferred stock subsequent
to the Closing Date.
(i) Limitation on Construction Asset Costs. Construction Asset Costs of
the Borrower, the General Partner and their Subsidiaries shall at no time exceed
five percent (5%) of Combined Gross Asset Value.
(j) Limitation on Joint Ventures. The aggregate Gross Asset Value of
Real Property Assets held in Joint Ventures shall at no time exceed thirty-five
percent (35%) of Combined Gross Asset Value.
(k) Fixed Charge Coverage. The ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Fixed
Charges (for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters), as of the last day
of any quarter, shall be equal to or greater than 2:1.
(l) Borrowing Base Properties Minimum Debt Service Coverage. As of the
last day of each calendar quarter, the ratio of Borrowing Base Net Operating
Cash Flow to Pro-Forma Debt Service shall be equal to or greater than 2:1.
(m) Borrowing Base Properties Value Unsecured Debt Ratio. The ratio of
Borrowing Base Properties Value to Unsecured Senior Debt shall at no time be
less than 2:1.
SECTION 5.10. Restriction on Fundamental Changes. (a) The Borrower
shall not enter into any merger or consolidation, unless the Borrower is the
surviving entity, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve (or suffer any liquidation
or dissolution), discontinue its business or convey, lease, sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or series of transactions, all or any
substantial part of its business or property, whether now or hereafter acquired.
Subject to other provisions of this Agreement, nothing in this Section 5.10
shall be deemed to prohibit (i) the leasing of portions of the Real Property
Assets or an entire Real Property Asset in the ordinary course of business for
occupancy by the tenants thereunder or (ii) the sale of such Real Property
Assets in the ordinary course of Borrower's business or (iii) the sale of
additional equity interests in the General Partner pursuant to a public or
privately placed equity offering of common or preferred stock or (iv) the
issuance of additional limited partnership interests in the Borrower, subject to
Section 6.1 hereof.
56
<PAGE> 62
(b) The Borrower shall not amend its partnership agreement or
certificate of limited partnership and the General Partner shall not amend its
articles of incorporation, by-laws, or other organizational documents without
the Agent's consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
SECTION 5.11. Liens; Release of Liens. None of the Borrower, the
General Partner or any of their Subsidiaries (including any Subsidiary
Guarantor) shall at any time during the Term directly or indirectly create,
incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien for borrowed monies or any other Lien
(except for Permitted Liens) unless the same is being contested in good faith or
the same is discharged, bonded off or paid within thirty (30) days of filing of
such Lien, on or with respect to any Borrowing Base Property. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Borrower may obtain a release from the terms of this
Agreement of any Borrowing Base Property provided that such Borrower has
complied with Section 2.9(a) and prior to or simultaneously with such release
(i) such Borrower shall pay to the Agent any amounts due pursuant to Section
2.9(a), and (ii) Borrower delivers to the Agent a certificate from its chief
financial officer or chief accounting officer certifying that at the time of the
release all of the covenants contained in Sections 5.8 through 5.12, 5.16
through 5.17 are and after giving effect to the transaction shall continue to be
true and accurate in all respects. In the event that Borrower notifies the Agent
that a Separate Parcel that originally formed a part of a Borrowing Base
Property be released from the terms of this Agreement and Borrower otherwise
complies with the provisions hereof with respect thereto, the value of such
Separate Parcel (and the remaining portion of the Borrowing Base Property) will
be determined by Agent at the time of the release in its sole discretion.
SECTION 5.12. Sale of Borrowing Base Properties. Prior to the sale or
transfer of any Borrowing Base Property, the Borrower shall (i) deliver prior
written notice to the Agent, (ii) deliver to the Agent a certificate from its
chief financial officer or chief accounting officer certifying that at the time
of such sale or other disposal (based on pro-forma calculations for the previous
period assuming that such Borrowing Base Property was not a Borrowing Base
Property for the relevant period) all of the covenants contained in Sections 5.8
through 5.12, 5.16 through 5.17 are and after giving effect to the transaction
shall continue to be true and accurate in all respects, and (iii) pay to the
Agent an amount equal to that required pursuant to Section 2.9(a). In the event
that Borrower notifies the Agent that a Separate Parcel that originally formed a
part of a Borrowing Base Property is to be sold or transferred, the value of the
remaining portion of the Borrowing Base Property will be
57
<PAGE> 63
determined by Agent at the time of sale or transfer in its sole discretion.
SECTION 5.13. Changes in Business. None of the Borrower, the General
Partner or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall enter into any business which is
substantially different from that conducted by such entity on the Closing Date,
after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
SECTION 5.14. Fiscal Year; Fiscal Quarter. Neither the Borrower nor the
General Partner shall change its fiscal year or any of its fiscal quarters,
without Agent's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.
SECTION 5.15. Margin Stock. None of the proceeds of the Loan will be
used by Borrower or the General Partner, directly or indirectly, for the
purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying any
Margin Stock.
SECTION 5.16. Restrictions on Recourse Debt. Until such time as
Borrower (or the General Partner, as applicable) shall receive at least one (1)
Investment Grade Rating, from either S&P or Moody's, none of the Borrower, the
General Partner, or any Consolidated Subsidiary shall create, incur or guaranty
any Recourse Debt unless such Recourse Debt is Unsecured Debt which has an
Investment Grade Rating. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Borrower (or the
General Partner, as applicable) receives a rating that is not In vestment Grade
from either S&P or Moody's, until such time as Borrower (or the General Partner,
as applicable) has received an Investment Grade Rating from each of S&P and
Moody's, none of the Borrower, the General Partner, or any Consolidated
Subsidiary shall create, incur or guaranty any Recourse Debt unless such
Recourse Debt is Unsecured Debt which has an Investment Grade Rating.
SECTION 5.17. Covenant Restrictions. No Debt of Borrower, the General
Partner, or any Consolidated Subsidiary incurred after the date hereof shall
contain any covenant or restriction which is more restrictive than any covenant
or restriction contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents.
ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS
58
<PAGE> 64
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. If one or more of the
following events ("Events of Default") shall have occurred
and be continuing:
(a) the Borrower shall fail to (i) pay when due any principal on any
Loan, or (ii) pay when due any interest on any Loan or any fees or any other
amount payable hereunder and such failure shall continue for three (3) Domestic
Business Days;
(b) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant
contained in Section 5.3, or Sections 5.8 to 5.17 inclusive;
(c) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or
agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those covered by clause (a) or
(b) above) for 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the
Borrower by the Agent at the request of any Bank;
(d) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by
the Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate, financial statement or
other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall prove to have been
incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed made);
(e) The Borrower, the General Partner or any Consolidated Subsidiary
shall default in the payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required
prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) of any amount owing in respect
of any Debt (other than the Obligations) and such default shall continue beyond
the giving of any required notice and the expiration of any applicable grace
period; or the Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of any
material obligation or material conditions with respect to any such Debt or any
other event shall occur or condition exist beyond the giving of any required
notice and the expiration of any applicable grace period, if the effect of such
default, event or condition is to accelerate the maturity of any such
indebtedness or to permit (without any further requirement of notice or lapse of
time) the holder or holders thereof, or any trustee or agent for such holders,
to accelerate the maturity of any such indebtedness, or any such indebtedness
shall become or be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity
other than as a result of a regularly scheduled payment.
(f) the Borrower or the General Partner or any Subsidiary Guarantor
shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation,
reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or
seeking the appointment of a trustee,
59
<PAGE> 65
receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any
substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the
appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case
or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they
become due;
(g) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against
the Borrower, the General Partner or any Subsidiary Guarantor seeking
liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts
under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect
or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or
other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such
involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a
period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Borrower
under the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;
(h) one or more judgments or decrees in an aggregate amount of Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or more shall be entered by a court or courts of
competent jurisdiction against the Borrower, the General Partner or any Consoli-
dated Subsidiaries (other than any judgment as to which, and only to the extent,
a reputable insurance company has acknowledged coverage of such claim in writing
or has acknowledged in writing its willingness to defend any such claim under a
reservation of rights) and (i) any such judgments or decrees shall not be
stayed, discharged, paid, bonded or vacated within twenty (20) days or (ii)
enforcement proceedings shall be commenced by any creditor on any such
judgments or decrees;
(i) (i) a judgment or decree with respect to any Environmental Claim
shall have been entered against the Borrower or any Environmental Affiliate or
any Real Property Asset by a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) any release,
emission, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Substances shall have occurred,
and such event is reasonably likely to form the basis of an Environmental Claim
by a government agency with jurisdiction against the Borrower or any
Environmental Affiliate or any Real Property Asset thereof, or (iii) the
Borrower or the Environmental Affiliates shall have failed to obtain any
Environmental Approval necessary for the ownership, or operation of its
business, property or assets or any such Environmental Approval shall be
revoked, terminated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, in each
case, if the existence of such condition has had or is reasonably likely to have
a Material Adverse Effect;
60
<PAGE> 66
(j) the General Partner shall cease to qualify as a real estate
investment trust under the Code;
(k) the Borrower shall cease to be managed by the General Partner or a
Subsidiary of the General Partner;
(l) there shall be a change in the majority of the Board of Directors
of the General Partner during any twelve month period;
(m) any Person (including affiliates of such Person) shall acquire more
than twenty percent (20%) of the common shares of the General Partner;
(n) any Person (including affiliates of such Person) shall acquire more
than twenty percent (20%) of the limited partnership interests of the Borrower;
(o) if, any Termination Event with respect to a Plan shall occur as a
result of which Termination Event or Events any member of the ERISA Group has
incurred or may incur any liability to the PBGC or any other Person and the sum
(determined as of the date of occurrence of such Termination Event) of the
insufficiency of such Plan and the insufficiency of any and all other Plans
with respect to which such a Termination Event shall occur and be continuing
(or, in the case of a Multi-Employer Plan with respect to which a Termination
Event described in clause (ii) of the definition of Termination Event shall
occur and be continuing, the liability of the Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates
related thereto) is equal to or greater than $1,000,000 and in the case of a
Termination Event with respect to a Plan of any ERISA Affiliate other than any
Borrower, the liability therefor could reasonably be asserted against any member
of the ERISA Group; or
(p) if any member of the ERISA Group shall commit a failure described
in Section 402(f)(1) of ERISA or Section 412(n)(1) of the Code and the amount of
the lien determined under Section 402(f)(3) of ERISA or Section 412(n)(3) of the
Code that could reasonably be expected to be imposed on any member of the ERISA
Group or their assets in respect of such failure shall be equal to or greater
than $1,000,000.
SECTION 6.2. Rights and Remedies. (a) Upon the occurrence of any Event
of Default described in Sections 6.1(f) or (g), the Commitments shall
immediately terminate and the unpaid principal amount of, and any and all
accrued interest on, the Loans and any and all accrued fees and other
Obligations hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable,
with all additional interest from time to time accrued thereon and without
presentation, demand, or protest or other requirements of any kind
61
<PAGE> 67
(including, without limitation, valuation and appraisement, diligence,
presentment, notice of intent to demand or accelerate and notice of
acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; and
upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default,
the Agent may and at the direction of the Required Banks shall (until the Agent
receives such written direction, it may, but shall not be obligated to, take
such action, or refrain from taking such action with respect to such Event of
Default as it shall deem advisable in its sole discretion), by written notice
to the Borrower, terminate the Commitments, and may, and at the direction of the
Required Banks shall (until the Agent receives such written direction, it may,
but shall not be obligated to, take such action, or refrain from taking such
action with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in its
sole discretion), in addition to the exercise of all rights and remedies
permitted Agent and the Banks at law or equity, declare the unpaid principal
amount of and any and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and any and
all accrued fees and other Obligations hereunder to be, and the same shall
thereupon be, immediately due and payable with all additional interest from time
to time accrued thereon and without presentation, demand, or protest or other
requirements of any kind other than as provided in the Loan Documents
(including, without limitation, valuation and appraisement, diligence,
presentment, notice of intent to demand or accelerate and notice of
acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower to the
extent permitted by law.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Agent and the Banks each agree that
any exercise or enforcement of the rights and remedies granted the Agent or the
Banks under this Agreement or at law or in equity with respect to this Agreement
or any other Loan Documents shall be commenced and maintained by the Agent on
behalf of the Banks.
SECTION 6.3. Notice of Default. The Agent shall give notice to the
Borrower under Section 6.1(c) promptly upon being requested to do so by any Bank
and shall thereupon notify all the Banks thereof.
ARTICLE VII
THE AGENT
SECTION 7.1. Appointment and Authorization. Each Bank irrevocably
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and
to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are
62
<PAGE> 68
delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with all such
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Only Agent (and not one or more of
the Banks) shall have the authority to deal directly with the Borrower under
this Agreement and each Bank acknowledges that all notices, demands or requests
from such Bank to Borrower must be forwarded to Agent for delivery to the
Borrower. Each Bank acknowledges that Borrower has no obligation to act or
refrain from acting on instructions or demands of one or more Banks absent
written instructions from Agent in accordance with its rights and authority
hereunder.
SECTION 7.2. Agent and Affiliates. Morgan shall have the same rights
and powers under this Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise or refrain
from exercising the same as though it were not the Agent, and Morgan and its
affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any
kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the
Borrower as if it were not the Agent hereunder, and the term "Bank" and "Banks"
shall include Morgan in its individual capacity.
SECTION 7.3. Action by Agent. The obligations of the Agent hereunder
are only those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the Agent shall not be required to take any action with respect
to any Default, except as expressly provided in Article VI.
SECTION 7.4. Consultation with Experts. The Agent may consult with
legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent public
accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any
action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the
advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.
SECTION 7.5. Liability of Agent. Neither the Agent nor any of its
affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees
shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in connection herewith
(i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Banks or (ii) in the
absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither the Agent nor
any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or
have any duty to ascertain, inquire into or verify (i) any statement, warranty
or representation made in connection with this Agreement or any borrowing
hereunder; (ii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agree-
ments of the Borrower; (iii) the satisfaction of any condition specified in
Article III, except receipt of items required to be delivered to the Agent; or
(iv) the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, the other
Loan Documents or any other instrument or writing furnished in connection
herewith. The Agent shall not incur any
63
<PAGE> 69
liability by acting in reliance upon any notice, consent, certificate,
statement, or other writing (which may be a bank wire, telex or similar writing)
believed by it to be genuine or to be signed by the proper party or parties.
SECTION 7.6. Indemnification. Each Bank shall, ratably in accordance
with its Commitment, indemnify the Agent, its affiliates and their respective
directors, officers, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the
Borrower as may be required under this Agreement) against any cost, expense
(including counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or
liability (except such as result from such indemnitees' gross negligence or
willful misconduct) that such indemnitees may suffer or incur in connection with
this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by such
indemnitees hereunder.
SECTION 7.7. Credit Decision. Each Bank acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based
on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Bank also
acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking any action under this Agreement.
SECTION 7.8. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by
giving notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation,
the Required Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent and,
provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
appointment of such successor Agent shall be subject to the consent of Borrower,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that any such
successor Agent is then a Bank hereunder. Furthermore, in the event that at any
time Morgan is the Agent and Morgan assigns its entire interest as a Bank
hereunder to an Assignee as permitted by Section 9.6(c) hereof, which Assignee
is not an affiliate of Morgan, then Morgan shall offer to resign as Agent, which
resignation shall only become effective if the Required Banks accept such
resignation in writing within twenty (20) Domestic Business Days after it has
been tendered by Morgan. If the Required Banks do not timely accept such
resignation, then the resignation shall be deemed to be withdrawn and Morgan
shall continue as Agent pursuant to the terms hereof. In addition, upon the
affirmative vote of the Required Banks that Agent has acted (or failed to act)
with gross negligence or committed an act of willful misconduct in its capacity
as agent for the Banks hereunder, the Agent shall immediately tender its
resigna-
64
<PAGE> 70
tion. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Banks,
and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring
Agent gives notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the
Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized or
licensed under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof
and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. Upon the
acceptance of its appointment as the Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such
successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights
and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged
from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Agent's
resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article shall inure to
its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
the Agent.
ARTICLE VIII
CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
SECTION 8.1. Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair.
If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any Euro-Dollar
Borrowing:
(a) the Agent is advised by the Reference Bank that deposits in dollars
(in the applicable amounts) are not being offered to the Reference Bank in the
relevant market for such Interest Period, or
(b) Banks having 50% or more of the aggregate amount of the Commitments
advise the Agent that the Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate as determined
by the Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Banks of
funding their Euro-Dollar Loans for such Interest Period, the Agent shall
forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Banks, whereupon until
the Agent notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such
suspension no longer exist, the obligations of the Banks to make Europa-Dollar
Loans shall be suspended. Unless the Borrower notifies the Agent at least two
Domestic Business Days before the date of any Euro-Dollar Borrowing for which a
Notice of Borrowing has previously been given that it elects not to borrow on
such date, such Borrowing shall instead be made as a Base Rate Borrowing.
SECTION 8.2. Illegality. If, on or after the date of this Agreement,
the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in any
applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank
65
<PAGE> 71
or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof,
or compliance by any Bank (or its Euro-Dollar Lending Office) with any request
or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,
central bank or comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for any
Bank (or its Euro-Dollar Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund its
Euro-Dollar Loans and such Bank shall so notify the Agent, the Agent shall
forthwith give notice thereof to the other Banks and the Borrower, whereupon
until such Bank notifies the Borrower and the Agent that the circumstances
giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Bank to
make Euro-Dollar Loans shall be suspended. Before giving any notice to the Agent
pursuant to this Section, such Bank shall designate a different Euro-Dollar
Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice
and will not, in the judgment of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such
Bank. If such Bank shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain
and fund any of its outstanding Euro-Dollar Loans to maturity and shall so
specify in such notice, the Borrower shall immediately prepay in full the then
outstanding principal amount of each such Euro-Dollar Loan, together with
accrued interest thereon. Concurrently with prepaying each such Euro-Dollar
Loan, the Borrower shall borrow a Base Rate Loan in an equal principal amount
from such Bank (on which interest and principal shall be payable
contemporaneously with the related Euro-Dollar Loans of the other Banks), and
such Bank shall make such a Base Rate Loan.
SECTION 8.3. Increased Cost and Reduced Return.
(a) If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any applicable
law, rule or regulation, or any change in any applicable law, rule or
regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or its
Applicable Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having
the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall
impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation,
any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System (but excluding with respect to any Euro-Dollar Loan any such requirement
reflected in an applicable Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage)), special deposit,
insurance assessment or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or
for the account of, or credit extended by, any Bank (or its Applicable Lending
Office) or shall impose on any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) or on the
London interbank market any other condition affecting its Euro-Dollar Loans, its
Note, or its obligation to make Euro-Dollar Loans, and
66
<PAGE> 72
the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank (or its
Applicable Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Euro-Dollar Loan, or to
reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its
Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or under its Note with respect
thereto, by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then, within 15 days
after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall pay to
such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for
such increased cost or reduction; provided, however, that such amounts shall be
no greater than that which such Bank is generally charging other borrowers simi-
larly situated to Borrower.
(b) If any Bank shall have determined that, after the date hereof, the
adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy,
or any change in any such law, rule or regulation, or any change in the inter-
pretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank
or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof,
or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having
the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has
or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of such Bank
(or its Parent) as a consequence of such Bank's obligations hereunder to a
level below that which such Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for
such adoption, change, request or directive (taking into consideration its
policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Bank to
be material, then from time to time, within 15 days after demand by such Bank
(with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Bank such additional
amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank (or its Parent) for such
reduction; provided, however, that such amount shall be no greater than that
which such Bank is generally charging other borrowers similarly situated to
Borrower.
(c) Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent of any
event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will
entitle such Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a
different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for,
or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of
such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. A certificate of any Bank
claiming compensation under this Section and setting forth the additional amount
or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest error. In determining such amount, such Bank may use any reasonable
averaging and attribution methods.
67
<PAGE> 73
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Bank
shall demand compensation for any increased cost, reduction or capital referred
to above in Section 8.3(a) or (b) if it shall not at the time be the general
policy and practice of such Bank to demand such compensation in similar
circumstances from similarly situated borrowers.
SECTION 8.4. Taxes.
(a) Any and all payments by the Borrower to or for the account of any
Bank or the Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free
and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes,
duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all
liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Bank and the
Agent, taxes imposed on its income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the
jurisdiction under the laws of which such Bank or the Agent (as the case may
be) is organized or any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each
Bank, taxes imposed on its income, and franchise or similar taxes imposed on it,
by the jurisdiction of such Bank's Applicable Lending Office or any political
subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to
as "Taxes"). If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from
or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any Note to any Bank or the
Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making
all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums
payable under this Section 8.4) such Bank or the Agent (as the case may be)
receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such
deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the
Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority
or other authority in accordance with applicable law and (iv) the Borrower shall
furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to in Section 9.1, the original or
a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.
(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present or future
stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes, or charges or
similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or under any Note or
from the execution or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement
or any Note (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").
(c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and the Agent for the
full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes
or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under
this Section 8.4) paid by such Bank or the Agent (as the case may
68
<PAGE> 74
be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising
therefrom or with respect thereto. This indemnification shall be made within 15
days from the date such Bank or the Agent (as the case may be) makes demand
therefor.
(d) Each Bank organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the
United States, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this
Agreement in the case of each Bank listed on the signature pages hereof and on
or prior to the date on which it becomes a Bank in the case of each other Bank,
and from time to time thereafter if requested in writing by the Borrower (but
only so long as such Bank remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide the
Borrower with Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, as appropriate, or any
successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such
Bank is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United
States is a party which reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments of
interest or certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States. If the form provided by a Bank at the time such Bank first becomes a
party to this Agreement indicates a United States interest withholding tax rate
in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall be considered excluded
from "Taxes" as defined in Section 8.4(a).
(e) For any period with respect to which a Bank has failed to provide
the Borrower with the appropriate form pursuant to Section 8.4(d) (unless such
failure is due to a change in treaty, law or regulation occurring subsequent to
the date on which a form originally was required to be provided), such Bank
shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section 8.4(a) with respect to
Taxes imposed by the United States; provided, however, that should a Bank, which
is otherwise exempt from or subject to a reduced rate of withholding tax, become
subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder,
the Borrower shall take such steps as such Bank shall reasonably request to
assist such Bank to recover such Taxes.
(f) If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to or for the
account of any Bank pursuant to this Section 8.4, then such Bank will change the
jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office so as to eliminate or reduce any
such additional payment which may thereafter accrue if such change, in the
judgment of such Bank, is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.
(g) If circumstances subsequently change so that it is no longer
unlawful for an affected Bank to make or maintain Euro-Dollar Loans as
contemplated hereunder, such Bank will,
69
<PAGE> 75
as soon as reasonably practicable after such Bank becomes aware of such change
in circumstances, notify the Borrower and the Agent and upon receipt of such
notice, the obligations of such Bank to make or continue Euro-Dollar Loans or
to convert Base Rate Loans into Euro-Dollar Loans shall be reinstated.
SECTION 8.5. Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected Euro-Dollar
Loans. If (i) the obligation of any Bank to make Euro-Dollar Loans has been
suspended pursuant to Section 8.2 or (ii) any Bank has demanded compensation
under Section 8.3 or 8.4 with respect to its Euro-Dollar Loans and the Borrower
shall, by at least five Euro-Dollar Business Days' prior notice to such Bank
through the Agent, have elected that the provisions of this Section shall apply
to such Bank, then, unless and until such Bank notifies the Borrower that the
circumstances giving rise to such suspension or demand for compensation no
longer exist:
(a) all Loans which would otherwise be made by such Bank as Euro-Dollar
Loans shall be made instead as Base Rate Loans (on which interest and principal
shall be payable contemporaneously with the related Euro-Dollar Loans of the
other Banks), and
(b) after each of its Euro-Dollar Loans has been repaid, all payments
of principal which would otherwise be applied to repay such Euro-Dollar Loans
shall be applied to repay its Base Rate Loans instead.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.1. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to
any party hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, facsimile,
facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party: (x)
in the case of the Borrower or the Agent, at its address or facsimile number set
forth on the signature pages hereof, (y) in the case of any Bank, at its address
or facsimile number set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire or (z) in the
case of any party, such other address or facsimile number as such party may
hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the Agent and the Borrower. Each
such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by
facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified
in this Section and the appropriate answer back is received, (ii) if given by
mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first
class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or
70
<PAGE> 76
(iii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in
this Section; provided that notices to the Agent under Article II or Article
VIII shall not be effective until received.
SECTION 9.2. No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Agent or any Bank
or Borrower in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any
Note shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise
thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall
be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
SECTION 9.3. Expenses; Indemnification.
(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of
the Agent, including, without limitation, appraisal fees, engineering fees, and
fees and disbursements of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for
the Agent, as well as fees and disbursements of internal counsel, in connection
with the preparation, syndications and administration of this Agreement, the
Loan Documents and the documents and instruments referred to therein, and
further modifications or syndications of the Facility in connection therewith,
the administration of the Loans, any waiver or consent hereunder or any
amendment or modification hereof or any Default or Event of Default hereunder,
and (ii) if an Event of Default occurs, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by the Agent and each Bank, including fees and disbursements of counsel
for the Agent and each of the Banks, in connection with the enforcement of the
Loan Documents and the instruments referred to therein and such Event of
Default and collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings
resulting therefrom.
(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Agent and each Bank, their
respective affiliates and the respective directors, officers, agents and
employees of the foregoing (each an "Indemnitee") and hold each Indemnitee
harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs and
expenses of any kind, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel, which may be incurred by such Indemnitee in connection
with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding (whether or not
such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time
(including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the
Obligations) be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by any Indemnitee as a
result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to or by reason of, (i) any
of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the execution,
delivery or performance of any Loan Document, (ii) any violation by the Bor-
71
<PAGE> 77
rower or the Environmental Affiliates of any applicable Environmental Law, (iii)
any Environmental Claim arising out of the management, use, control, ownership
or operation of property or assets by the Borrower or any of the Environmental
Affiliates, including, without limitation, all on-site and off-site activities
involving Hazardous Substances, (iv) the breach of any environmental
representation or warranty set forth herein, (v) the grant to the Agent and the
Banks of any Lien in any property or assets of the Borrower or any stock or
other equity interest in the Borrower, and (vi) the exercise by the Agent and
the Banks of their rights and remedies (including, without limitation,
foreclosure) under any agreements creating any such Lien (but excluding, as to
any Indemnitee, any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages, expenses,
obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs or disbursements
incurred by reason of (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
Indemnitee as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) the
breach of this Agreement by such Indemnitee, as finally determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction and (iii) any investigative, administrative or judicial
proceeding imposed or asserted against any Indemnitee by any bank regulatory
agency or by any equity holder of such Indemnitee). The Borrower's obligations
under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
payment of the Obligations.
(c) The Borrower shall pay, and hold the Agent and each of the Banks
harmless from and against, any and all present and future U.S. stamp, recording,
transfer and other similar foreclosure related taxes with respect to the
foregoing matters and hold the Agent and each Bank harmless from and against any
and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission
(other than to the extent attributable to such Bank) to pay such taxes.
SECTION 9.4. Sharing of Set-Offs. In addition to any rights now or
hereafter granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of
limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
any Event of Default, each Bank is hereby authorized at any time or from time to
time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to the
Borrower or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived,
to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or
special, time or demand, provisional or final) and any other indebtedness at any
time held or owing by such Bank (including, without limitation, by branches and
agencies of such Bank wherever located) to or for the credit or the account of
the Borrower against and on account of the Obligations of the Borrower then due
and payable to such Bank under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan
Documents, including, without limitation, all interests in
72
<PAGE> 78
Obligations purchased by such Bank. Each Bank agrees that if it shall, by
exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, receive payment
of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal and interest due with
respect to any Note held by it which is greater than the proportion received by
any other Bank in respect of the aggregate amount of principal and interest due
with respect to any Note held by such other Bank, the Bank receiving such
proportionately greater payment shall purchase such participations in the Notes
held by the other Banks, and such other adjustments shall be made, as may be
required so that all such payments of principal and interest with respect to
the Notes held by the Banks shall be shared by the Banks pro rata; provided that
nothing in this Section shall impair the right of any Bank to exercise any right
of set-off or counterclaim it may have and to apply the amount subject to such
exercise to the payment of indebtedness of the Borrower other than its
indebtedness under the Notes. The Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent it may
effectively do so under applicable law, that any holder of a participation in a
Note, whether or not acquired pursuant to the foregoing arrangements, may
exercise rights of set-off or counterclaim and other rights with respect to such
participation as fully as if such holder of a participation were a direct
creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, any Bank may, by separate agreement
with the Borrower, waive its right to set off contained herein or granted by law
and any such written waiver shall be effective against such Bank under this
Section 9.4.
SECTION 9.5. Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement or
the Notes or other Loan Documents may be amended or waived if, but only if, such
amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Borrower and the Required
Banks (and, if the rights or duties of the Agent are affected thereby, by the
Agent); provided that no such amendment or waiver shall, unless signed by all
the Banks, (i) increase or decrease the Commitment of any Bank (except for a
ratable decrease in the Commitments of all Banks) or subject any Bank to any
additional obligation, or increase the Maximum Loan Amount, (ii) reduce the
principal of or rate of interest on any Loan or any fees hereunder, except as
provided below, (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of principal of
or interest on any Loan or any fees hereunder or for any reduction or
termination of any Commitment, (iv) change the percentage of the Commitments or
of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes, or the number of Banks,
which shall be required for the Banks or any of them to take any action under
this Section or any other provision of this Agreement, (v) release any guarantor
or any Guaranty, (vi) modify any Guaranty, or (vii) modify this Section 9.5.
73
<PAGE> 79
SECTION 9.6. Successors and Assigns.
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns,
except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights
under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the prior written
consent of all Banks except as permitted by Section 5.10 hereof.
(b) Any Bank may at any time grant to one or more banks or other
institutions (each a "Participant") participating interests in its Commitment
or any or all of its Loans. In the event of any such grant by a Bank of a par-
ticipating interest to a Participant, whether or not upon notice to the Borrower
and the Agent, such Bank shall remain responsible for the performance of its
obligations hereunder, and the Borrower and the Agent shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and
obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which any Bank may
grant such a participating interest shall provide that such Bank shall retain
the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Borrower
hereunder including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment,
modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such
participation agreement may provide that such Bank will not agree to any
modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement described in clause (i),
(ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 9.5 without the consent of the Participant. The
Borrower agrees that each Participant shall, to the extent provided in its
participation agreement, be entitled to the benefits of Article VIII with
respect to its participating interest. An assignment or other transfer which is
not permitted by subsection (c) or (d) below shall be given effect for purposes
of this Agreement only to the extent of a participating interest granted in
accordance with this subsection (b).
(c) Any Bank may at any time assign to one or more banks or other
institutions (each an "Assignee") all, or a proportionate part of all, of its
rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Docu-
ments, and such Assignee shall assume such rights and obligations, pursuant to
an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C
hereto executed by such Assignee and such transferor Bank, with (and subject to)
the subscribed consent of the Borrower and the Agent which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld; provided that if an Assignee is an affiliate of such
transferor Bank, no such consent shall be required provided that the rating of
such affiliate's senior unsecured indebtedness shall be at least investment
grade at such time (although nothing
74
<PAGE> 80
contained herein shall limit the right of any Bank to assign its interest herein
as aforesaid to any successor by merger or consolidation); provided further,
until such time as an Event of Default has occurred and subject to the
provisions of subsection (d) of this Section 9.6 and any reduction pursuant to
Section 2.10(c) hereof, at all times during the Term, Morgan or an affiliate of
Morgan shall retain a minimum Commitment of $10,000,000 unless (i) required by
law, regulation, administrative decree or court order to divest all or any part
of such Commitment or (ii) a lesser amount is consented to by Borrower; and
provided further that, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an
Event of Default, a Bank may assign its interest herein to an affiliate,
regardless of rating and furthermore that Borrower shall have no right to
consent to any Assignee. Upon execution and delivery of such instrument and
payment by such Assignee to such transferor Bank of an amount equal to the
purchase price agreed between such transferor Bank and such Assignee, such
Assignee shall be a Bank party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights
and obligations of a Bank with a Commitment as set forth in such instrument of
assumption, and the transferor Bank shall be released from its obligations
hereunder to a corresponding extent, and no further consent or action by any
party shall be required. Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to
this subsection (c), the transferor Bank, the Agent and the Borrower shall make
appropriate arrangements so that, if required, a new Note is issued to the
Assignee. In connection with any such assignment, the transferor Bank shall pay
to the Agent an administrative fee for processing such assignment in the amount
of $2,500. If the Assignee is not incorporated under the laws of the United
States of America or a state thereof, it shall deliver to the Borrower and the
Agent certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding of any United
States federal income taxes in accordance with Section 8.4.
(d) Any Bank may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights
under this Agreement and its Note to a Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment
shall release the transferor Bank from its obligations hereunder. Promptly upon
being notified in writing of such transfer, Agent shall notify Borrower thereof.
(e) No Assignee, Participant or other transferee of any Bank's rights
shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 8.3 or 8.4 than
such Bank would have been entitled to receive with respect to the rights trans-
ferred, unless such transfer is made with the Borrower's prior written consent
or by reason of the provisions of Section 8.2, 8.3 or 8.4 requiring such Bank to
designate a different Applicable Lending Office under certain circum-
75
<PAGE> 81
stances or at a time when the circumstances giving rise to such greater payment
did not exist.
SECTION 9.7. Collateral. Each of the Banks represents to the Agent and
each of the other Banks that it in good faith is not relying upon any "margin
stock" (as defined in Regulation U) as collateral in the extension or
maintenance of the credit provided for in this Agreement.
SECTION 9.8. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. (a) THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(b) Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or
any other Loan Document and any action for enforcement of any judgment in
respect thereof may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or of the
United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and, by
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Borrower hereby accepts for itself
and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and appellate courts from any thereof. The
Borrower irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the
aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the hand delivery, or
mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to
the Borrower at its address set forth below. The Borrower hereby irrevocably
waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may
now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions or
proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any other
Loan Document brought in the courts referred to above and hereby further
irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, and agrees not to
plead or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in
any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Nothing herein shall
affect the right of the Agent, any Bank or any holder of a Note to serve process
in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or
otherwise proceed against the Borrower in any other jurisdiction.
Section 9.9. Marshalling; Recapture. Neither the Agent nor any Bank
shall be under any obligation to marshall any assets in favor of the Borrower or
any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To
the extent any Bank receives any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower, which
payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be
fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to the Borrower
or its estate, trustee, receiver, custodian or any other party
76
<PAGE> 82
under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause,
then to the extent of such payment or repayment, the Obligation or part thereof
which has been paid, reduced or satisfied by the amount so repaid shall be
reinstated by the amount so repaid and shall be included within the liabilities
of the Borrower to such Bank as of the date such initial payment, reduction or
satisfaction occurred.
SECTION 9.10. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement
may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an
original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon
the same instrument. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and
understanding among the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior
agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter
hereof. This Agreement shall become effective upon receipt by the Agent of
counterparts hereof signed by each of the parties hereto (or, in the case of any
party as to which an executed counterpart shall not have been received, receipt
by the Agent in form satisfactory to it of telegraphic, telex or other written
confirmation from such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such
party).
SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND
THE BANKS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
SECTION 9.12. Survival. All indemnities set forth herein shall survive
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and
the making and repayment of the Loans hereunder.
SECTION 9.13. Domicile of Loans. Each Bank may transfer and carry its
Loans at, to or for the account of any domestic or foreign branch office,
subsidiary or affiliate of such Bank.
SECTION 9.14. Limitation of Liability. No claim may be made by the
Borrower or any other Person against the Agent or any Bank or the affiliates,
directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agent of any of them for any
consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of
contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by the other Loan Documents, or
any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and the Borrower
hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such
damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist
in its favor.
77
<PAGE> 83
SECTION 9.15. Recourse. All obligations, covenants and agreements of
Borrower contained in or evidenced by this Agreement, the Notes and any Loan
Document shall be fully recourse to Borrower and each and every asset of
Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no recourse under or upon any
obligation, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement or the Note or
any Loan Document shall be had against any officer, director, limited partner,
shareholder or employee of Borrower or of the General Partner (each, a
"Non-Recourse Party") and no such Non-Recourse Party shall be personally liable
for payment of the Loans or other amounts due in respect thereof (all such
liability being expressly waived and released by each Bank and the Agent). In no
event shall the foregoing limitation on recourse with respect to any
Non-Recourse Party be deemed to limit (a) the liability of the General Partner
under the General Partner Guaranty, which shall be fully recourse to the General
Partner and each and every asset of the General Partner or (b) the liability of
any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guaranty, which shall be fully
recourse to each such Subsidiary Guarantor and each and every asset of each such
Subsidiary Guarantor.
SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality. Each Bank and the Agent agrees that it
shall maintain confidentiality with regard to nonpublic information concerning
the Borrower or the General Partner obtained from the Borrower or the General
Partner pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the Banks and the Agent shall
not be precluded from making disclosure regarding such information: (i) to the
Banks' and Agent's counsel, accountants and other professional advisors (who
are, in each case, subject to this confidentiality agreement), (ii) to
officers, directors, employees, agents and partners of each Bank, and the Agent
who need to know such information (who are, in each case, subject to this
confidentiality agreement), (iii) in response to a subpoena or order of a court
or governmental agency, (iv) to any entity participating or considering
participating in any credit made under this Agreement, provided, the Banks and
Agent shall require that any such entity be subject to this Section 9.16,
however, Banks and Agent shall have no duty to monitor any participating entity
and shall have no liability in the event that any participating entity violates
this Section 9.16, (v) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement, the
Notes or the other Loan Documents, or (vi) as required by law, GAAP or
applicable regulation. In connection with enforcing its rights pursuant to this
Section 9.16, Borrower and the General Partner shall be entitled to the
equitable remedies of specific performance and injunctive relief against the
Agent or any Bank which shall breach the confidentiality provisions of this
Section 9.16.
78
<PAGE> 84
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.
AMB PROPERTY, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION, a Maryland
corporation and its sole general
partner
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
505 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile No.: (415) 394-9001
Commitment Agent and Bank
- ---------- --------------
$55,000,000 MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:_____________________________
Name: Timothy O'Donovan
Title: Vice President
c/o J.P. Morgan Services Inc.
500 Stanton Christiana Road
Newark, DE 19713-2107
Attention: Jennifer Van Landingham
Telecopy: (302) 634-4222
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR
LENDING OFFICE:
c/o J.P. Morgan Services Inc.
500 Stanton Christiana Road
Newark, DE 19713-2107
Attention: Jennifer Van Landingham
Telecopy: (302) 634-4222
<PAGE> 85
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Co-Agent and Bank
- ---------- -----------------
$50,000,000 COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, LOS AN
GELES BRANCH
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR
LENDING OFFICE:
Commerzbank AG
660 S. Figueroa Street
Los Angeles, California
Attention: Steve Larsen
Telecopy: (213) 623-8223
and to:
Commerzbank AG
Two World Financial Center
New York, NY 10281-1050
Attention: David Schwartz, Vice President
Telecopy: 212-266-7530
<PAGE> 86
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Co-Agent and Bank
- ---------- -----------------
$50,000,000 FLEET NATIONAL BANK
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR
LENDING OFFICE:
Fleet Bank
111 Westminster Street
Providence, RI 02903
Attention: Debbie Fox
Telecopy: (401) 278-5166
<PAGE> 87
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Co-Agent and Bank
- ---------- -----------------
$50,000,000 NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR LENDING OFFICE:
NationsBank of Texas, N.A.
901 Main Street, 51st Floor
Dallas, Texas 75202-3714
Attn: David Howard
Telecopy: (214) 508-0085
<PAGE> 88
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Co-Agent and Bank
- ---------- -----------------
$50,000,000 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR LENDING OFFICE:
PNC Bank
One PNC Plaza
249 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2707
Attn: David Martens
Telecopy: (412) 762-6500
<PAGE> 89
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Bank
- ---------- ----
$45,000,000 BANK OF AMERICA, National Trust and Sav
ings Association
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-CURRENCY
LENDING OFFICE:
Bank of America NT & SA
CRESG National 9105
50 California Street, 11th floor
San Francisco, California 94111
Attn: Laurence Hughes
Telecopy: (415) 445-4154
<PAGE> 90
Signature Page to AMB Current Income Fund, Inc. Second Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement
Commitment Bank
- ---------- ----
$35,000,000 DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND
CAYMAN BRANCHES
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR
LENDING OFFICE:
Dresdner Bank AG
333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1700
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention: Vitol Wiacek
Telecopy: (213) 473-5450
<PAGE> 91
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Bank
- ---------- ----
$25,000,000 THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, acting through
its San Francisco Agency
By:_____________________________
Name: Paul Stiplosek
Title: Relationship Manager
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR
LENDING OFFICE:
Bank of Nova Scotia
580 California Street, 48th floor
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attn: Office Head, Real Estate Banking
Telecopy: (415) 397-0791
<PAGE> 92
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Bank
- ---------- ----
$30,000,000 CORESTATES BANK, N.A.
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR LENDING OFFICE:
CoreStates Bank
FC 1-8-10-67
1339 Chestnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19107-7618
Attn: R. Scott Relick, Vice President
Telecopy: 215-786-6381
<PAGE> 93
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Bank
- ---------- ----
$25,000,000 THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED
LOS ANGELES AGENCY
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR LENDING OFFICE:
Industrial Bank of Japan, Limited
350 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1500
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attn: Hiroshi Maekawa
Telecopy: 213-488-9840
<PAGE> 94
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Bank
- ---------- ----
$15,000,000 UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR LENDING OFFICE:
Union Bank of California, N.A.
San Francisco Corporate Office
350 California Street, 7th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attn: Diana Giacomini
Telecopy: 415-433-7438
<PAGE> 95
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Bank
- ---------- ----
$30,000,000 BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
By:_____________________________
Name:
Title:
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR LENDING OFFICE:
BT Alex Brown Company
BT Plaza
130 Liberty Street
New York, New York 10006
Attn: Kathleen McCabe
Fax: (212) 669-0752
<PAGE> 96
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement
Commitment Bank
- ---------- ----
$40,000,000 SOCIETE GENERALE, Southwest Agency
By:_____________________________
Name: Robert N. Delph
Title: Vice President
DOMESTIC AND EURO-DOLLAR LENDING OFFICE:
Societe Generale
Trammell Crow Center
2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 4800
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attn: Robert N. Delph
Telecopy: (214) 979-2727
<PAGE> 97
Total Commitments
$500,000,000 MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, as Agent
By:_____________________________
Name: Timothy O'Donovan
Title: Vice President
c/o J.P. Morgan Services Inc.
500 Stanton Christiana Road
Newark, DE 19713-2107
Attn: Jennifer Van Landingham
Telecopy: (302) 634-4222
FUNDING INSTRUCTIONS:
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
New York
60 Wall Street
New York, New York 10260-0060
ABA # 021 000 238
For Credit to: Loan Department
Account Number 999-99-090
Reference: AMB Property, L.P.
<PAGE> 98
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF NOTE
NOTE
$ ________________ New York, New York
____________, 199_
For value received, AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
(the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of ____________ (the "Bank"), for
the account of its Applicable Lending Office, the unpaid principal amount of
each Loan made by the Bank to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement
referred to below on the last day of the Interest Period relating to such Loan.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each
such Loan on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Credit
Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in lawful
money of the United States in Federal or other immediately available funds at
the office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, 60 Wall Street, New
York, New York.
All Loans made by the Bank, the respective types and maturities thereof
and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank and,
if the Bank so elects in connection with any transfer or enforcement hereof,
appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing information with respect to
each such Loan then outstanding may be endorsed by the Bank on the schedule
attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a
part hereof; provided that the failure of the Bank to make any such recordation
or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or
under the Credit Agreement.
This note is one of the Notes referred to in the Second Amended and
Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of November 26, 1997 among the
Borrower, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof and Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of New York, as Agent and Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, Los
Angeles Branch, Fleet National Bank, NationsBank of Texas, N.A. and PNC Bank,
N.A., as Co-Agents (as the same may be amended from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement"). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used
A-1
<PAGE> 99
herein with the same meanings. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for
provisions for the prepayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity
hereof.
All obligations, covenants and agreements contained or
evidenced in this Note, shall be fully recourse to Borrower and each and every
asset of Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no recourse under or upon any
obligation, covenant, agreement contained in this Note shall be had against any
Non-Recourse Party (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and no such Non-Recourse
Party shall be personally liable for payment of the Loans or other amounts due
in respect thereof (all such liability being expressly waived and released by
each Bank and the Agent). In no event shall the foregoing limitation on recourse
with respect to any Non-Recourse Party be deemed to limit (a) the liability of
the General Partner under the General Partner Guaranty, which shall be fully
recourse to the General Partner and each and every asset of the General Partner
or (b) the liability of any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guaranty,
which shall be fully recourse to each such Subsidiary Guarantor and each and
every asset of each such Subsidiary Guarantor.
AMB PROPERTY, L.P.
By: AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION, a
Maryland corporation and its
sole general partner
By: _____________________________
Name:
Title:
A-2
<PAGE> 100
Note (cont'd)
LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amount of
Amount of Type of Principal Maturity Notation
Date Loan Loan Repaid Date Made By
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-3
<PAGE> 101
EXHIBIT B
See Attached.
B-1
<PAGE> 102
EXHIBIT C
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT dated as of __________, 199_ among [ASSIGNOR] (the "Assignor"),
[ASSIGNEE] (the "Assignee"), AMB PROPERTY, L.P. (the "Borrower") and MORGAN
GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Agent (the "Agent").
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, this Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the "Assignment")
relates to the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as
of November 26, 1997 (the "Credit Agreement") among the Borrower, the Assignor
and the other Banks party thereto, as Banks, and the Agent;
WHEREAS, as provided under the Credit Agreement, the Assignor has a
Commitment to make Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount at any
time outstanding not to exceed $__________;
WHEREAS, Loans made to the Borrower by the Assignor under the Credit
Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $____________ are outstanding at
the date hereof; and
WHEREAS, the Assignor proposes to assign to the Assignee all of the
rights of the Assignor under the Credit Agreement in respect of a portion of
its Commitment thereunder in an amount equal to $__________ (the "Assigned
Amount"), together with a corresponding portion of its outstanding Loans, and
the Assignee proposes to accept assignment of such rights and assume the
corresponding obligations from the Assignor on such terms;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 2. Assignment. The Assignor hereby assigns and sells to the Assignee all
of the rights of the Assignor under the Credit Agreement to the extent of the
Assigned Amount, and the Assignee hereby accepts such assignment from the
Assignor and assumes all of the obligations of the
C-1
<PAGE> 103
Assignor under the Credit Agreement to the extent of the Assigned Amount,
including the purchase from the Assignor of the corresponding portion of the
principal amount of the Loans made by the Assignor outstanding at the date
hereof. Upon the execution and delivery hereof by the Assignor, the Assignee,
the Borrower and the Agent and the payment of the amounts specified in Section 3
required to be paid on the date hereof (i) the Assignee shall, as of the date
hereof, succeed to the rights and be obligated to perform the obligations of a
Bank under the Credit Agreement with a Commitment in an amount equal to the
Assigned Amount, and (ii) the Commitment of the Assignor shall, as of the date
hereof, be reduced by a like amount and the Assignor released from its
obligations under the Credit Agreement to the extent such obligations have been
assumed by the Assignee. The assignment provided for herein shall be without
recourse to the Assignor.
SECTION 3. Payments. As consideration for the assignment and sale contemplated
in Section 2 hereof, the Assignee shall pay to the Assignor on the date hereof
in Federal funds the amount heretofore agreed between them.* It is understood
that Commitment Fees accrued to the date hereof are for the account of the
Assignor and such fees accruing from and including the date hereof are for the
account of the Assignee. Each of the Assignor and the Assignee hereby agrees
that if it receives any amount under the Credit Agreement which is for the
account of the other party hereto, it shall receive the same for the account of
such other party to the extent of such other party's interest therein and shall
promptly pay the same to such other party.
SECTION 4. Consent of the Borrower and the Agent. This Agreement is conditioned
upon the consent of the Borrower and the Agent to the extent required by Section
9.6(c) of the Credit Agreement. The execution of this Agreement by the Borrower
and the Agent is evidence of this consent (if such consent is required).
Pursuant to Section 9.6(c), the Borrower agrees to execute and deliver a Note
payable to the order of the Assignee to evidence the assignment and assumption
provided for herein.
SECTION 5. Non-Reliance on Assignor. The Assignor makes no representation or
warranty in connection with, and shall
- --------------
Amount should combine principal together with accrued interest and breakage
compensation, if any, to be paid by the Assignee, net of any portion of any
upfront fee to be paid by the Assignor to the Assignee. It may be preferable in
an appropriate case to specify these amounts generically or by formula rather
than as a fixed sum.
C-2
<PAGE> 104
have no responsibility with respect to, the solvency, financial condition, or
statements of the Borrower, or the validity and enforceability of the
obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Credit Agreement or any Note. The
Assignee acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance on the
Assignor, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Agreement and will continue to be responsible for making its own independent
appraisal of the business, affairs and financial condition of the Borrower.
SECTION 6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
SECTION 7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect
as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to
be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date
first above written.
[ASSIGNOR]
By:_______________________
Title:
[ASSIGNEE]
By:________________________
Title:
AMB Property, L.P.
By: AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION, a Maryland
corporation and its sole general partner
By:_____________________________
Title:
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:________________________
Title:
C-3
<PAGE> 105
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF BORROWING BASE PROPERTY CERTIFICATE
[Date]
To: Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Agent"), as Agent for the
Banks party to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
dated as of November 26, 1997 (the "Credit Agreement") among AMB
Property, L.P., and the Banks party thereto, as banks, the Agent and
Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, Los Angeles Branch, Fleet National
Bank, NationsBank of Texas, N.A. and PNC Bank, National Association, as
Co-Agents
Re: [INSERT DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW ACQUISITION OR REAL PROPERTY
ASSET TO BE ADDED TO BORROWING BASE] (the "New Borrowing Base
Property")
The undersigned requests that the above-described New Borrowing Base
Property be added to the "Borrowing Base Properties" under the terms of the
Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meaning ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.
Pursuant to Section 3.3(a) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned
hereby certifies as follows with respect to the New Borrowing Base Property:
1. The New Borrowing Base Property is 100% owned in [insert
form of ownership: fee/leasehold] by Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of
Borrower.
2. The New Borrowing Base Property is not subject to any Lien,
other than Permitted Liens.
3. The New Borrowing Base Property is not an interest in a
participating mortgage.
Insert if New Borrowing Base Property is owned by any Wholly-Owned Sub-
sidiary which is a distinct corporate or partnership entity (exclusive of mere
title holding entities, such as land trusts): The Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that
owns the New Borrowing Base Property has delivered to the Agent a Subsidiary
Guaranty with respect thereto, as required by Section 3.3 of the Credit
Agreement.
The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Agent and the Banks
will be relying on the foregoing certifications in adding the New Borrowing Base
Property as a Borrowing Base Property under the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this
certificate to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
AMB Property, L.P.
By: AMB Property Corporation,
its general partner
By:______________________
Title:___________________
D-1
<PAGE> 106
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
E-1
<PAGE> 107
SCHEDULE 4.17(a)
REAL PROPERTY ASSETS
Acer Distribution Center
Activity Distribution Center*
Alvarado Business Center
Amwiler-Gwinnett Industrial Portfolio*
Applewood Village Shopping Center
Arapahoe Village Shopping Center*
Ardenwood Corporate Park*
Artesia Industrial Portfolio*
Atlanta South
Aurora Marketplace
Bayhill Shopping Center
Beacon Industrial Park
Bensenville*
Blue Lagoon*
Brentwood Commons*
Cabot Business Park
Chancellor*
Chicago Industrial*
Civic Center Plaza*
Corbins Corner Shopping Center
Corporate Square
Crossroads Industrial
Docks Corner
Dowe Industrial
Eastgate Plaza
Elk Grove Village Industrial
Executive Drive
Fairway Drive Industrial
Five Points Shopping Center
Granada Village*
Harvest Business Park*
Hewlett Packard Distribution*
International Multifoods
Itasca Industrial Portfolio
Kendall Mall*
Kent Centre
Kingsport Industrial Park*
L.A. County Industrial Portfolio
La Jolla Village*
Lake Michigan Industrial Portfolio
Lakeshore Plaza Shopping Center*
Latham Farms*
Lincoln Industrial Center
Linder Skokie
Lisle Industrial
<PAGE> 108
Long Gate Shopping Center
Lonestar*
Manhattan Village Shopping Center
Melrose Park
Mendota Heights*
Metric Center
Milmont Page
Minneapolis Distribution Portfolio
Minneapolis Industrial*
Minneapolis Industrial Portfolio IV*
Moffett Business Center*
Moffett Park R & D Portfolio
Norcross/Brookhollow Portfolio
Northpointe Commerce
Northwest Distribution Center
O'Hare Industrial Portfolio
Pacific Business Center*
Palm Aire
Patuxent
Penn James Office Warehouse
Pennsy Drive
Pleasant Hill Shopping Center
Rancho San Diego Village Shopping Center
Randall's Houston Retail Portfolio
Riverview Plaza Shopping Center
Rockford Road Plaza
Shoppes At Lago Mar*
Silverado Plaza Shopping Center*
South Bay Industrial*
Southfield Southwest Pavilion
Stadium Business Park*
Systematics
Texas Industrial Portfolio
The Plaza At Delray*
Twin Cities
Twin Oaks Shopping Center
Two South Middlesex
Valwood*
Weslayan Plaza
West North Carrier*
Windsor Court
Woodlawn Point Shopping Center*
Ygnacio Plaza*
Zanker/Charcot Industrial
* See Schedule 4.17(b)
2
<PAGE> 109
SCHEDULE 4.17(b)
LIENS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Activity Distribution Center $ 5,362,000
Amwiler-Gwinnett Industrial Portfolio 14,341,000
Arapahoe Village Shopping Center 10,839,000
Ardenwood Corporate Park 10,000,000
Artesia Industrial Portfolio 54,100,000
Bensenville 41,853,000
Blue Lagoon 11,897,000
Brentwood Commons 5,109,000
Chancellor 2,966,000
Chicago Industrial 3,267,000
Civic Center Plaza 13,668,000
Granada Village 14,669,000
Harvest Business Park 3,661,000
Hewlett Packard Distribution 3,412,000
Kendall Mall 24,780,000
Kingsport Industrial Park 17,584,000
La Jolla Village 18,006,000
Lakeshore Plaza Shopping Center 13,970,000
Latham Farms 37,761,000
Lonestar 17,000,000
Mendota Heights 668,000
Minneapolis Industrial 7,477,000
Minneapolis Industrial Portfolio IV 8,287,000
Moffett Business Center 12,857,000
Pacific Business Center 9,898,000
Shoppes at Lago Mar 5,878,000
Silverado Plaza Shopping Center 4,906,000
South Bay Industrial 19,516,000
Stadium Business Park 4,875,000
The Plaza at Delray 23,000,000
Valwood 4,036,000
West North Carrier 3,267,000
Woodlawn Point Shopping Center 4,659,000
Ygnacio Plaza 7,827,000
</TABLE>
1
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.4
AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT
AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is made as of May 29, 1998, by and among AMB
PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Borrower"), the BANKS
listed on the signature pages hereof, and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW
YORK, as Agent.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Banks have entered into the Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997
(the "Credit Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to modify the Credit Agreement
upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby
agree as follows:
1. Definitions. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.
2. Guaranties. The final sentence of Section 3.3(a) of the
Credit Agreement is hereby deleted, and all references in the Credit Agreement
to "Subsidiary Guaranties" and "Subsidiary Guarantors" are hereby deemed
<PAGE> 2
deleted. In addition, the Banks hereby confirm that the Unconditional Guaranty
Agreement by AMB Property II, L.P. and Long Gate LLC is hereby terminated and of
no further force or effect.
3. Restrictions on Recourse Debt. The following is hereby
added to Section 5.16: "Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
contrary, in no event shall the Borrower at any time permit its Consolidated
Subsidiaries, other than AMB Property Corporation, to incur third party Recourse
Debt."
4. Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective upon
receipt by the Agent of counterparts hereof signed by the Borrower (the date of
such receipt being deemed the "Effective Date").
5. Entire Agreement. This Amendment constitutes the entire and
final agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and there are no other agreements, understandings, undertakings,
representations or warranties among the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter hereof except as set forth herein.
6. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
2
<PAGE> 3
7. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number
of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing
any such counterpart.
8. Headings, Etc. Section or other headings contained in this
Amendment are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the
meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.
9. No Further Modifications. Except as modified herein, all of
the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as modified hereby shall
remain in full force and effect and, as modified hereby, the Borrower confirms
and ratifies all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Credit Agreement
in all respects.
3
<PAGE> 4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the
day and year first above written.
Borrower: AMB PROPERTY, L.P.
By: AMB Property Corporation,
its general partner
By:______________________________
Name:
Title:
FOR PURPOSES OF CONFIRMING AND RATIFYING THE CONTINUED EFFECTIVENESS OF THE
UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 26, 1997, BY AMB PROPERTY
CORPORATION:
Confirmed and Ratified:
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
By:________________________________
Name:
Title:
4
<PAGE> 5
Agent and Bank: MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF
NEW YORK, as a Bank and as Agent
By:_________________________________________
Name:
Title:
5
<PAGE> 6
Co-Agent and Bank: COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,
LOS ANGELES BRANCH
By:_________________________________________
Name:
Title:
By:
_________________________________________
Name:
Title:
6
<PAGE> 7
Co-Agent and Bank: FLEET NATIONAL BANK
By:____________________________________
Name:
Title:
7
<PAGE> 8
Co-Agent and Bank: NATIONSBANK, N.A.(f/k/a/ NationsBank
of Texas, N.A.)
By:____________________________________
Name:
Title:
8
<PAGE> 9
Co-Agent and Bank: PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:____________________________________
Name:
Title:
9
<PAGE> 10
Bank: BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
By:___________________________________
Name:
Title:
10
<PAGE> 11
Bank: SOCIETE GENERALE, SOUTHWEST AGENCY
By:
___________________________________
Name:
Title:
11
<PAGE> 12
Bank: DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND
GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES
By:___________________________________
Name:
Title:
By:___________________________________
Name:
Title:
12
<PAGE> 13
Bank: BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
By:___________________________________
Name:
Title:
13
<PAGE> 14
Bank: CORESTATES BANK, N.A.
By:___________________________________
Name:
Title:
14
<PAGE> 15
Bank: THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, ACTING
THROUGH ITS SAN FRANCISCO AGENCY
By:___________________________________
Name:
Title:
15
<PAGE> 16
Bank: THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN,
LIMITED, LOS ANGELES AGENCY
By:__________________________________
Name:
Title:
16
<PAGE> 17
Bank: UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:
17
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.5
SECOND AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING
CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is made as of September 30, 1998, by and
among AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Borrower"), the
BANKS and CO-AGENTS party hereto, and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Agent.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Agent, the Co-Agents and the Banks
have entered into the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement,
dated as of November 26, 1997, as amended by that certain Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 1998 (as so
amended, the "Credit Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to modify the Credit Agreement upon
the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as
follows:
1. Definitions. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.
2. Modifications to Definitions.
(a) The definition of "Adjusted EBITDA" contained in Article I is
hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"Adjusted EBITDA" means EBITDA minus (i) an adjustment to exclude
the effects of straight-lining of rents, and minus (ii) an amount equal
to appropriate reserves for replacements of not less than $0.25 per
square foot per annum for each Real Property Asset that is primarily a
retail use property and not less than $0.10 per square foot per annum
for each Real Property Asset that is primarily an industrial use
property.
<PAGE> 2
(b) The following definition of "Borrower Debt Service" is hereby
added to Article I:
"Borrower Debt Service" means as of any date of determination, an
amount equal to Debt Service on the Unsecured Senior Debt for the
previous four quarters including the quarter then ended.
(c) The definition of "Borrowing Base Net Operating Cash Flow"
contained in Article I is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:
"Borrowing Base Net Operating Cash Flow" means as of any date of
determination with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties, Property
Income for the previous four consecutive quarters including the quarter
then ended, but less (x) Property Expenses with respect to the Borrowing
Base Properties for the previous four consecutive quarters including the
quarter then ended, and (y) appropriate reserves for replacements of not
less than $0.25 per square foot per annum for each Borrowing Base
Property that is primarily a retail use property and not less than $0.10
per square foot per annum for each Borrowing Base Property that is
primarily an industrial use property. For purposes of Section 5.1(m)
hereof, the calculation of Borrowing Base Net Operating Cash Flow shall
be made separately as to each Borrowing Base Property.
(d) The definition of "Gross Asset Value" contained in Article I
is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"Gross Asset Value" shall mean (i) with respect to a Real
Property Asset that was acquired, directly or indirectly, within the
twelve (12) months prior to the date of determination, (A) prior to the
first full quarter following such acquisition, the Acquisition Price of
such Real Property Asset plus any Capital Expenditures actually incurred
by the Borrower or its Subsidiary in connection with such Real Property
Asset (which, for the purpose of this definition shall include any
expenditures that would have been considered Capital Expenditures except
that they were made with respect to the acquisition by the Borrower or
its Consolidated Subsidiaries of any interest in a Real Property Asset
within twelve months after the date such interest in asset was acquired)
and (B) from and after the first full quarter following such
acquisition, the lesser of (x) the amount in clause (i)(A) above and (y)
the Net Operating Cash Flow applicable to such Real Property Asset
(provided that such Net Operating Cash Flow shall be calculated on an
annualized basis based upon the actual amount of Net Operating Cash Flow
for the period of Borrower's ownership of such Real Property Asset), in
each case capitalized at an annual interest rate of 9.25% if such Real
Property Asset is primarily a retail use property and 9.00% if such Real
Property Asset is primarily an industrial use property; and (ii) with
respect to a Real Property Asset that was acquired, directly or
indirectly by the Borrower more than twelve (12) months prior to the
date of determination, the Net
2
<PAGE> 3
Operating Cash Flow applicable to such Real Property Asset capitalized
at an annual interest rate of 9.25% if such Real Property Asset is
primarily a retail use property and 9.00% if such Real Property Asset is
primarily an industrial use property.
(e) The definition of "Net Operating Cash Flow" contained in
Article I is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"Net Operating Cash Flow" means, as of any date of determination,
with respect to all Real Property Assets, Minority Holdings and Joint
Ventures of Borrower, the General Partner, and their Consolidated
Subsidiaries (with respect to Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures, the
Borrower's, the General Partner's or the applicable Consolidated
Subsidiary's allocable share only), Property Income for the previous
four consecutive quarters including the quarter then ended, but less (x)
Property Expenses with respect to all such Real Property Assets,
Minority Holdings and Joint Ventures (with respect to Minority Holdings
and Joint Ventures, the Borrower's, the General Partner's or the
applicable Consolidated Subsidiary's allocable share only) for the
previous four consecutive quarters including the quarter then ended and
(y) appropriate reserves for replacements of not less than $0.25 per
square foot per annum for each Real Property Asset that is primarily a
retail use property and not less than $0.10 per square foot per annum
for each Real Property Asset that is primarily an industrial use
property.
(f) The definition of "Pro-Forma Debt Service" contained in
Article I is hereby deleted in its entirety.
(g) The following definition of "Total Liabilities to Gross Asset
Value Ratio" is hereby added to Article I:
"Total Liabilities to Gross Asset Value Ratio" means the ratio,
expressed as a percentage, of (i) Total Liabilities to (ii) the sum of
(a) Combined Gross Asset Value, and (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents held
by the Borrower, the General Partner or any Consolidated Subsidiary and
(c) accounts receivable of the Borrower, the General Partner or any
Consolidated Subsidiary, less (d) Intangible Assets (as defined in the
definition of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth) and deferred rents.
(h) The definition of "Unimproved Land Value" contained in
Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced
with the following:
"Unimproved Land Value" means the aggregate Acquisition Price of
Unimproved Assets.
3
<PAGE> 4
3. Year 2000 Representation. The Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by the addition of the following new Section 4.27:
SECTION 4.27 Year 2000 Compliance. Each of the Borrower and the
General Partner has conducted a comprehensive review and assessment of
its computer applications and has made such inquiry as it determined to
be advisable of its key suppliers, vendors and customers or prospects
with respect to the "year 2000 problem" (i.e., the risk that computer
applications may not be able to properly perform date-sensitive
functions after December 31, 1999) and, based on that review and
inquiry, neither the Borrower nor the General Partner believes that the
year 2000 problem will result in a Material Adverse Effect.
4. Total Liabilities to Gross Asset Value Ratio. Section 5.9(a)
is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
(a) Total Liabilities to Gross Asset Value Ratio.
(i) As of the last day of each calendar quarter commencing as of
July 1, 1998 through and including September 30, 1999, for the prior
four calendar quarters including the quarter then ended, the Total
Liabilities to Gross Asset Value Ratio shall not exceed fifty-five
percent (55%).
(ii) From and after October 1, 1999 through and including the
Maturity Date, the Total Liabilities to Gross Asset Value Ratio as of
the last day of each calendar quarter for the prior four calendar
quarters including the quarter then ended, shall not exceed fifty
percent (50%).
5. Development Activities. Section 5.9(i) is hereby deleted in
its entirety and replaced with the following:
(i) Limitation on Construction Asset Costs. Construction Asset
Costs of the Borrower, the General Partner and their Subsidiaries shall
at no time exceed twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of Combined Gross
Asset Value.
6. Debt Service. Section 5.9(l) is hereby deleted in its entirety
and replaced with the following:
(l) Borrowing Base Properties Minimum Debt Service Coverage. As
of the last day of each calendar quarter, the ratio of Borrowing Base
Net Operating Cash Flow to Borrower Debt Service shall be equal to or
greater than 2.00:1.00.
4
<PAGE> 5
7. Borrowing Base Properties Value to Unsecured Debt Ratio.
Section 5.9(m) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:
(m) Borrowing Base Properties Value Unsecured Debt Ratio. The
ratio of Borrowing Base Properties Value to Senior Unsecured Debt shall
not, through and including September 30, 1999, be less than 1.75:1.00
and shall not, from October 1, 1999 through and including the Maturity
Date, be less than 2.00:1.00.
8. Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of
the date hereof upon receipt by the Agent of counterparts hereof signed by the
Borrower and the Required Banks (the date of such receipt being deemed the
"Effective Date").
9. Entire Agreement. This Amendment constitutes the entire and
final agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and there are no other agreements, understandings, undertakings,
representations or warranties among the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter hereof except as set forth herein.
10. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
11. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of
counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing
any such counterpart.
12. Headings, Etc. Section or other headings contained in this
Amendment are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the
meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.
13. No Further Modifications. Except as modified herein, all of
the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as modified hereby shall
remain in full force and effect and, as modified hereby, the Borrower confirms
and ratifies all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Credit Agreement
in all respects.
5
<PAGE> 6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and
year first above written.
Borrower: AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership
By: AMB Property Corporation,
a Maryland corporation and its
sole general partner
By: /s/ John T. Roberts, Jr.
-----------------------------
Name: John T. Roberts, Jr.
Title: Treasurer, V.P.
FOR PURPOSES OF CONFIRMING AND RATIFYING
THE CONTINUED EFFECTIVENESS OF THE
UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY AGREEMENT, DATED
AS OF NOVEMBER 26, 1997, BY AMB PROPERTY
CORPORATION:
Confirmed and Ratified:
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
By: /s/ John T. Roberts, Jr.
-----------------------------
Name: John T. Roberts, Jr.
Title: Treasurer, V.P.
<PAGE> 7
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Agent and Bank: MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW
YORK, as a Bank and as Agent
By: /s/ Timothy V. O'Donovan
----------------------------------
Name: Timothy V. O'Donovan
Title: Vice President
<PAGE> 8
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Co-Agent and Bank: COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,
LOS ANGELES BRANCH
By: /s/ James J. Henry
----------------------------------
Name: James J. Henry
Title: Senior Vice President
By: /s/ Christine H. Finkel
----------------------------------
Name: Christine H. Finkel
Title: Assistant Vice President
<PAGE> 9
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Co-Agent and Bank: FLEET NATIONAL BANK
By:
----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE> 10
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Co-Agent and Bank: NATIONSBANK, N.A.(f/k/a/ NationsBank
of Texas, N.A.) Co-Agent and Bank:
By: /s/ Donald H. Moses
----------------------------------
Name: Donald H. Moses
Title: Senior Vice President
<PAGE> 11
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Co-Agent and Bank: PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By: /s/ David Martens
----------------------------------
Name: David Martens
Title: Vice President
<PAGE> 12
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Bank: BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
By: /s/ Mark McCue
----------------------------------
Name: Mark McCue
Title: Vice President
<PAGE> 13
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Bank: SOCIETE GENERALE, SOUTHWEST AGENCY
By:
----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE> 14
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Bank: DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND
GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES
By:
----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE> 15
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Bank: BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
By: /s/ Alexander B.V. Johnson
----------------------------------
Name: Alexander B.V. Johnson
Title: Managing Director
<PAGE> 16
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Bank: FIRST UNION BANK, N.A. (successor to
CORESTATES BANK, N.A.)
By: /s/ Cynthia A. Bean
----------------------------------
Name: Cynthia A. Bean
Title: Vice President
<PAGE> 17
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Bank: THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, ACTING
THROUGH ITS SAN FRANCISCO
AGENCY
By:
----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE> 18
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Bank: THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN,
LIMITED, LOS ANGELES AGENCY
By: /s/ Takeshi Kubo
----------------------------------
Name: Takeshi Kubo
Title: Vice President
<PAGE> 19
Signature Page to AMB Property, L.P. Second Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
Bank: UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
By: /s/ Diana Giacomini
----------------------------------
Name: Diana Giacomini
Title: Vice President
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.6
FORM OF
CHANGE IN CONTROL AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT
THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement")
is dated as of November 26, 1998, between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership (the "Company"), and ________ (the "Executive").
1. TERM OF AGREEMENT
This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and will terminate
four (4) years from the date hereof; provided, however, that commencing on
November 26, 2002, and each November 26 thereafter, the term of this Agreement
shall be automatically extended for one additional year unless, not later than
October 30 of the preceding year, the Company shall have given notice that it
does not wish to extend this Agreement; provided, further, that if a Change in
Control (as defined in Section 2) occurs during the original or extended term of
this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in effect until the later of
November 26, 2002 and twenty-four (24) months after the date on which such
Change in Control occurred (the "Change in Control Date").
2. DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:
"Cause" shall mean:
(a) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance
of the Executive's duties;
(b) the Executive's willful and continued failure to
substantially perform the Executive's duties with the Company (other
than a failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due to
physical or mental illness or any failure after the Executive's
issuance of a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 3.5)), after
a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the
Executive by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of AMB Property
Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "General Partner");
(c) fraud or other conduct against the material best interests
of the Company; or
(d) a conviction of a felony if such conviction has a material
adverse effect on the Company.
A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to occur if:
1
<PAGE> 2
(a) the shareholders of the General Partner approve a plan of
complete liquidation of the General Partner or an agreement for the
sale or disposition by the General Partner of all or substantially all
of the General Partner's assets, or the General Partner disposes of
more than fifty percent (50%) of its interest in the Company;
(b) any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial
Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
General Partner representing forty percent (40%) or more of the
combined voting power of the General Partner's then outstanding
securities. For purposes of this Agreement, (A) the term "Person" is
used as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); provided,
however, that the term shall not include the General Partner, any
trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit
plan of the General Partner, and any corporation owned, directly or
indirectly, by the shareholders of the General Partner, in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the
General Partner, and (B) the term "Beneficial Owner" shall have the
meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act;
(c) during any period of two (2) consecutive years (not
including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement),
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board,
and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who
has entered into an agreement with the General Partner to effect a
transaction described in clauses (a), (b) or (d)) whose election by the
Board or nomination for election by the General Partner's shareholders
was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors
then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the
period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so
approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
thereof; or
(d) the shareholders of the General Partner approve a merger
or consolidation of the General Partner with any other corporation (or
other entity), other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would
result in the voting securities of the General Partner outstanding
immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining
outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the
surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
power of the voting securities of the General Partner or such surviving
entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or
(ii) where more than fifty percent (50%) of the directors of the
General Partner or the surviving entity after such merger or
consolidation were directors of the General Partner immediately before
such merger or consolidation.
"Date of Termination" shall mean:
(a) if the Executive's employment is terminated by his death,
the date
2
<PAGE> 3
of his death;
(b) if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
his Disability, the date of the opinion of the physician referred to in
the definition of "Disability" hereof; or
(c) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company
or by the Executive for any reason other than death or Disability, the
date specified in the Notice of Termination;
provided, that, if within fifteen (15) days after any Notice of Termination (as
defined in Section 3.5) is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination
notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, then
the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally
resolved, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, or otherwise;
provided, however, that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of
dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such
notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence.
"Disability" shall mean the Executive's physical or mental disability
or infirmity which, in the opinion of a competent physician selected by the
Board, renders the Executive unable to perform properly his duties as an
employee of the Company, and as a result, the Executive is unable to perform
such duties for six (6) consecutive calendar months or for shorter periods
aggregating one hundred and eighty (180) business days in any twelve (12) month
period, but only to the extent that such definition does not violate the
Americans with Disabilities Act.
"Good Reason" shall mean, without the Executive's express written
consent, the occurrence after a Change in Control of any of the following
circumstances unless such circumstances are fully corrected (provided such
circumstances are capable of correction) prior to the Date of Termination as
specified in the Notice of Termination:
(a) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent
with the position in the Company that the Executive held immediately
prior to the Change in Control Date, a significant adverse alteration
in the nature or status of the Executive's responsibilities or the
conditions of the Executive's employment from those in effect
immediately prior to the Change in Control Date, or any other action by
the Company that results in a material diminution in the Executive's
position, authority, duties or responsibilities from those in effect
immediately prior to the Change in Control Date;
(b) a reduction in the Executive's annual base compensation as
in effect on the Change in Control Date;
(c) the relocation of the Company's offices at which the
Executive is principally employed immediately prior to the Change in
Control Date (the "Principal Location") to a location more than fifty
(50) miles from such location or the Company's
3
<PAGE> 4
requiring the Executive, without the Executive's written consent, to be
based anywhere other than the Principal Location, except for required
travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially consistent
with the Executive's business travel obligations prior to the Change in
Control Date;
(d) the Company's failure to pay to the Executive any portion
of the Executive's compensation or to pay to the Executive any portion
of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred
compensation program of the Company within seven (7) days of the date
such compensation is due; or
(e) the Company's failure to continue in effect any material
compensation or benefit plan or practice in which the Executive is
eligible to participate in on the Change in Control Date (other than
any equity based plan), unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an
ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to
such plan, or the Company's failure to continue the Executive's
participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a
basis not materially less favorable, both in terms of the amount of
benefits provided and the level of the Executive's participation
relative to other participants, as existed at the time of the Change in
Control Date;
provided, however, that the Executive's continued employment shall not
constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance
constituting Good Reason hereunder.
3. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION
3.1. Death.
Whether or not there is a Change in Control, if the
Executive's employment shall be terminated due to the Executive's death, the
Company shall pay monthly to the Executive's estate for a period equal to one
(1) year following the Date of Termination an amount equal to the sum of: (i)
one-twelfth of the Executive's annual base compensation as in effect on the Date
of Termination plus (ii) one-twelfth of any bonus at the most recent annual
amount received, or entitled to be received, by the Executive for the most
recent annual period. At the Executive's estate's expense, the Executive's
spouse and children shall also be entitled to any continuation of health
insurance coverage rights under any applicable law.
3.2. Disability.
Whether or not there is a Change in Control, if the
Executive's employment shall be terminated by reason of Disability, the Company
shall pay to the Executive a single payment in an amount equal to the sum of:
(i) the Executive's annual base compensation as in effect on the Date of
Termination plus (ii) an amount equal to the annual bonus received, or entitled
to be received, by the Executive for the most recent annual period. Such payment
shall be in addition to any disability insurance payments to which the Executive
is otherwise entitled. At the Executive's own expense, the Executive and the
Executive's spouse and children shall also be entitled to any continuation of
health insurance coverage rights under any applicable law.
4
<PAGE> 5
3.3. Termination Upon Change in Control.
If during the term or extended term of this
Agreement and within two (2) years following a Change in Control, the
Executive's employment with the Company is terminated, in addition to his base
compensation and any bonus then payable through the Date of Termination and, at
the Executive's own expense, any continuation of health insurance coverage
rights under any applicable law, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits
provided below, unless such termination is (i) because of the Executive's death,
Disability or retirement, (ii) by the Company for Cause or (iii) by the
Executive other than for Good Reason; provided, however, that in the event the
Executive's employment is terminated for any reason and subsequently a Change in
Control occurs, the Executive shall not be entitled to any benefits hereunder,
other than pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2:
(a) the Company shall pay to the Executive, when due,
the Executive's base compensation and any bonus then payable through the Date of
Termination;
(b) in lieu of any further salary payments to the
Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall
pay as severance pay to the Executive during the Nonsolicitation Period (as
defined in Section 4.3) a monthly payment equal to 1/24 of the sum of the
following:
(i) two (2) times the Executive's annual
base compensation as in effect as of the Date of Termination or immediately
prior to the Change in Control Date, whichever is greater; and
(ii) two (2) times the annual bonus
received, or entitled to be received, by the Executive for the most recent
annual period;
(c) for a twelve (12) month period after such
termination (the "Coverage Period"), the Company shall continue to provide the
Executive and the Executive's eligible family members with medical and dental
health benefits and life and disability insurance at least equal to those which
would have been provided to the Executive and them if the Executive's employment
had not been terminated or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect
generally at any time thereafter; provided, however, that if the Executive
becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive medical and
dental health benefits and life and disability insurance under another
employer's plans, the Company's obligations under this Section 3.3(c) shall be
reduced to the extent comparable benefits are actually received by the Executive
during the twelve (12) month period following the Executive's termination, and
any such benefits actually received by the Executive shall be reported to the
Company; and
(d) the Company shall pay to the Executive on or
about the date or dates that the contributions would have been made an amount
equal to the aggregate amount of the Company's maximum contributions that would
have been made under the Company's 401(k) plan (the "401(k) Plan") during the
Coverage Period if the Executive had continued to be employed and participated
in the 401(k) Plan during the Coverage Period.
5
<PAGE> 6
3.4. Limitation. The foregoing notwithstanding, the total of
the payments made to the Executive pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3 hereof
shall be reduced to the extent that the payment of such amount would cause the
Executive's total termination benefits (as determined by the Executive's tax
advisor) to constitute an "excess" parachute payment under Section 280G of the
Code, and by reason of such excess parachute payment the Executive would be
subject to an excise tax under Section 4999(a) of the Code, but only if the
Executive determines that the after-tax value of the termination benefits
calculated with the foregoing restriction exceed those calculated without the
foregoing restriction.
3.5 Notice. Any termination of the Executive's employment by
the Company or the Executive shall be communicated by written notice of
termination to the other party (the "Notice of Termination"). The Notice of
Termination shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under
the provision so indicated.
3.6 Termination Obligations.
(a) The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that
all Personal Property and equipment furnished to or prepared by the Executive in
the course of or incident to his employment, belongs to the Company and shall be
promptly returned to the Company upon termination of the Executive's employment.
"Personal Property" includes, without limitation, all electronic devices of the
Company used by the Executive, including, without limitation, personal
computers, facsimile machines, cellular telephones, pagers and tape recorders
and all books, manuals, records, reports, notes, contracts, lists, blueprints,
maps and other documents, or materials, or copies thereof (including computer
files), and all other proprietary information relating to the business of the
Company. Following termination, the Executive will not retain any written or
other tangible material containing any proprietary information of the Company.
(b) The Executive's obligations under this Section
23.6 and Section 4 hereof shall survive termination of the Executive's
employment and the expiration of this Agreement.
(c) Upon termination of the Executive's employment,
the Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships
then held with the Company or any affiliate.
3.7. No Duty to Mitigate. The Executive shall not be required
to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for herein by seeking other
employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided
for herein be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result
of employment by another employer.
4. CONFIDENTIALITY, NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION COVENANTS
6
<PAGE> 7
4.1. Confidentiality. In consideration of and in connection
with the benefits provided to the Executive under this Agreement, the Executive
hereby agrees that the Executive will not, during the Executive's employment or
at any time thereafter directly or indirectly disclose or make available to any
person, firm, corporation, association or other entity for any reason or purpose
whatsoever, any Confidential Information (as defined below). The Executive
agrees that, upon termination of his employment with the Company, all
Confidential Information in his possession that is in written or other tangible
form (together with all copies or duplicates thereof, including computer files)
shall be returned to the Company and shall not be retained by the Executive or
furnished to any third party, in any form except as provided herein; provided,
however, that the Executive shall not be obligated to treat as confidential, or
return to the Company copies of any Confidential Information that (i) was
publicly known at the time of disclosure to the Executive, (ii) becomes publicly
known or available thereafter other than by any means in violation of this
Agreement or any other duty owed to the Company by the Executive, or (iii) is
lawfully disclosed to the Executive by a third party. As used in this Agreement
the term "Confidential Information" means information disclosed to the Executive
or known by the Executive as a consequence of or through his relationship with
the Company, about the owners, tenants, employees, consultants, vendors,
business methods, public relations methods, organization, procedures, property
acquisition and development, or finances, including, without limitation,
information of or relating to owner or tenant lists of the Company and its
affiliates.
4.2. Noncompetition. During the term of the Executive's
employment, the Executive shall not engage in any activities, directly or
indirectly, in respect of commercial real estate, and will not make any
investment in respect of industrial or retail real estate, other than through
ownership of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of a
public company engaged in such activities and through investments listed on
Schedule I to the Employment Agreement (as defined below).
4.3. Nonsolicitation. In consideration of and in connection
with the benefits provided to the Executive under this Agreement, for a period
of two (2) years following the Date of Termination (the "Nonsolicitation
Period"), the Executive shall not solicit or induce any of the Company's or its
affiliates' employees, agents or independent contractors to end their
relationship with the Company or its affiliates, or recruit, hire or otherwise
induce any such person to perform services for the Executive, or any other
person, firm or company.
5. GENERAL PROVISIONS
5.1. Termination of Employment Agreement. The parties hereby
agree that the Employment Agreement dated as of November 26, 1997 (the
"Employment Agreement") between the Executive and the Company is hereby
terminated as of the date hereof, the Employment Agreement shall be of no
further force and effect as of the date hereof and the parties shall be released
from any further obligations thereunder.
5.2. Successors; Binding Agreement
(a) The Company shall require any successor (whether
direct or
7
<PAGE> 8
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly
assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement
prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this
Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to receive compensation from the
Company in the same amount and on the same terms to which the Executive would be
entitled hereunder if the Executive terminated the Executive's employment for
Good Reason following a Change in Control, except that for purposes of
implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes
effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. Unless expressly provided
otherwise, "Company" as used herein shall mean the Company as defined in this
Agreement and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by the Executive and the Executive's personal or legal
representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees,
devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amount would still
be payable to the Executive hereunder had the Executive continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement to the Executive's devisee, legatee or other
designee or, if there is no such designee, to the Executive's estate.
5.3. Injunctive Relief and Enforcement. The Executive
acknowledges that the remedies at law for any breach by him of the provisions of
Sections 3.6 or 4 hereof may be inadequate and that, therefore, in the event of
breach by the Executive of the terms of Sections 3.6 or 4 hereof, the Company
shall be entitled to institute legal proceedings to enforce the specific
performance of this Agreement by the Executive and to enjoin the Executive from
any further violation of Sections 3.6 or 4 hereof and to exercise such remedies
cumulatively or in conjunction with all other rights and remedies provided by
law and not otherwise limited by this Agreement.
5.4. No Contract of Employment. The Executive acknowledges
that the Executive's employment with the Company is at will. This Agreement
shall not confer upon the Executive any right of continued or future employment
by the Company or any right to compensation or benefits from the Company except
the rights specifically stated herein, and shall not limit the right of the
Company to terminate the Executive's employment at any time with or without
cause.
5.5. Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices,
demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when addressed as follows
and (i) when personally delivered, (ii) when transmitted by telecopy, electronic
or digital transmission with receipt confirmed, (iii) one day after delivery to
an overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, or (iv) upon receipt if
sent by certified or registered mail. In each case notice shall be sent to:
If to Executive: _______________
8
<PAGE> 9
AMB Property Corporation
505 Montgomery Street, 5th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Facsimile: (415) 394-9001
If to the Company: AMB Property Corporation
505 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (415) 394-9001
or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing
in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be
effective only upon receipt.
5.6. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in
full force and effect. In addition, in the event any provision in this Agreement
shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable
by reason of extending for too great a period of time or over too great a
geographical area or by reason of being too extensive in any other respect, each
such agreement shall be interpreted to extend over the maximum period of time
for which it may be enforceable and to the maximum extent in all other respects
as to which it may be enforceable, and enforced as so interpreted, all as
determined by such court in such action.
5.7. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by the
Executive, but may be assigned by the Company to any successor to its business
and will inure to the benefit and be binding upon any such successor.
5.8. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.
5.9. Headings. The headings contained herein are for reference
purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement.
5.10. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed,
interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California
without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.
5.11. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted under
applicable law, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold the Executive
harmless from and against any and all causes of action, claims, demands,
liabilities, damages, costs and expenses of any nature whatsoever (collectively,
"Damages") directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to the Executive
discharging the Executive's duties on behalf of the Company and/or its
respective subsidiaries and affiliates, so long as the Executive acted in good
faith within the course and
9
<PAGE> 10
scope of the Executive's duties with respect to the matter giving rise to the
claim or Damages for which the Executive seeks indemnification.
5.12. LIMITATION ON LIABILITIES. IF EITHER THE EXECUTIVE OR
THE COMPANY IS AWARDED ANY DAMAGES AS COMPENSATION FOR ANY BREACH OR ACTION
RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, A BREACH OF ANY COVENANT CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT
(WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY EITHER LAW OR FACT), OR ANY OTHER CAUSE OF ACTION
BASED IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON ANY BREACH OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH
DAMAGES SHALL BE LIMITED TO CONTRACTUAL DAMAGES AND SHALL EXCLUDE (I) PUNITIVE
DAMAGES, AND (II) CONSEQUENTIAL AND/OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (E.G., LOST PROFITS
AND OTHER INDIRECT OR SPECULATIVE DAMAGES). THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF DAMAGES THAT
THE EXECUTIVE MAY RECOVER FOR ANY REASON SHALL BE THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO ALL
AMOUNTS OWED (BUT NOT YET PAID) TO THE EXECUTIVE PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT
THROUGH ITS TERM AND THROUGH ANY APPLICABLE SEVERANCE PERIOD, PLUS INTEREST ON
ANY DELAYED PAYMENT AT THE MAXIMUM RATE PER ANNUM ALLOWABLE BY APPLICABLE LAW
FROM AND AFTER THE DATE(S) THAT SUCH PAYMENTS WERE DUE.
5.13. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, EACH OF
THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A
JURY TRIAL FOR ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS
AGREEMENT.
5.14. Attorneys' Fees. If any legal action, arbitration or
other proceeding, is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because
of an alleged dispute, breach or default in connection with any of the
provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover
reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in that action or
proceeding, including any appeal of such action or proceeding, in addition to
any other relief to which that party may be entitled.
5.15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire
agreement and understanding between the Company and the Executive with respect
to the matters contained herein, and no representations, promises, agreements or
understandings, written or oral, not herein contained shall be of any force or
effect. This Agreement shall not be changed unless in writing and signed by both
the Executive and the Company.
5.16. The Executive's Acknowledgment. The Executive
acknowledges (a) that he has had the opportunity to consult with independent
counsel of his own choice concerning this Agreement, and (b) that he has read
and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has
entered into it freely based on his own judgment.
(Signature Page Follows)
10
<PAGE> 11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Change in Control and
Noncompetition Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
AMB PROPERTY, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: AMB Property Corporation,
Its general partner
By:
-------------------------
EXECUTIVE
----------------------------------------
11
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.7
THE FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
1997 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
OF
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION
AND AMB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES
AMB Property Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company")
and AMB Investment Management, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Investment
Management Company") adopted The 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of AMB
Property Corporation and AMB Investment Management, Inc. and their Respective
Subsidiaries (as such term is defined below), effective November 26, 1997, for
the benefit of their eligible employees, consultants and directors and those of
their Subsidiaries. The 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of AMB Property
Corporation and AMB Investment Management, Inc. and their Respective
Subsidiaries is hereby amended and restated in its entirety in the form of this
First Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of AMB Property
Corporation and AMB Investment Management, Inc. and their Respective
Subsidiaries (the "Plan"), effective as of March 5, 1999. The Plan consists of
two plans, one for the benefit of employees, consultants and independent
directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries and one for the benefit of the
employees, consultants and independent directors of the Investment Management
Company and its Subsidiaries.
The purposes of this Plan are as follows:
(1) To provide an additional incentive for directors, key
Employees and consultants to further the growth, development and financial
success of the Company by personally benefiting through the ownership of Company
stock and/or rights which recognize such growth, development and financial
success.
(2) To enable the Company and the Investment Management Company,
and their respective Subsidiaries, to obtain and retain the services of
directors, key Employees and consultants considered essential to the long range
success of the Company by offering them an opportunity to own stock in the
Company and/or rights which will reflect the growth, development and financial
success of the Company.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
1.1. General. Wherever the following terms are used in this Plan
they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise.
<PAGE> 2
1.2. Award Limit. "Award Limit" shall mean 1 million shares of
Common Stock, as adjusted pursuant to Section 10.3.
1.3. Board. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Company.
1.4. Cause. "Cause," unless otherwise defined in an Employee's
employment agreement, or a consultant's consulting agreement, with the Company
or one of its Subsidiaries, shall mean (i) gross negligence or willful
misconduct, (ii) an uncured breach of any of the employee's material duties
under their employment agreement, (iii) fraud or other conduct against the
material best interests of the Company or (iv) a conviction of a felony if such
conviction has a material adverse effect on the Company.
1.5. Change in Control. "Change in Control" shall mean a change
in ownership or control of the Company effected through either of the following
transactions:
(a) any person or related group of persons (other than the
Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or
is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act)
of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined
voting power of the Company's outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or
exchange offer made directly to the Company's stockholders which the Board does
not recommend such stockholders to accept; or
(b) there is a change in the composition of the Board over a
period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months (or less) such that a majority of
the Board members (rounded up to the nearest whole number) ceases, by reason of
one or more proxy contests for the election of Board members, to be comprised of
individuals who either (i) have been Board members continuously since the
beginning of such period or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as
Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members
described in clause (i) who were still in office at the time such election or
nomination was approved by the Board.
1.6. Code. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.
1.7. Committee. "Committee" shall mean, with respect to the
Company and any Company Subsidiary, the Compensation Committee of the Board, or
another committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section
9.1 and, with respect to the Investment Management Company, the Compensation
Committee of its board of directors or another committee or subcommittee of such
board, if any, appointed by the Board of Directors of the Investment Management
Company in a manner consistent with Section 9.1 hereof (except that references
to the Board in such Section shall mean the board of directors of the Investment
Management Company) or the Investment Management Company's board of directors;
provided,
2
<PAGE> 3
however, that in the case of a person who is an "officer or director of the
issuer" within the meaning of Rule 16-3(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, the grant of any award under this Plan to such person shall be
made by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
1.8. Common Stock. "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of
the Company, par value $.01 per share, and any equity security of the Company
issued or authorized to be issued in the future, but excluding any preferred
stock and any warrants, options or other rights to purchase Common Stock. Debt
securities of the Company convertible into Common Stock shall be deemed equity
securities of the Company.
1.9. Company. "Company" shall mean AMB Property Corporation, a
Maryland corporation.
1.10. Company Employee. "Company Employee" shall mean any
officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the
Code) of the Company or of any Company Subsidiary.
1.11. Company Subsidiary. "Company Subsidiary" shall mean (i) a
corporation, association or other business entity of which 50% or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock is owned, directly
or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more Company Subsidiaries or by the
Company and one or more Company Subsidiaries, (ii) any partnership or limited
liability company of which 50% or more of the capital and profits interests is
owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more Company
Subsidiaries or by the Company and one or more Company Subsidiaries, and (iii)
any other entity not described in clauses (i) or (ii) above of which 50% or more
of the ownership and the power, pursuant to a written contract or agreement, to
direct the policies and management or the financial and the other affairs
thereof, are owned or controlled by the Company or by one or more other Company
Subsidiaries or by the Company and one or more Company Subsidiaries.
1.12. Consultant. "consultant" shall mean any consultant or
adviser if:
(a) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the
Company, the Investment Management Company or their respective subsidiaries;
(b) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not
in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising
transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for
the securities of the Company, the Investment Management Company or their
respective subsidiaries; and
(c) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has
contracted directly with the Company, the Investment Management Company or their
respective subsidiaries, as applicable, to render such services.
3
<PAGE> 4
1.13. Corporate Transaction. "Corporate Transaction" shall mean
any of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Company is a
party:
(a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the
surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to
change the State in which the Company is incorporated, form a holding company or
effect a similar reorganization as to form whereupon this Plan and all Options
are assumed by the successor entity;
(b) the sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, in complete liquidation or
dissolution of the Company in a transaction not covered by the exceptions to
clause (a), above; or
(c) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving
entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the
total combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities are
transferred or issued to a person or persons different from those who held such
securities immediately prior to such merger.
1.14. Deferred Stock. "Deferred Stock" shall mean Common Stock
awarded under Article VII of this Plan.
1.15. Director. "Director" shall mean an Independent Director,
an Investment Management Company Director or a Non-Employee Director.
1.16. Dividend Equivalent. "Dividend Equivalent" shall mean a
right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Common Stock) of dividends or
regular cash distributions paid on Common Stock, awarded under Article VII of
this Plan.
1.17. Employee. "Employee" shall mean any Company Employee or
any Investment Management Company Employee.
1.18. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
1.19. Fair Market Value. "Fair Market Value" of a share of
Common Stock as of a given date shall be (i) the closing price of a share of
Common Stock on the principal exchange on which shares of Common Stock are then
trading, if any (or as reported on any composite index which includes such
principal exchange), on the trading day previous to such date, or if shares were
not traded on the trading day previous to such date, then on the next preceding
date on which a trade occurred, or (ii) if Common Stock is not traded on an
exchange but is quoted on Nasdaq or a successor quotation system, the mean
between the closing representative bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on
the trading day previous to such date as reported by Nasdaq or such successor
quotation system; or (iii) if Common Stock is not publicly traded on an exchange
and not quoted on Nasdaq or a successor quotation system, the Fair Market Value
of a share of Common Stock as established by the Committee (or the Board,
4
<PAGE> 5
in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) acting in good faith.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Fair Market Value at the
time of grant of a share of Common Stock underlying an option grant or other
award made under this Plan and in connection with the initial public offering of
the Company shall be the initial offering price per share.
1.20. General Partner Interest. "General Partner Interest" shall
mean an ownership interest in the Partnership that is a general partner interest
and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such an interest may be
entitled as provided in the Partnership Agreement, together with all obligations
of such holder to comply with the terms and provisions of such agreement.
1.21. Grantee. "Grantee" shall mean an Employee or consultant
granted a Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, Stock Payment or Stock
Appreciation Right, or an award of Deferred Stock, under this Plan.
1.22. Incentive Stock Option. "Incentive Stock Option" shall
mean an option which conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the
Code and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Committee.
1.23. Initial Independent Director. "Initial Independent
Director" shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.4(d) hereof.
1.24. Independent Director. "Independent Director" shall mean a
member of the Board who is not an employee, officer or affiliate of the Company
or a subsidiary or division thereof, or a relative of a principal executive
officer, and who is not an individual member of an organization acting as an
advisor, consultant or legal counsel receiving compensation on a continuing
basis from the Company in addition to director's fees.
1.25. Investment Management Company. "Investment Management
Company" shall mean AMB Investment Management, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
1.26. Investment Management Company Employee. "Investment
Management Company Employee" shall mean any officer or other employee (as
defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Investment
Management Company, or any corporation or partnership which is then an
Investment Management Company Subsidiary.
1.27. Investment Management Company Independent Director.
"Investment Management Company Independent Director" shall mean a member of the
Investment Management Company Board who is not (i) an employee, officer, or
affiliates of the Company, the Investment Management Company or a subsidiary or
division of the foregoing, or a relative of a principal executive officer, and
who is not an individual member of an organization acting as an advisor,
consultant or legal counsel receiving compensation on a continuing basis from
the
5
<PAGE> 6
company or the Investment Management Company in addition to director's fees or
(b) an Independent Director.
1.28. Investment Management Company Purchase Price. "Investment
Management Company Purchase Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
5.5 hereof.
1.29. Investment Management Company Purchased Shares.
"Investment Management Company Purchased Shares" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 5.5 hereof.
1.30. Investment Management Company Subsidiary. "Investment
Management Company Subsidiary" shall mean (i) a corporation, association or
other business of which 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all
classes of capital stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investment
Management Company or by one or more Investment Management Company Subsidiaries
or by the Investment Management Company and one or more Investment Management
Company Subsidiaries, (ii) any partnership or limited liability company of which
50% or more of the capital and profits interests is owned, directly or
indirectly, by the Investment Management Company or by one or more Investment
Management Company Subsidiaries or by the Investment Management Company and one
or more Investment Management Company Subsidiaries and (iii) any other entity
not described in clauses (i) or (ii) above of which 50% or more of the ownership
and the power, pursuant to a written contract or agreement, to direct the
policies and management or the financial and the other affairs thereof, are
owned or controlled by the Investment Management Company or by one or more
Investment Management Company Subsidiaries or by the Investment Management
Company and one or more Investment Management Company Subsidiaries.
1.31. Non-Employee Director. "Non-Employee Director" shall mean
a member of the Board or the Investment Management Company Board who is not an
Independent Director, an Investment Management Company Independent Director or
an Employee.
1.32. Non-Qualified Stock Option. "Non-Qualified Stock Option"
shall mean an Option which is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the
Committee.
1.33. Option. "Option" shall mean a stock option granted under
Article III of this Plan. An Option granted under this Plan shall, as determined
by the Committee, be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock
Option; provided, however, that Options granted to anyone other than Company
Employees shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options.
1.34. Optionee. "Optionee" shall mean an Employee, consultant or
Director granted an Option under this Plan.
1.35. Partnership. "Partnership" shall mean AMB Property, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership.
6
<PAGE> 7
1.36. Partnership Agreement. "Partnership Agreement" shall mean
the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as
the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.
1.37. Partnership Employee. "Partnership Employee" shall mean
any officer, other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of
the Code) of the Partnership, or any entity which is then a Partnership
Subsidiary.
1.38. Partnership Purchase Price. "Partnership Purchase Price"
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4
1.39. Partnership Purchased Shares. "Partnership Purchased
Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.
1.40. Partnership Subsidiary. "Partnership Subsidiary" shall
mean (i) a corporation, association or other business entity of which 50% or
more of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock is
owned, directly or indirectly, by the Partnership or by one or more Partnership
Subsidiaries or by the Partnership and one or more Partnership Subsidiaries,
(ii) any partnership or limited liability company of which 50% or more of the
capital and profits interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the
Partnership or by one or more Partnership Subsidiaries or by the Partnership and
one or more Partnership Subsidiaries, and (iii) any other entity not described
in clauses (i) or (ii) above of which 50% or more of the ownership and the
power, pursuant to a written contract or agreement, to direct the policies and
management or the financial and the other affairs thereof, are owned or
controlled by the Partnership or by one or more other Partnership Subsidiaries
or by the Partnership and one or more Partnership Subsidiaries.
1.41. Performance Award. "Performance Award" shall mean a cash
bonus, stock bonus or other performance or incentive award that is paid in cash,
Common Stock or a combination of both, awarded under Article VII of this Plan.
1.42. Plan. "Plan" shall mean the First Amended and Restated
1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of AMB Property Corporation and AMB
Investment Management, Inc. and their respective Subsidiaries.
1.43. Restricted Stock. "Restricted Stock" shall mean Common
Stock awarded under Article VI of this Plan.
1.44. Restricted Stockholder. "Restricted Stockholder" shall
mean an Employee or consultant granted an award of Restricted Stock under
Article VI of this Plan.
1.45. Rule 16b-3. "Rule 16b-3" shall mean that certain Rule
16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.
7
<PAGE> 8
1.46. Section 162(m) Participant. "Section 162(m) Participant"
shall mean any key Employee designated by the Committee as a key Employee whose
compensation for the fiscal year in which the key Employee is so designated or a
future fiscal year may be subject to the limit on deductible compensation
imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.
1.47. Stock Appreciation Right. "Stock Appreciation Right" shall
mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article VIII of this Plan.
1.48. Stock Payment. "Stock Payment" shall mean (i) a payment in
the form of shares of Common Stock, or (ii) an option or other right to purchase
shares of Common Stock, as part of a deferred compensation arrangement, made in
lieu of all or any portion of the compensation, including without limitation,
salary, bonuses and commissions, that would otherwise become payable to a key
Employee or consultant in cash, awarded under Article VII of this Plan.
1.49. Subsidiary. "Subsidiary" shall mean any Company Subsidiary
or Investment Management Company Subsidiary.
1.50. Termination of Consultancy. "Termination of Consultancy"
shall mean the time when the engagement of an Optionee, Grantee or Restricted
Stockholder as a consultant to the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment
Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership
or a Partnership Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without Cause,
including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or
retirement; but excluding terminations where there is a simultaneous
commencement of employment with the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Investment Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary. The Committee, in its absolute
discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to
Termination of Consultancy, including, but not by way of limitation, the
question of whether a Termination of Consultancy resulted from a discharge for
Cause, and all questions of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a
Terminations of Consultancy. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,
the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an
Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership
Subsidiary has an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate a consultant's
service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to
the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.
1.51. Termination of Directorship. "Termination of Directorship"
shall mean the time when an Optionee, Grantee or Restricted Stockholder who is
an Independent Director or a Management Investment Company Independent Director
ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation,
a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement; but
excluding, at the discretion of the Committee, terminations (i) where there is a
simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of an Optionee, Grantee or
Restricted Stockholder by the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment
Management Company, an
8
<PAGE> 9
Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership
Subsidiary and (ii) which are followed by the simultaneous establishment of a
directorship with the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management
Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a
Partnership Subsidiary. The Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall
determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of
Directorship with respect to Independent Directors or Management Investment
Company Independent Directors in accordance with the Company's bylaws.
1.52. Termination of Employment. "Termination of Employment"
shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship between an Optionee,
Grantee or Restricted Stockholder and the Company, Investment Management Company
or Partnership, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, is terminated for any
reason, with or without Cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a
termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but
excluding (i) terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment or
continuing employment of an Optionee, Grantee or Restricted Stockholder by the
Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an Investment
Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary, (ii)
at the discretion of the Committee, terminations which result in a temporary
severance of the employee-employer relationship, and (iii) at the discretion of
the Committee, terminations which are followed by the simultaneous establishment
of a consulting relationship by the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Investment Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary with the former employee. The Committee,
in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and
questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of
limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Employment resulted from a
discharge for Cause, and all questions of whether a particular leave of absence
constitutes a Termination of Employment; provided, however, that, with respect
to Incentive Stock Options unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its
discretion, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an
independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship
shall constitute a Termination of Employment if, and to the extent that, such
leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the
purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations
and revenue rulings under said Section. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan, the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company,
an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership
Subsidiary has an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate an Employee's
employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except
to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.
ARTICLE II.
SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN
2.1. Shares Subject to Plan.
9
<PAGE> 10
(a) The shares of stock subject to Options, awards of Restricted
Stock, Performance Awards, Dividend Equivalents, awards of Deferred Stock, Stock
Payments or Stock Appreciation Rights shall be shares of Common Stock. The
aggregate number of such shares which may be issued upon exercise of such
Options or rights or upon any such awards under the Plan shall not exceed Five
Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (5,750,000). The shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of such Options or rights or upon any such awards may be
either previously authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.
(b) The maximum number of shares which may be subject to
Options, awards of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards, Dividend Equivalents,
awards of Deferred Stock, Stock Payments or Stock Appreciation Rights granted
under the Plan to any individual in any calendar year shall not exceed the Award
Limit.
2.2. Add-back of Options and Other Rights. If any Option, or
other right to acquire shares of Common Stock under any other award under this
Plan, expires or is canceled without having been fully exercised, or is
exercised in whole or in part for cash as permitted by this Plan, the number of
shares subject to such Option or other right but as to which such Option or
other right was not exercised prior to its expiration, cancellation or exercise
may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations
of Section 2.1. Furthermore, any shares subject to Options or other awards which
are adjusted pursuant to Section 10.3 and become exercisable with respect to
shares of stock of another corporation shall be considered canceled and may
again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of
Section 2.1. Shares of Common Stock which are delivered by the Optionee or
Grantee or withheld by the Company upon the exercise of any Option or other
award under this Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof, may again be
optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section
2.1. If any share of Restricted Stock is forfeited by the Grantee or repurchased
by the Company pursuant to Section 6.6 hereof, such share may again be optioned,
granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.2, no shares of Common Stock
may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an
Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Code.
ARTICLE III.
GRANTING OF OPTIONS
3.1. Eligibility. Any Employee, consultant or Non-Employee
Director selected by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(i) shall be
eligible to be granted an Option. Independent Directors of the Company shall be
eligible to be granted Options at the times and in the manner set forth in
Section 3.4(d).
3.2. Disqualification for Stock Ownership. No person may be
granted an Incentive Stock Option under this Plan if such person, at the time
the Incentive Stock Option is
10
<PAGE> 11
granted, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any then existing
Subsidiary or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code)
unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of
Section 422 of the Code.
3.3. Qualification of Incentive Stock Options. No Incentive
Stock Option shall be granted to any person who is not an Employee, or to any
Employee of a Subsidiary which does not constitute a "subsidiary corporation"
within Section 424(f) of the Code.
3.4. Granting of Options
(a) The Committee shall from time to time, in its absolute
discretion, and subject to applicable limitations of this Plan:
(i) Determine which Employees are key Employees and select from
among the key Employees, consultants and Non-Employee Directors
(including Employees, consultants and Non-Employee Directors who have
previously received Options or other awards under this Plan) such of
them as in its opinion should be granted Options;
(ii) Subject to the Award Limit, determine the number of shares
to be subject to such Options granted to the selected key Employees or
consultants;
(iii) Subject to Section 3.3, determine whether such Options are
to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options and whether
such Options are to qualify as performance-based compensation as
described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code; and
(iv) Determine the terms and conditions of such Options,
consistent with this Plan; provided, however, that the terms and
conditions of Options intended to qualify as performance-based
compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall
include, but not be limited to, such terms and conditions as may be
necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the
Code.
(b) Upon the selection of a key Employee or consultant to be
granted an Option, the Committee shall instruct the Secretary of the Company to
issue the Option and may impose such conditions on the grant of the Option as it
deems appropriate.
11
<PAGE> 12
(c) Any Incentive Stock Option granted under this Plan may be
modified by the Committee, with the consent of the Optionee, to disqualify such
Option from treatment as an "incentive stock option" under Section 422 of the
Code.
(d) During the term of the Plan, each person who is named as an
Independent Director in the Company's registration statement in connection with
the Company's initial public offering of its Common Stock (an "Initial
Independent Director") as of the date upon which such Independent Director's
term as a director commences, automatically shall be granted (i) an Option to
purchase twenty-six thousand two hundred fifty (26,250) shares of Common Stock
(subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10.3) on the date of such initial
public offering and (ii) an Option to purchase fifteen thousand (15,000) shares
of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10.3) on the date
of each annual meeting of stockholders after such initial public offering at
which the Independent Director is reelected to the Board commencing with the
annual meeting to be held in 1999. During the term of the Plan, a person, other
than an Initial Independent Director, who is initially elected to the Board
after the consummation of the initial public offering of Common Stock and who is
an Independent Director at the time of such initial election automatically shall
be granted (i) an Option to purchase twenty thousand (20,000) shares of Common
Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10.3) on the date of such
initial election and (ii) an Option to purchase fifteen thousand (15,000) shares
of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10.3) on the date
of each annual meeting of stockholders after such initial election at which the
Independent Director is reelected to the Board. Members of the Board who are
employees of the Company who subsequently retire from the Company and remain on
the Board will not receive an initial Option grant pursuant to clause (i) of the
preceding sentence, but to the extent that they are otherwise eligible, will
receive, after retirement from employment with the Company, Options as described
in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All the foregoing Option grants
authorized by this Section 3.4(d) are subject to stockholder approval of the
Plan.
ARTICLE IV.
TERMS OF OPTIONS
4.1. Option Agreement. Each Option shall be evidenced by a
written Stock Option Agreement, which shall be executed by the Optionee and an
authorized officer of the Company and which shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to
Independent Directors) shall determine, consistent with this Plan. Stock Option
Agreements evidencing Options intended to qualify as performance-based
compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall contain such
terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of
Section 162(m) of the Code. Stock Option Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock
Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the
applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.
12
<PAGE> 13
4.2. Option Price. The price per share of the shares subject to
each Option shall be set by the Committee; provided, however, that (i) in the
case of Incentive Stock Options such price shall not be less than 100% of the
Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted
(or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section
424(h) of the Code); (ii) in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to an
individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any Subsidiary or parent corporation thereof (within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code), such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair
Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted (or
the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section
424(h) of the Code); (iii) in the case of Options granted to Independent
Directors, such price shall equal 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of
Common Stock on the date the Option is granted; provided, however, that the
price of each share subject to each Option granted to Initial Independent
Directors pursuant to Section 3.4(d) hereof shall equal the initial public
offering price per share of Common Stock; and (iv) in the case of all other
Options granted, such price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value
of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall not have
the authority to amend the terms of any outstanding Option to reduce its
exercise price.
4.3. Option Term. The term of an Option shall be set by the
Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that, (i) no Option shall be
granted with a term of more than ten (10) years from the date the Option is
granted, (ii) in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors, the term
shall be ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, and (iii) in the
case of Incentive Stock Options, the term shall not be more than five (5) years
from the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted, if the Incentive Stock
Option is granted to an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section
424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or parent corporation thereof
(within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code). Except as limited by
requirements of Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder
applicable to Incentive Stock Options, the Committee may extend the term of any
outstanding Option in connection with any Termination of Employment or
Termination of Consultancy of the Optionee, or amend any other term or condition
of such Option relating to such a termination.
4.4. Option Vesting
(a) The period during which the right to exercise an Option in
whole or in part vests in the Optionee shall be set by the Committee and the
Committee may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part
for a specified period after it is granted; provided, however, that, unless the
Committee otherwise provides in the terms of the Option or otherwise, no Option
shall be exercisable by any Optionee who is then subject to Section 16 of
13
<PAGE> 14
the Exchange Act within the period ending six months and one day after the date
the Option is granted; and provided, further, that, unless the Board otherwise
provides in the terms of the Options or otherwise, Options granted to
Independent Directors shall become fully exercisable on the first anniversary of
the date of Option grant, except as provided in Section 10.3(b). At any time
after grant of an Option, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion
and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the period
during which an Option (except an Option granted to an Independent Director)
vests.
(b) No portion of an Option which is unexercisable at
Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of
Consultancy, as applicable, shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may
be otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Options granted to
Employees or consultants either in the Stock Option Agreement or by action of
the Committee following the grant of the Option.
(c) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock
with respect to which "incentive stock options" (within the meaning of Section
422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are
exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year (under
the Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of the Company and any
parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code)
of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified
Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in
the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options into account in the
order in which they were granted. For purposes of this Section 4.4(c), the Fair
Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect
to such stock is granted.
4.5. Consideration. In consideration of the granting of an
Option, the Optionee shall agree, in the written Stock Option Agreement, to
remain in the employ of (or to consult for or to serve as an Independent
Director of, as applicable) the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment
Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership
or a Partnership Subsidiary for a period of at least one year (or such shorter
period as may be fixed in the Stock Option Agreement or by action of the
Committee following grant of the Option) after the Option is granted (or, in the
case of an Independent Director, until the next annual meeting of stockholders
of the Company). Nothing in this Plan or in any Stock Option Agreement hereunder
shall (i) confer upon any Optionee any right to (a) continue in the employ of,
or as a consultant for, the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment
Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership
or a Partnership Subsidiary, or as a Director, or (b) receive any severance pay
from the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an
Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership
Subsidiary or (ii) interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the
Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an Investment
Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary,
14
<PAGE> 15
which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Optionee at any time for
any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.
ARTICLE V.
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
5.1. Partial Exercise. An exercisable Option may be exercised in
whole or in part. However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to
fractional shares and the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options
granted to Independent Directors) may require that, by the terms of the Option,
a partial exercise be with respect to a minimum number of shares.
5.2. Manner of Exercise. All or a portion of an exercisable
Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the
Secretary of the Company (or such other officer as identified in the applicable
Stock Option Agreement):
(a) A written notice complying with the applicable rules
established by the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to
Independent Directors) stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is
exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Optionee or other person then
entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;
(b) Such representations and documents as the Committee (or the
Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors), in its absolute
discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all
applicable provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other
federal or state securities laws or regulations. The Committee or Board may, in
its absolute discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems
appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing
legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and
registrars;
(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to
Section 10.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof
of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option; and
(d) Full cash payment to the Secretary of the Company for the
shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised.
However, the Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to
Independent Directors), may in its discretion (i) allow a delay in payment up to
thirty (30) days from the date the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised;
(ii) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the delivery of shares of
Common Stock owned by the Optionee, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company
with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise
price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; (iii) allow payment, in whole
or in part, through the surrender of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon
exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of Option exercise
15
<PAGE> 16
equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion
thereof; (iv) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the delivery of a full
recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as shall
then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code) and payable upon such
terms as may be prescribed by the Committee or the Board; or (v) allow payment
through any combination of the consideration provided in the foregoing
subparagraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv). In the case of a promissory note, the
Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent
Directors) may also prescribe the form of such note and the security to be given
for such note. The Option may not be exercised, however, by delivery of a
promissory note or by a loan from the Company when or where such loan or other
extension of credit is prohibited by law.
5.3. Transfer of Shares to a Company Employee, Consultant or
Independent Director. As soon as practicable after receipt by the Company,
pursuant to Section 5.2(d), of payment for the shares with respect to which an
Option (which in the case of a Company Employee, consultant or Independent
Director was issued to and is held by such Optionee in such capacity), or
portion thereof, is exercised by an Optionee who is a Company Employee,
Independent Director or a consultant to the Company, with respect to each such
exercise, the Company shall transfer to the Optionee the number of shares equal
to
(a) The amount of the payment made by the Optionee to the
Company pursuant to Section 5.2(d), divided by
(b) The price per share of the shares subject to the Option as
determined pursuant to Section 4.2.
5.4. Transfer of Shares to a Partnership Employee, Consultant or
Independent Director.
(a) At the time that an Optionee who is an Employee, Independent
Director or consultant of the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary exercises
all or any part of an Option pursuant to the terms of this Plan, such Optionee
shall remit to the Partnership or the Partnership Subsidiary, as the case may
be, an amount equal to the product of the exercise price per share of such
Option and the number of shares with respect to such Option being exercised by
such Optionee.
(b) As soon as practicable after receipt by the Operating
Partnership of a notice of the exercise of shares with respect to which an
Option (which was issued to and is held by a Partnership Employee, consultant or
Independent Director in such capacity), or portion thereof, is exercised by an
Optionee who is a Partnership Employee, Independent Director or consultant, with
respect to each such exercise the Company shall sell to the Partnership, or the
Partnership Subsidiary in the case of an Optionee who is an Employee, consultant
or Independent Director of Partnership Subsidiary, the number of shares (the
"Partnership Purchased Shares") equal to the number of shares subject to such
exercise by such Optionee at a purchase price equal to the Fair Market Value of
a share of Common Stock at the time of the exercise (the "Partnership Purchase
Price");
16
<PAGE> 17
(c) As soon as practicable after receipt of the Partnership
Purchased Shares by the Partnership, or the Partnership Subsidiary in the case
of an Optionee who is an Employee, Independent Director or consultant of a
Partnership Subsidiary, the Partnership or the Partnership Subsidiary, as the
case may be, shall transfer such shares to the Optionee at no additional cost.
5.5. Transfer of Shares to an Investment Management Company
Employee, Consultant or Independent Director.
(a) At the time that an Optionee who is an Employee, Independent
Director or consultant of the Investment Management Company or an Investment
Management Company Subsidiary exercises all or any part of an Option pursuant to
the terms of this Plan, such Optionee shall remit to the Investment Management
Company or the Investment Management Company Subsidiary, as the case may be, an
amount equal to the product of the exercise price per share of such Option and
the number of shares with respect to such Option being exercised by such
Optionee.
(b) As soon as practicable after receipt by the Investment
Management Company, of a notice of the exercise of shares with respect to which
an Option (which in the case of an Investment Management Company Employee,
consultant or Independent Director was issued to and is held by such Optionee in
such capacity), or portion thereof, is exercised by an Optionee who is an
Investment Management Company Employee, an Investment Management Company
Independent Director or consultant, with respect to each such exercise the
Company shall sell to the Investment Management Company, or the Investment
Management Company Subsidiary in the case of an Optionee who is an Employee,
consultant or Independent Director of an Investment Management Company
Subsidiary, the number of shares (the "Investment Management Company Purchased
Shares") equal to the number of shares subject to such exercise by such Optionee
at a purchase price equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at
the time of the exercise (the "Investment Management Company Purchase Price");
(c) As soon as practicable after receipt of the Investment
Management Company Purchased Shares by the Investment Management Company, or the
Investment Management Company Subsidiary in the case of an Optionee who is an
Employee, Independent Director or consultant of a Investment Management Company
Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company or such Investment Management
Company Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall transfer such shares to the
Optionee at no additional cost.
5.6. Transfer of Payment to the Partnership. As soon as
practicable after receipt by the Company of the amount described in Section
5.2(d), 5.4(b) and 5.5(b) the Company shall contribute to the Partnership an
amount of cash equal to such payment and the Partnership shall issue an
additional interest in the Partnership on the terms set forth in the Partnership
Agreement.
17
<PAGE> 18
5.7. Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates. The Company
shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for
shares of stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option or portion thereof
prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
(a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock
exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed;
(b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of
such shares under any state or federal law, or under the rulings or regulations
of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory
body which the Committee or Board shall, in its absolute discretion, deem
necessary or advisable;
(c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any
state or federal governmental agency which the Committee (or Board, in the case
of Options granted to Independent Directors) shall, in its absolute discretion,
determine to be necessary or advisable;
(d) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the
exercise of the Option as the Committee (or Board, in the case of Options
granted to Independent Directors) may establish from time to time for reasons of
administrative convenience; and
(e) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares,
including payment of any applicable withholding tax.
5.8. Rights as Stockholders. The holders of Options shall not
be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, stockholders of the Company in
respect of any shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of an Option
unless and until certificates representing such shares have been issued by the
Company to such holders.
5.9. Ownership and Transfer Restrictions. The Committee (or
Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors), in its absolute
discretion, may impose such restrictions on the ownership and transferability of
the shares purchasable upon the exercise of an Option as it deems appropriate.
Any such restriction shall be set forth in the respective Stock Option Agreement
and may be referred to on the certificates evidencing such shares. The Committee
may require the Employee to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of
shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within
(i) two years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is
modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such
Option to such Employee or (ii) one year after the transfer of such shares to
such Employee. The Committee may direct that the certificates evidencing shares
acquired by exercise of an Option refer to such requirement to give prompt
notice of disposition.
5.10. Limitations on Exercise of Options Granted to an Optionee.
The Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent
Directors), in its
18
<PAGE> 19
absolute discretion, may impose such limitations and restrictions on the
exercise of Options as it deems appropriate. Any such limitation shall be set
forth in the respective Stock Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
an Option is not exercisable if in the sole and absolute discretion of the
Committee the exercise of such Option would likely result in any of the
following:
(a) the Optionee's or any other person's ownership of capital
stock being in violation of the Stock Ownership Limit (as defined in the
Company's Articles of Incorporation); or
(b) income to the Company that could impair the Company's status
as a real estate investment trust, within the meaning of Sections 856 through
860 of the Code.
ARTICLE VI.
AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK
6.1. Eligibility. Subject to the Award Limit, Restricted Stock
may be awarded to any Employee who the Committee determines is a key Employee or
any Director or consultant whom the Committee determines should receive such an
award.
6.2. Award of Restricted Stock
(a) The Committee may from time to time, in its absolute
discretion:
(i) Determine which Employees are key Employees and select from
among the key Employees, Directors or consultants (including Employees,
Directors or consultants who have previously received other awards under
this Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be awarded Restricted
Stock; and
(ii) Determine the purchase price, if any, and other terms and
conditions (including, without limitation, in the case of awards to
Employees, consultants or Independent Directors of the Partnership, any
Partnership Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company or any
Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the mechanism for the transfer
of the Restricted Stock and payment therefor and, in the case of the
repurchase of shares of Restricted Stock subject to restrictions in
effect at the time of the Termination of Employment, Directorship or
Consultancy of such Employee, Director or consultant, as the case may
be) applicable to such Restricted Stock, consistent with this Plan.
(b) The Committee shall establish the purchase price, if any,
and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided, however, that such purchase
price shall be no less than the par value of the Common Stock to be purchased,
unless otherwise permitted by applicable state law. In all cases, legal
consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock.
19
<PAGE> 20
(c) Upon the selection of a key Employee or consultant to be
awarded Restricted Stock, the Committee shall instruct the Secretary of the
Company to issue such Restricted Stock and may impose such conditions on the
issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
6.3. Restricted Stock Agreement. Restricted Stock shall be
issued only pursuant to a written Restricted Stock Agreement, which shall be
executed by the selected key Employee or consultant and an authorized officer of
the Company and which shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee
shall determine, consistent with this Plan.
6.4. Consideration. As consideration for the issuance of
Restricted Stock, in addition to payment of any purchase price, the Restricted
Stockholder shall agree, in the written Restricted Stock Agreement, to remain in
the employ of, or to consult for, the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Investment Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary for a period of at least one year after
the Restricted Stock is issued (or such shorter period as may be fixed in the
Restricted Stock Agreement or by action of the Committee following grant of the
Restricted Stock) or, in the case of a Director, complete the remainder of such
Director's elected term. Nothing in this Plan or in any Restricted Stock
Agreement hereunder shall (i) confer on any Restricted Stockholder any right to
(a) continue in the employ of, as a Director of or as a consultant for, the
Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an Investment
Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary or
(b) receive any severance pay from the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Investment Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary or (ii) interfere with or restrict in
any way the rights of the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment
Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership
or a Partnership Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge
the Employee or consultant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or
without Cause, or any Director pursuant to the Company's bylaws.
6.5. Rights as Stockholders. Subject to Section 6.6, upon
delivery of the shares of Restricted Stock to the escrow holder pursuant to
Section 6.8, the Restricted Stockholder shall have, unless otherwise provided by
the Committee, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said shares,
subject to the restrictions in his Restricted Stock Agreement, including the
right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect
to the shares; provided, however, that in the discretion of the Committee, any
extraordinary distributions with respect to the Common Stock shall be subject to
the restrictions set forth in Section 6.6.
6.6. Restriction. All shares of Restricted Stock issued under
this Plan (including any shares received by holders thereof with respect to
shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any
other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of each individual
Restricted Stock Agreement, be subject to such restrictions as the Committee
20
<PAGE> 21
shall provide, which restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions
concerning voting rights and transferability and restrictions based on duration
of employment with the Company, Company performance and individual performance;
provided, however, that, unless the Committee otherwise provides in the terms of
the Restricted Stock Agreement or otherwise, no share of Restricted Stock
granted to a person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be sold,
assigned or otherwise transferred until at least six months and one day have
elapsed from the date on which the Restricted Stock was issued, and provided,
further, that, except with respect to shares of Restricted Stock granted
pursuant to Section 6.10, by action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued,
the Committee may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be
appropriate, remove any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the
Restricted Stock Agreement. Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered until
all restrictions are terminated or expire. If no consideration was paid by the
Restricted Stockholder upon issuance, a Restricted Stockholder's rights in
unvested Restricted Stock shall lapse upon a Termination of Employment or, if
applicable, upon a Termination of Directorship or a Termination of Consultancy;
provided, however, that the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may
provide that such rights shall not lapse in the event of a Termination of
Employment or Termination of Directorship following a "change of ownership
control" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.62-27(e)(2)(v) or
any successor regulation thereto) of the Company or because of the Restricted
Stockholder's death or disability.
6.7. Repurchase of Restricted Stock. The Committee shall provide
in the terms of each individual Restricted Stock Agreement that the Company
shall have the right to repurchase from the Restricted Stockholder the
Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions under the Restricted Stock
Agreement immediately upon a Termination of Employment or, if applicable, upon a
Termination of Director or a Termination of Consultancy, at a cash price per
share equal to the price paid by the Restricted Stockholder for such Restricted
Stock; provided, however, that the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion
may provide that no such right of repurchase shall exist in the event of a
Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of
Consultancy following a "change of ownership or control" (within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(v) or any successor regulation
thereto) of the Company or because of the Restricted Stockholder's death or
disability; provided, further, that, except with respect to shares of Restricted
Stock granted pursuant to Section 6.10, the Committee in its sole and absolute
discretion may provide that no such right of repurchase shall exist in the event
of a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or a Termination of
Consultancy without Cause, following any change in control or ownership of the
Company, because of the Restricted Stockholder's retirement, or otherwise.
6.8. Escrow. The Secretary of the Company or such other escrow
holder as the Committee may appoint shall retain physical custody of each
certificate representing Restricted Stock until all of the restrictions imposed
under the Restricted Stock Agreement with respect to the shares evidenced by
such certificate expire or shall have been removed.
21
<PAGE> 22
6.9. Legend. In order to enforce the restrictions imposed upon
shares of Restricted Stock hereunder, the Committee shall cause a legend or
legends to be placed on certificates representing all shares of Restricted Stock
that are still subject to restrictions under Restricted Stock Agreements, which
legend or legends shall make appropriate reference to the conditions imposed
thereby.
6.10. Provisions Applicable to Section 162(m) Participants.
(a) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the
Committee may grant Restricted Stock to a Section 162(m) Participant the
restrictions with respect to which lapse upon the attainment of performance
goals for the Company which are related to one or more of the following business
criteria: (i) pre-tax income, (ii) operating income, (iii) cash flow, (iv)
earnings per share, (v) return on equity, (vi) return on invested capital or
assets, (vii) cost reductions or savings, (viii) funds from operations, (ix)
appreciation in the fair market value of Common Stock and (x) earnings before
any one or more of the following items: interest, taxes, depreciation or
amortization.
(b) To the extent necessary to comply with the performance-based
compensation requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to
Restricted Stock which may be granted to one or more Section 162(m)
Participants, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any
fiscal year in question or any other designated fiscal period or period of
service (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of
the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (i) designate one or more Section
162(m) Participants, (ii) select the performance goal or goals applicable to the
fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of service, (iii)
establish the various targets and amounts of Restricted Stock which may be
earned for such fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of
service and (iv) specify the relationship between performance goals and targets
and the amounts of Restricted Stock to be earned by each Section 162(m)
Participant for such fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of
service. Following the completion of each fiscal year or other designated fiscal
period or period of service, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the
applicable performance targets have been achieved for such fiscal year or other
designated fiscal period or period of service. In determining the amount earned
by a Section 162(m) Participant, the Committee shall have the right to reduce
(but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take
into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant to the
assessment of individual or corporate performance for the fiscal year or other
designated fiscal period or period of service.
22
<PAGE> 23
ARTICLE VII.
PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS,
DEFERRED STOCK, STOCK PAYMENTS
7.1. Eligibility. Subject to the Award Limit, one or more
Performance Awards, Dividend Equivalents, awards of Deferred Stock, and/or Stock
Payments may be granted to any Employee whom the Committee determines is a key
Employee or any consultant or Independent Director whom the Committee determines
should receive such an award.
7.2. Performance Awards. Any key Employee, consultant or
Independent Director selected by the Committee may be granted one or more
Performance Awards. The value of such Performance Awards may be linked to the
market value, book value, net profits or other measure of the value of Common
Stock or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the
Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or
periods determined by the Committee, or may be based upon the appreciation in
the market value, book value, net profits or other measure of the value of a
specified number of shares of Common Stock over a fixed period or periods
determined by the Committee. In making such determinations, the Committee shall
consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific
type of award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the
particular key Employee or consultant.
7.3. Dividend Equivalents. Any key Employee, consultant or
Independent Director selected by the Committee may be granted Dividend
Equivalents based on the dividends declared on Common Stock, to be credited as
of dividend payment dates, during the period between the date an Option, Stock
Appreciation Right, Deferred Stock or Performance Award is granted, and the date
such Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Deferred Stock or Performance Award is
exercised, vests or expires, as determined by the Committee. Such Dividend
Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Common Stock by
such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be
determined by the Committee. With respect to Dividend Equivalents granted with
respect to Options intended to be qualified performance-based compensation for
purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, such Dividend Equivalents shall be
payable regardless of whether such Option is exercised.
7.4. Stock Payments. Any key Employee, consultant or Independent
Director selected by the Committee may receive Stock Payments in the manner
determined from time to time by the Committee. The number of shares shall be
determined by the Committee and may be based upon the Fair Market Value, book
value, net profits or other measure of the value of Common Stock or other
specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee,
determined on the date such Stock Payment is made or on any date thereafter.
7.5. Deferred Stock. Any key Employee, consultant or Independent
Director selected by the Committee may be granted an award of Deferred Stock in
the manner determined
23
<PAGE> 24
from time to time by the Committee. The number of shares of Deferred Stock shall
be determined by the Committee and may be linked to the market value, book
value, net profits or other measure of the value of Common Stock or other
specific performance criteria determined to be appropriate by the Committee, in
each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined
by the Committee. Common Stock underlying a Deferred Stock award will not be
issued until the Deferred Stock award has vested, pursuant to a vesting schedule
or performance criteria set by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided by the
Committee, a Grantee of Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company
stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the award has
vested and the Common Stock underlying the award has been issued.
7.6. Performance Award Agreement, Dividend Equivalent Agreement,
Deferred Stock Agreement, Stock Payment Agreement. Each Performance Award,
Dividend Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock Payment shall be
evidenced by a written agreement, which shall be executed by the Grantee and an
authorized Officer of the Company and which shall contain such terms and
conditions (including, without limitation, in the case of awards to Employees,
consultants or Independent Directors of the Partnership, any Partnership
Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company or any Investment Management
Company Subsidiary, the mechanism for the transfer or rights under such awards)
as the Committee shall determine, consistent with this Plan.
7.7. Term. The term of a Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent,
award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock Payment shall be set by the Committee in
its discretion.
7.8. Exercise or Purchase Price. The Committee may establish the
exercise or purchase price of a Performance Award, shares of Deferred Stock, or
shares received as a Stock Payment; provided, however, that such price shall not
be less than the par value for a share of Common Stock, unless otherwise
permitted by applicable state law.
7.9. Exercise Upon Termination of Employment. A Performance
Award, Dividend Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock Payment is
exercisable or payable only while the Grantee is an Employee or consultant;
provided, however, that the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may
provide that the Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock
and/or Stock Payment may be exercised or paid subsequent to a Termination of
Employment following a "change of control or ownership" (within the meaning of
Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(v) or any successor regulation thereto) of the Company;
provided, further, that except with respect to Performance Awards granted
pursuant to Section 7.12, the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may
provide that the Performance Awards may be exercised or paid following a
Termination of Employment or a Termination of Consultancy without cause, or
following a change in control of the Company, or because of the Grantee's
retirement, death or disability, or otherwise.
24
<PAGE> 25
7.10. Payment on Exercise. Payment of the amount determined
under Section 7.1 or 7.2 above shall be in cash, in Common Stock or a
combination of both, as determined by the Committee. To the extent any payment
under this Article VII is effected in Common Stock, it shall be made subject to
satisfaction of all provisions of Section 5.3.
7.11. Consideration. In consideration of the granting of a
Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock
Payment, the Grantee shall agree, in a written agreement, to remain in the
employ of, or to consult for, the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment
Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership
or a Partnership Subsidiary for a period of at least one year after such
Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, award of Deferred Stock and/or Stock
Payment is granted (or such shorter period as may be fixed in such agreement or
by action of the Committee following such grant). Nothing in this Plan or in any
agreement hereunder shall (i) confer on any Grantee any right to (a) continue in
the employ of, or as a consultant for, the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Investment Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary or (b) receive any severance pay from
the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an
Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership
Subsidiary or (ii) interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the
Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an Investment
Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary,
which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Grantee at any time for
any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.
7.12. Provisions Applicable to Section 162(m) Participants.
(a) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the
Committee may grant any performance or incentive awards described in Article VII
to a Section 162(m) Participant that vest or become exercisable or payable upon
the attainment of performance goals for the Company which are related to one or
more of the following business criteria: (i) pre-tax income, (ii) operating
income, (iii) cash flow, (iv) earnings per share, (v) return on equity, (vi)
return on invested capital or assets, (vii) cost reductions or savings, (viii)
funds from operations, (ix) appreciation in the fair market value of Common
Stock and (x) earnings before any one or more of the following items: interest,
taxes, depreciation or amortization.
(b) To the extent necessary to comply with the performance-based
compensation requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to
performance or incentive awards described in Article VII which may be granted to
one or more Section 162(m) Participants, no later than ninety (90) days
following the commencement of any fiscal year in question or any other
designated fiscal period or period of service (or such other time as may be
required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in
writing, (i) designate one or more Section 162(m) Participants, (ii) select the
performance goal or goals applicable to the fiscal year or other designated
fiscal period or period of service, (iii) establish the various targets and
bonus amounts which may be earned for such fiscal year or other
25
<PAGE> 26
designated fiscal period or period of service and (iv) specify the relationship
between performance goals and targets and the amounts to be earned by each
Section 162(m) Participant for such fiscal year or other designated fiscal
period or period of service. Following the completion of each fiscal year or
other designated fiscal period or period of service, the Committee shall certify
in writing whether the applicable performance targets have been achieved for
such fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of service. In
determining the amount earned by a Section 162(m) Participant, the Committee
shall have the right to reduce (but not to increase) the amount payable at a
given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the
Committee may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate
performance for the fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of
service.
ARTICLE VIII.
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
8.1. Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation
Right may be granted to any key Employee or consultant selected by the
Committee. A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted (i) in connection and
simultaneously with the grant of an Option, (ii) with respect to a previously
granted Option, or (iii) independent of an Option. A Stock Appreciation Right
shall be subject to such terms and conditions (including, without limitation,
the mechanism for the transfer of rights under such awards) not inconsistent
with this Plan as the Committee shall impose and shall be evidenced by a written
Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which shall be executed by the Grantee and
an authorized officer of the Company. The Committee, in its discretion, may
determine whether a Stock Appreciation Right is to qualify as performance-based
compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and Stock
Appreciation Right Agreements evidencing Stock Appreciation Rights intended to
so qualify shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet
the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code.
8.2. Coupled Stock Appreciation Rights
(a) A Coupled Stock Appreciation Right ("CSAR") shall be related
to a particular Option and shall be exercisable only when and to the extent the
related Option is exercisable.
(b) A CSAR may be granted to the Grantee for no more than the
number of shares subject to the simultaneously or previously granted Option to
which it is coupled.
(c) A CSAR shall entitle the Grantee (or other person entitled
to exercise the Option pursuant to this Plan) to surrender to the Company
unexercised a portion of the Option to which the CSAR relates (to the extent
then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company in
exchange therefor an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained
26
<PAGE> 27
by subtracting the Option exercise price from the Fair Market Value of a share
of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the CSAR by the number of shares of
Common Stock with respect to which the CSAR shall have been exercised, subject
to any limitations the Committee may impose.
8.3. Independent Stock Appreciation Rights
(a) An Independent Stock Appreciation Right ("ISAR") shall be
unrelated to any Option and shall have a term set by the Committee. An ISAR
shall be exercisable in such installments as the Committee may determine. An
ISAR shall cover such number of shares of Common Stock as the Committee may
determine; provided, however, that unless the Committee otherwise provides in
the terms of the ISAR or otherwise, no ISAR granted to a person subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exercisable until at least six months
have elapsed from (but excluding) the date on which the Option was granted. The
exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to each ISAR shall be set by
the Committee. An ISAR is exercisable only while the Grantee is an Employee or
consultant; provided that the Committee may determine that the ISAR may be
exercised subsequent to Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy
without cause, or following a change in control of the Company, or because of
the Grantee's retirement, death or disability, or otherwise.
(b) An ISAR shall entitle the Grantee (or other person entitled
to exercise the ISAR pursuant to this Plan) to exercise all or a specified
portion of the ISAR (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and
to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference
obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the ISAR from the Fair
Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the ISAR by
the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the ISAR shall have
been exercised, subject to any limitations the Committee may impose.
8.4. Payment and Limitations on Exercise
(a) Payment of the amount determined under Section 8.2(c) and
8.3(b) above shall be in cash, in Common Stock (based on its Fair Market Value
as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of
both, as determined by the Committee. To the extent such payment is effected in
Common Stock it shall be made subject to satisfaction of all provisions of
Section 5.3 above pertaining to Options.
(b) Grantees of Stock Appreciation Rights may be required to
comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or
exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, including a window-period limitation, as
may be imposed in the discretion of the Board or Committee.
8.5. Consideration. In consideration of the granting of a Stock
Appreciation Right, the Grantee shall agree, in the written Stock Appreciation
Right Agreement, to remain in
27
<PAGE> 28
the employ of, or to consult for, the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the
Investment Management Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the
Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary for a period of at least one year after
the Stock Appreciation Right is granted (or such shorter period as may be fixed
in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or by action of the Committee
following grant of the Restricted Stock). Nothing in this Plan or in any Stock
Appreciation Right Agreement hereunder shall (i) confer on any Grantee any right
to (a) continue in the employ of, or as a consultant for, the Company, a Company
Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an Investment Management Company
Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership Subsidiary or (b) receive any
severance pay from the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management
Company, an Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a
Partnership Subsidiary or (ii) interfere with or restrict in any way the rights
of the Company, a Company Subsidiary, the Investment Management Company, an
Investment Management Company Subsidiary, the Partnership or a Partnership
Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Grantee at any
time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.
ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATION
9.1. Compensation Committee. Prior to the Company's initial
registration of Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the
Compensation Committee shall consist of the entire Board. Following such
registration, the Compensation Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee
of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under this Plan) shall
consist solely of two or more Independent Directors appointed by and holding
office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is both a "non-employee
director" as defined by Rule 16b-3 and an "outside director" for purposes of
Section 162(m) of the Code. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective
upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by
delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may be filled
by the Board.
9.2. Duties and Powers of Committee. It shall be the duty of the
Committee to conduct the general administration of this Plan in accordance with
its provisions. The Committee shall have the power to interpret this Plan and
the agreements pursuant to which Options, awards of Restricted Stock or Deferred
Stock, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or
Stock Payments are granted or awarded, and to adopt such rules for the
administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan as are consistent
therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall
conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Options granted
to Independent Directors. Any such grant or award under this Plan need not be
the same with respect to each Optionee, Grantee or Restricted Stockholder. Any
such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be
consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. In its absolute
discretion, the Board may at any
28
<PAGE> 29
time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the
Committee under this Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3
or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder,
are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
9.3. Majority Rule; Unanimous Written Consent. The Committee
shall act by a majority of its members in attendance at a meeting at which a
quorum is present or by a memorandum or other written instrument signed by all
members of the Committee.
9.4. Compensation; Professional Assistance; Good Faith Actions.
Members of the Committee shall receive such compensation, if any, for their
services as members as may be determined by the Board. All expenses and
liabilities which members of the Committee incur in connection with the
administration of this Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Committee may,
with the approval of the Board, employ attorneys, consultants, accountants,
appraisers, brokers, or other persons. The Committee, the Company and the
Company's officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice,
opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all
interpretations and determinations made by the Committee or the Board in good
faith shall be final and binding upon all Optionees, Grantees, Restricted
Stockholders, the Company and all other interested persons. No members of the
Committee or Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or
interpretation made in good faith with respect to this Plan, Options, awards of
Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation
Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments, and all members of the Committee
and the Board shall be fully protected by the Company in respect of any such
action, determination or interpretation.
9.5. Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards. The Committee may,
but need not, delegate from time to time to a committee consisting of one or
more members of the Committee or of one or more officers of the Company some or
all of the Committee's authority to grant awards under this Plan to eligible
recipients; provided, however, that each such recipient must be an individual
other than an "officer," "director" or "beneficial owner of more than ten per
centum of any class of any equity security" within the meaning of each such term
as it is used under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Any delegation hereunder
shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Committee specifies at
the time of such delegation of authority and may be rescinded at any time by the
Committee. At all times, any committee appointed under this Section 9.5 shall
serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Committee.
ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
10.1. Not Transferable. Options, Restricted Stock awards,
Deferred Stock awards, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend
Equivalents or Stock Payments under this Plan may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, or transferred in any manner other
29
<PAGE> 30
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until such
rights or awards have been exercised, or the shares underlying such rights or
awards have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have
lapsed. No Option, Restricted Stock award, Deferred Stock award, Performance
Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent or Stock Payment or
interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or
engagements of the Optionee, Grantee or Restricted Stockholder or his successors
in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation,
anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such
disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment,
levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings
(including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and
void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted
by the preceding sentence.
During the lifetime of the Optionee or Grantee, only he may
exercise an Option or other right or award (or any portion thereof) granted to
him under the Plan. After the death of the Optionee or Grantee, any exercisable
portion of an Option or other right or award may, prior to the time when such
portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Stock Option
Agreement or other agreement, be exercised by his personal representative or by
any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee's or Grantee's will or
under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
10.2. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of this Plan. Except
as otherwise provided in this Section 10.2, this Plan may be wholly or partially
amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time
to time by the Board or the Committee. However, without approval of the
Company's stockholders given within twelve months before or after the action by
the Board or the Committee, no action of the Board or the Committee may, except
as provided in Section 10.3, increase the limits imposed in Section 2.1 on the
maximum number of shares which may be issued under this Plan or increase the
Award Limit, and no action of the Board or the Committee may be taken that would
otherwise require stockholder approval as a matter of applicable law, regulation
or rule. No amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall, without the
consent of the holder of Options, Restricted Stock awards, Deferred Stock
awards, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or
Stock Payments, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Options,
Restricted Stock awards, Deferred Stock awards, Performance Awards, Stock
Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments theretofore granted
or awarded, unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No Options,
Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights,
Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments may be granted or awarded during any
period of suspension or after termination of this Plan, and in no event may any
Incentive Stock Option be granted under this Plan after the first to occur of
the following events:
(a) The expiration of ten years from the date the 1997 Stock
Option and Incentive Plan of AMB Property Corporation and AMB Investment
Management, Inc. and their Respective Subsidiaries was adopted by the Board; or
30
<PAGE> 31
(b) The expiration of ten years from the date the 1997 Stock
Option and Incentive Plan of AMB Property Corporation and AMB Investment
Management, Inc. and their Respective Subsidiaries was approved by the Company's
stockholders under Section 10.4.
10.3. Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company,
Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events.
(a) Subject to Section 10.3(d), in the event that the Committee
(or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors)
determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash,
Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation,
dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, a
Corporate Transaction), or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the
Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other
securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, in
the Committee's sole discretion (or in the case of Options granted to
Independent Directors, the Board's sole discretion), affects the Common Stock
such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in
order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits
intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Option,
Restricted Stock award, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend
Equivalent, Deferred Stock award or Stock Payment, then the Committee (or the
Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) shall, in such
manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of
(i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other
securities or property) with respect to which Options, Performance
Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock
Payments may be granted under the Plan, or which may be granted as
Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock (including, but not limited to,
adjustments of the limitations in Section 2.1 on the maximum number and
kind of shares which may be issued and adjustments of the Award Limit),
(ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other
securities or property) subject to outstanding Options, Performance
Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents, or Stock
Payments, and in the number and kind of shares of outstanding Restricted
Stock or Deferred Stock, and
(iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Option,
Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent or
Stock Payment.
(b) Subject to Section 10.3(d), in the event of any Corporate
Transaction or other transaction or event described in Section 10.3(a) or any
unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any
affiliate of the Company, or the financial
31
<PAGE> 32
statements of the Company or any affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws,
regulations, or accounting principles, the Committee (or the Board, in the case
of Options granted to Independent Directors) in its discretion is hereby
authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the
Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent
Directors) determines that such action is appropriate or desirable:
(i) In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee (or the Board, in the
case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may provide, either by
the terms of the agreement or by action taken prior to the occurrence of
such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the
optionee's request, for either the purchase of any such Option,
Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent, or
Stock Payment, or any Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock for an amount
of cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the
exercise of such option, right or award or realization of the optionee's
rights had such option, right or award been currently exercisable or
payable or fully vested or the replacement of such option, right or
award with other rights or property selected by the Committee (or the
Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) in its
sole discretion;
(ii) In its sole and absolute discretion, the Committee (or the
Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may
provide, either by the terms of such Option, Performance Award, Stock
Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or Restricted
Stock or Deferred Stock or by action taken prior to the occurrence of
such transaction or event that it cannot vest, be exercised or become
payable after such event;
(iii) In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee (or the Board, in the
case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may provide, either by
the terms of such Option, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right,
Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or Restricted Stock or Deferred
Stock or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or
event, that for a specified period of time prior to such transaction or
event, such option, right or award shall be exercisable as to all shares
covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (i) Section
4.4 or (ii) the provisions of such Option, Performance Award, Stock
Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or Restricted
Stock or Deferred Stock;
(iv) In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee (or the Board, in the
case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may provide, either by
the terms of such Option, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right,
Dividend Equivalent, or Stock Payment, or Restricted Stock or Deferred
Stock or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or
event, that upon such event, such option, right or award be assumed by
the
32
<PAGE> 33
successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or
shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering
the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or
subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and
kind of shares and prices;
(v) In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee (or the Board, in the
case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may make adjustments
in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or
property) subject to outstanding Options, Performance Awards, Stock
Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents, or Stock Payments, and in the
number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock and/or
in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in,
outstanding options, rights and awards and options, rights and awards
which may be granted in the future; and
(vi) In its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and
conditions as it deems appropriate, the Committee may provide either by
the terms of a Restricted Stock award or Deferred Stock award or by
action taken prior to the occurrence of such event that, for a specified
period of time prior to such event, the restrictions imposed under a
Restricted Stock Agreement or a Deferred Stock Agreement upon some or
all shares of Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock may be terminated, and,
in the case of Restricted Stock, some or all shares of such Restricted
Stock may cease to be subject to repurchase under Section 6.6 or
forfeiture under Section 6.5 after such event.
(c) Subject to Section 10.3(d) and 10.8, the Committee (or the
Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may, in its
discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Option,
Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent, or Stock
Payment, or Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock agreement or certificate, as it
may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company.
(d) With respect to Options, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock,
Stock Appreciation Rights and performance or incentive awards described in
Article VII which are granted to Section 162(m) Participants and are intended to
qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m)(4)(C), no
adjustment or action described in this Section 10.3 or in any other provision of
the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would
cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code or would cause such
option or stock appreciation right to fail to so qualify under Section
162(m)(4)(C), as the case may be, or any successor provisions thereto.
Furthermore, no such adjustment or action shall be authorized to the extent such
adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability under Section
16 or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 unless the Committee (or
the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) determines
that the option or other award is not to comply with such exemptive conditions.
The number of shares of Common Stock subject to any option, right or award shall
always be rounded to the next whole number.
33
<PAGE> 34
10.4. Approval of Plan by Stockholders. This Plan will be
submitted for the approval of the Company's stockholders within twelve months
after the date of the Board's initial adoption of this Plan. Options,
Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock
Payments may be granted and Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock may be awarded
prior to such stockholder approval, provided that such Options, Performance
Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments shall
not be exercisable and such Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock shall not vest
prior to the time when this Plan is approved by the stockholders, and provided
further that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said
twelve-month period, all Options, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights,
Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments previously granted and all Restricted
Stock or Deferred Stock previously awarded under this Plan shall thereupon be
canceled and become null and void.
10.5. Tax Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to require
payment in cash or deduction from other compensation payable to each Optionee,
Grantee or Restricted Stockholder of any sums required by federal, state or
local tax law to be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or
payment of any Option, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Performance Award,
Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent or Stock Payment. The Committee
(or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent Directors) may in
its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow such
Optionee, Grantee or Restricted Stockholder to elect to have the Company
withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under such Option or other
award (or allow the return of shares of Common Stock) having a Fair Market Value
equal to the sums required to be withheld.
10.6. Loans. The Committee may, in its discretion, extend one or
more loans to key Employees in connection with the exercise or receipt of an
Option, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent or
Stock Payment granted under this Plan, or the issuance of Restricted Stock or
Deferred Stock awarded under this Plan. The terms and conditions of any such
loan shall be set by the Committee.
10.7. Forfeiture Provisions. Pursuant to its general authority
to determine the terms and conditions applicable to awards under the Plan, the
Committee (or the Board, in the case of Options granted to Independent
Directors) shall have the right (to the extent consistent with the applicable
exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3) to provide, in the terms of Options or other
awards made under the Plan, or to require the recipient to agree by separate
written instrument, that (i) any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit
actually or constructively received by the recipient upon any receipt or
exercise of the award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Common Stock
underlying such award, must be paid to the Company, and (ii) the award shall
terminate and any unexercised portion of such award (whether or not vested)
shall be forfeited, if (a) a Termination of Employment, Termination of
Consultancy or Termination of Directorship occurs prior to a specified date, or
within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the award, or
(b) the recipient at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any
activity in competition with the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or
34
<PAGE> 35
harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Committee (or
the Board, as applicable).
10.8. Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons and
Performance-Based Compensation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Plan, this Plan, and any Option, Performance Award, Stock Appreciation Right,
Dividend Equivalent or Stock Payment granted, or Restricted Stock or Deferred
Stock awarded, to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the
Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any
applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any
amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the
application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law,
the Plan, Options, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend
Equivalents, Stock Payments, Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock granted or
awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to
such applicable exemptive rule. Furthermore, notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan, any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or performance or incentive
award described in Article VII which is granted to a Section 162(m) Participant
and is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in
Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall be subject to any additional limitations
set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any amendment to Section
162(m) of the Code) or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are
requirements for qualification as performance-based compensation as described in
Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and this Plan shall be deemed amended to the
extent necessary to conform to such requirements.
10.9. Effect of Plan Upon Options and Compensation Plans. The
adoption of this Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans
in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in this Plan shall be
construed to limit the right of the Company (i) to establish any other forms of
incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the
Company or any Subsidiary or (ii) to grant or assume options or other rights or
awards otherwise than under this Plan in connection with any proper corporate
purpose including but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of
options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger,
consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.
10.10. Section 83(b) Election Prohibited. No Grantee, Optionee
or Restricted Stockholder may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code
with respect to any award or grant under this Plan, without the Company's
consent.
10.11. Compliance with Laws. This Plan, the granting and vesting
of Options, Restricted Stock awards, Deferred Stock awards, Performance Awards,
Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments under this
Plan and the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock and the payment of
money under this Plan or under Options, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation
Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments granted or Restricted Stock or
Deferred Stock awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with
35
<PAGE> 36
all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including
but not limited to state and federal securities law and federal margin
requirements) and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or
governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the
Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any
securities delivered under this Plan shall be subject to such
restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if
requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to
the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure
compliance with all applicable legal requirements. To the extent
permitted by applicable law, the Plan, Options, Restricted Stock awards,
Deferred Stock awards, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights,
Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments granted or awarded hereunder
shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws,
rules and regulations.
10.12. Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only
and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Plan.
10.13. Governing Law. This Plan and any agreements hereunder
shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the
State of California without regard to conflicts of laws thereof.
10.14. Conflicts with Company's Articles of Incorporation.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no Optionee, Grantee or
Restricted Stockholder shall acquire or have any right to acquire any Common
Stock, and shall not have other rights under this Plan, which are prohibited
under the Company's Articles of Incorporation.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]
36
<PAGE> 37
I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the
Board of Directors of AMB Property Corporation on March 5, 1999.
Executed on this 5th day of March, 1999.
/s/ David S. Fries
-----------------------------------------
David S. Fries
Secretary
S-1
<PAGE> 38
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties below have caused the foregoing
Plan to be approved by their officers duly authorized on this 5th day of March,
1999.
AMB PROPERTY, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
By: AMB Property Corporation
its general partner
By: /s/ David S. Fries
--------------------------------------
David S. Fries
Managing Director, General Counsel
and Secretary
AMB PROPERTY II, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: AMB Property Holding Corporation
its general partner
By: /s/ John T. Roberts
--------------------------------------
John T. Roberts
Vice President
S-2
<PAGE> 39
AMB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.,
a Maryland corporation
By: /s/ Barbara J. Linn
--------------------------------------
Barbara J. Linn
President
AMB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: AMB Investment Management, Inc.
its general partner
By: /s/ Barbara J. Linn
--------------------------------------
Barbara J. Linn
President
S-3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.8
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
THE FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
1997 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN OF
AMB PROPERTY CORPORATION AND AMB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES
This First Amendment (this "Amendment") to the First Amended and
Restated 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of AMB Property Corporation and
AMB Investment Management, Inc. and their Respective Subsidiaries (the "Plan")
is hereby adopted pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan, effective as of March 5,
1999, subject to stockholder approval of this Amendment. All capitalized terms
used in this Amendment without definition have the meanings assigned to them in
the Plan.
Subsection (a) of Section 2.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to read in
its entirety as follows:
"(a) The shares of stock subject to Options, awards of
Restricted Stock, Performance Awards, Dividend Equivalents, awards of Deferred
Stock, Stock Payments or Stock Appreciation Rights shall be shares of Common
Stock. The aggregate number of such shares which may be issued upon exercise of
such Options or rights or upon any such awards under the Plan shall not exceed
Eight Million Nine Hundred Fifty Thousand (8,950,000). The shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of such Options or rights or upon any such awards
may be either previously authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares."
All other provisions of the Plan remain the same.
This Amendment will be submitted for the approval of the Company's
stockholders within twelve months after the date of the Board's initial adoption
of this Amendment. Options, Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights,
Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments may be granted and Restricted Stock or
Deferred Stock may be awarded pursuant to this Amendment prior to such
stockholder approval; provided that, to the extent that the shares of Common
Stock subject to such awards exceed the number of shares of Common Stock
available under the Plan without giving effect to this Amendment, such Options,
Performance Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock
Payments shall not be exercisable and such Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock
shall not vest prior to the time when this Amendment is approved by the
stockholders, and provided further that if such approval has not been obtained
at the end of said twelve-month period, all such Options, Performance Awards,
Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents or Stock Payments previously
granted and all such Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock previously awarded under
this Amendment in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock available under
the Plan without giving effect to this Amendment shall thereupon be canceled and
become null and void.
I hereby certify that the foregoing First Amendment to the First
Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of AMB Property
Corporation and AMB Investment Management, Inc. and their Respective
Subsidiaries was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of AMB Property
Corporation on March 5, 1999 and by the stockholders of AMB Property Corporation
on May 7, 1999.
--------------------------
David S. Fries
Secretary
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Jurisdiction of Organization
Name of Subsidiary and Type of Entity
- ------------------ ----------------------------
<S> <C>
AMB Property, L.P. Delaware limited partnership
AMB Property II, L.P. Delaware limited partnership
Long Gate LLC Delaware limited liability
company
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report included in this Form 10K into the Company's previously filed
Registration Statement File No. 333-68291, Registration Statement File No.
333-68283 and Registration Statement File No. 333-42015.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
San Francisco, California
March 22, 1999
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998
<CASH> 25,137
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 54,387
<ALLOWANCES> 0
<INVENTORY> 0
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 79,524
<PP&E> 3,369,060
<DEPRECIATION> 58,404
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 3,562,885
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 104,305
<BONDS> 1,368,196
0
96,100
<COMMON> 1,669,260
<OTHER-SE> 0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 3,562,885
<SALES> 0
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 358,887
<CGS> 0
<TOTAL-COSTS> 235,137
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 69,670
<INCOME-PRETAX> 123,750
<INCOME-TAX> 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 123,750
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 108,954
<NET-INCOME> 0
<EPS-PRIMARY> 1.27
<EPS-DILUTED> 1.26
</TABLE>
